7 YDM USA FOREWORD.QXP 5/1/2016 12:36 PM Page 1

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi- cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip- tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica- ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! YDM USA FOREWORD.QXP 5/1/2016 12:36 PM Page 2

Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte- nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup- plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. © 2016 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, AMERICA, Inc. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i YDM USA FOREWORD.QXP 5/1/2016 12:36 PM Page 3

Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8

Index I

ii YDM USA 1.QXP 5/1/2016 12:37 PM Page 1

Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-5 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6 YDM USA 1.QXP 5/1/2016 12:37 PM Page 2

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various types of safety possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. instructions in this manual. These vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a instructions were prepared to assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an enhance your personal safety. ly recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all located in Carefully read and follow ALL proce- entire manual. In order to minimize the back of this manual. dures and recommendations provid- the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sec- ed in these instructions. must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section WARNING in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. A WARNING indicates a situation enjoy your vehicle. By reading your in which harm, serious bodily manual, you will learn about fea- injury or death could result if the tures, important safety information, warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road conditions. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.

✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.

21 YDM USA 1.QXP 5/1/2016 12:37 PM Page 3

Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol only unleaded fuel having a pump WARNING - Refueling may be used in your vehicle. octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 • Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more (Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off. than 15% ethanol, and do not use higher. (Do not use methanol blend- Attempts to force more fuel gasoline or gasohol containing any ed fuels.) into the tank can cause fuel methanol. Ethanol provides less overflow onto you and the energy than gasoline and it attracts Your new vehicle is designed to ground causing a risk of fire. water, and it is thus likely to reduce obtain maximum performance with • Always check that the fuel cap your fuel efficiency and could lower UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- is installed securely to pre- your MPG results. mize exhaust emissions and spark vent fuel spillage, especially Methanol may cause drivability prob- plug fouling. in the event of an accident. lems and damage to the fuel system, Never add any fuel system cleaning engine control system and emission agents to the fuel tank other than control system. what has been specified. (Consult an Gasoline containing alcohol and Discontinue using gasohol of any authorized Kia dealer for details.) methanol kind if drivability problems occur. • Tighten the cap until it clicks one Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- time, otherwise the Check Engine ethanol (also known as grain alco- lems may not be covered by the light will illuminate. hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- manufacturer’s warranty if they result taining methanol (also known as from the use of: wood alcohol) are being marketed 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing along with or instead of leaded or methanol. unleaded gasoline. 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. 3. Gasohol containing more than 15 percent ethanol

13 YDM USA 1.QXP 5/1/2016 12:37 PM Page 4

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Other fuels Gasoline containing MMT prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Some gasoline contains harmful man- percent gasoline, and is manufac- MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene ganese-based fuel additives Such as tured exclusively for use in Flexible (Fe), and Other metalic additives, MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- may cause vehicle and engine dam- Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- recommend the use of gasoline con- may result in poor engine perform- ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- taining MMT. This type of fuel can ance and damage to your vehicle's ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, reduce vehicle performance and affect engine and fuel system. Kia recom- life cycle reduction, etc. your emission control system. The mends that customers do not use Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the fuel with an ethanol content exceed- cluster may come on. ing 15 percent. (MIL) may illuminate. ✽ Do not use methanol ✽ NOTICE NOTICE Damage to the fuel system or per- Fuels containing methanol (wood alco- Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty hol) should not be used in your vehicle. does not cover damage to the fuel sys- formance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by This type of fuel can reduce vehicle tem or any performance problems performance and damage components caused by the use of “E85” fuel. your New Vehicle Limited Warranty. of the fuel system, engine control sys- tem and emission control system. ✽ NOTICE Never use any fuel containing methanol. Discontinue use of any methanol containing product which may inhibit proper drivability.

41 YDM USA 1.QXP 5/1/2016 12:37 PM Page 5

Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries PROCESS Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle No special break-in period is need- quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to: ed. By following a few simple precau- gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding tions for the first 600 miles (1,000 Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- registration and insurance. km) you may add to the perform- vent deposit formation in the engine. ance, economy and life of your vehi- These gasolines will help the engine • Determine that acceptable fuel is cle. available. run cleaner and enhance performance • Do not race the engine. of the Emission Control System. For • While driving, keep your engine more information on TOP TIER speed (rpm, or revolutions per Detergent Gasoline, please go to the minute) between 2,000 rpm and website (www.toptiergas.com) 4,000 rpm. For customers who do not use TOP • Do not maintain a single speed for TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, long periods of time, either fast or and have problems starting or the slow. Varying engine speed is engine does not run smoothly, addi- needed to properly break-in the tives that you can buy separately may engine. be added to the gasoline. • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not gencies, to allow the brakes to seat available, one bottle of additive should properly. be added to the fuel tank at every 7,500miles or every engine oil change • Don't tow a trailer during the first is recommended. Additives are avail- 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera- able from your authorized Kia dealer tion. along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

15 YDM USA 1.QXP 5/1/2016 12:37 PM Page 6

Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR, event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving con- information if they have access to systems performed. The EDR is ditions and no personal data (e.g., the vehicle or the EDR. designed to record data related to name, gender, age, and crash loca- vehicle dynamics and safety sys- tion) are recorded. However, other tems for a short period of time, parties, such as law enforcement, typically 30 seconds or less. The could combine the EDR data with EDR in this vehicle is designed to the type of personally identifying record such data as: data routinely acquired during a * How various systems in your crash investigation. vehicle were operating; * Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; * How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, * How fast the vehicle was travel- ing.

61 YDM USA 2.QXP 2016-05-02 13:59 Page 1

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 2 YDM USA 2.QXP 5/1/2016 12:39 PM Page 2

Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood...... 4-35 2. Head lamp ...... 4-91, 7-77 3. Fog lamp...... 4-94, 7-77 4. Wheel and tire...... 7-47, 8-5 5. Outside rearview mirror...... 4-50 6. Front windshield wiper blades .....4-96, 7-41 7. Windows...... 4-30 8. Front removable towing hook...... 6-28

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OYDM016005

22 YDM USA 2.QXP 5/1/2016 12:39 PM Page 3

Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Door locks ...... 4-17 2. Fuel filler lid...... 4-37 3. Rear combination lamp ...... 7-81 4. High mounted stop lamp...... 7-86 5. Trunk...... 4-21, 4-23, 4-27 6. Antenna...... 4-143

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OYDM016006

23 YDM USA 2.QXP 5/1/2016 12:39 PM Page 4

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle...... 4-17 2. Driver position memory system button...3-8 3. Outside rearview mirror control ...... 4-51 4. Central door lock switch ...... 4-18 5. Power window lock switch ...... 4-33 6. Power window switch...... 4-30 7. Hood release lever...... 4-35 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch...... 4-55 9. LKAS On/Off button...... 5-65 10. ESC off button ...... 5-37 11. Steering wheel warmer On/Off Button ...... 4-46 12. BSD On/Off button...... 5-73 13. Steering wheel...... 4-44 14. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever ...... 4-45 15. Trunk lid release lever...... 4-21 16. Fuel filler lid release lever...... 4-37 17. Fuse box...... 7-61

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OYDM016001N

42 YDM USA 2.QXP 5/1/2016 12:39 PM Page 5

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster...... 4-54 2. Lighting control lever ...... 4-91 3. Audio remote control buttons ...... 4-144 4. Horn...... 4-45 5. Driver's front air bag...... 3-46 6. Cruise control button ...... 5-56 7. Wiper and washer control lever...... 4-96 8. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button...... 5-6, 5-8 9. Digital clock ...... 4-138 10. Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 11. Audio ...... 4-158, 4-206 12. Climate control system...... 4-105, 4-115 13. Shift lever ...... 5-14, 5-17, 5-23 14. Passenger's front air bag ...... 3-46 15. Glove box ...... 4-130 16. Parking brake ...... 5-33 17. Cup holder...... 4-133 18. LCD display control button ...... 4-56

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OYD016002L

25 YDM USA 2.QXP 5/1/2016 12:40 PM Page 6

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Nu 2.0 MPI Engine

1. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-30 2. Engine oil filler cap...... 7-31 3. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 7-32 4. Radiator cap...... 7-33 5. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir...... 7-35 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...... 7-36 ■ Gasoline Nu 2.0 GDI Engine 7. Air cleaner...... 7-37 8. Positive battery terminal...... 7-44 9. Negative battery terminal...... 7-44 10. Fuse box ...... 7-61

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OYDM076017/OYDM076078

62 YDM USA 2.QXP 5/1/2016 12:40 PM Page 7

Your vehicle at a glance

■ Gasoline Gamma 1.6T-GDI Engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 7-32 2. Engine oil filler cap...... 7-31 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir...... 7-35 4. Air cleaner...... 7-37 5. Fuse box ...... 7-61 6. Negative battery terminal...... 7-44 7. Positive battery terminal...... 7-44 8. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-30 9. Radiator cap...... 7-33 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-36

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OYDM076078

27 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:41 PM Page 1

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat...... 3-2 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-50 • Front seat adjustment - manual ...... 3-4 • Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-6 and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)...... 3-51 • Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . . 3-8 • SRS Care ...... 3-56 • Headrest (for front seat) ...... 3-9 • Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag- • Seatback pocket...... 3-12 equipped vehicle ...... 3-56 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-13 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-57 Seat belt...... 3-17 3 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-17 • Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-21 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-24 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-26 Child restraint system ...... 3-27 • Using a child restraint system ...... 3-28 Air bag-supplemental restraint system ...... 3-34 • How does the air bag system operate ...... 3-35 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-38 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-38 • Occupant detection system...... 3-41 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-46 • Side air bag ...... 3-49 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:41 PM Page 2

Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT Driver’s seat (1) Seat adjustment, forward / backward (2) Seatback recliner (3) Seat adjustment, height (for driver’s seat) (4) Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Manual seat (5) Driver position memory system* (6) Headrest Front passenger’s seat • 5 Door (7) Seat adjustment, forward / backward Power seat (8) Seatback recliner (9) Headrest

• 4 Door Rear seat (10) Armrest (11) Headrest (12) Seatback folding lever (trunk, for 4 Door)* (13) Seatback folding lever (for 5 Door) * : if equipped OYDM036001N

23 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:41 PM Page 3

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose objects WARNING WARNING - Driver’s seat Do not place anything in the dri- - Driver responsibility for • Never attempt to adjust the ver's foot well or under the front passengers seat while the vehicle is mov- seats. Loose objects in the dri- ing. This could result in loss ver's foot area could interfere with of control of your vehicle. the operation of the foot pedals. • Do not allow anything to inter- fere with the normal position of the seatback and seatback WARNING - Uprighting adjustment. seat • Sit as far back as possible Do not press the release lever from the steering wheel while on a manual seatback without still maintaining comfortable holding and controlling the control of your vehicle. A dis- seatback. The seatback will 1KMN3661 tance of at least 10" from your chest to the steering wheel is spring upright possibly impact- The driver must advise the pas- ing you or other passengers. recommended. Failure to do senger to keep the seatback in so could result in air bag infla- an upright position whenever tion injuries to the driver. the vehicle is in motion. If a seat WARNING - Seat cushion is reclined during an accident, Occupants should never sit on the restraint system's ability to aftermarket seat cushions or sit- restrain will be greatly reduced. ting cushions. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap por- tion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop.

33 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:41 PM Page 4

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual WARNING - Seat WARNING - Unexpected Forward and backward adjustment seat movement • Do not adjust the seat while After adjusting a manual seat, wearing seat belts. Moving the always check that it is locked by seat forward will cause strong shifting your weight to the front pressure on the abdomen. and back. Sudden or unexpect- • Do not place your hand near ed movement of the driver's the seat bottom or seat track seat could cause you to lose while adjusting the seat. Your control of the vehicle. hand could get caught in the seat mechanism.

OYDDSA2002 WARNING - Small Objects Use extreme caution when pick- To move the seat forward or backward: ing small objects trapped under 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment the seats or between the seat lever up and hold it. and the center console. Your 2. Slide the seat to the position you hands might be cut or injured desire. by the sharp edges of the seats 3. Release the lever and make sure mechanism. the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and back- ward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

43 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:41 PM Page 5

Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback angle Seat Cushion height Lumbar support (for driver's seat) (for driver`s seat, if equipped)

OYDDSA2003 To recline the seatback: OYDDSA2004 OYDDSA2008 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the To change the height of the seat Press the front portion of the switch to seatback recline lever. cushion push the lever upwards or increase support, or the rear portion 2. Carefully lean back on the seat downwards. of the switch to decrease support. and adjust the seatback of the • To lower the seat cushion, push the seat to the position you desire. lever down several times. 3. Release the lever and make sure • To raise the seat cushion, push the the seatback is locked in place. lever up several times. (The lever MUST return to its orig- inal position for the seatback to lock.)

35 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:41 PM Page 6

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - power Forward and backward (if equipped) CAUTION - Power seat adjustments The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switch located on The power seating controls the outside of the seat cushion. function by electronic motor. Before driving, adjust the seat to the Excessive operation may cause proper position so as to easily con- damage to the electrical equip- trol the steering wheel, pedals and ment. switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING - Unattended CAUTION - Power Seating children Do not operate two or more OYDDSA2005 Do not leave children unattend- power seat control switches at ed in the vehicle. Children might the same time. Doing so may Push the control switch forward or operate features of the vehicle damage the power seat motor or backward to move the seat to the that could injure them. electrical components. desired position. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. When in operation, the power seat- consumes a large amount of electri- cal power. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, don’t adjust the power seat longer than neces- sary while the engine is not running.

63 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 7

Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback angle Seat cushion height Lumbar support (for driver's side) (for driver’s seat, if equipped)

OYDDSA2006 Push the control switch forward or OYDDSA2007 OYDDSA2008 backward to move the seatback to Pull the front portion of the control The lumbar support can be adjusted the desired angle. Release the switch up to raise or down to lower by pressing the lumbar support switch once the seat reaches the the front part of the seat cushion. Pull switch on the side of the driver's desired position. the rear portion of the control switch seat. Press the front portion of the up to raise or down to lower the rear switch to increase support, or the part of the seat cushion. Release the rear portion of the switch to decrease switch once the seat reaches the support. desired position.

37 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 8

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver position memory system Storing positions into memory (if equipped, for power seat) WARNING - Driver posi- using the buttons on the door tion memory system Storing driver’s seat positions Never attempt to operate the 1. Vehicle speed is below 3 mph (3 driver position memory system km/h) and the engine start/stop while the vehicle is moving. button is ON or ignition switch ON. This could result in loss of control 2. Adjust the driver seat to position of your vehicle, and an accident comfortable for the driver. causing death, or serious injury. 3. Press SET button on the control panel. The system will beep once. 4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button. The sys- OYDDSA2014 tem will beep twice when memory A driver position memory system is has been successfully stored. provided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation. By saving the desired posi- tion into the system memory, different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference. If the battery is disconnected, the desired seat position memory will need to be re-saved.

83 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 9

Safety features of your vehicle

Recalling positions from memory Easy access function Headrest (for front seat) 1. Vehicle speed is below 3 mph (3 (if equipped) km/h). With the shift lever in the P position, 2. To recall the position in memory, the system will move the driver's seat press the desired memory button automatically as follows: (1 or 2). The system will beep • Without smart key system once, then the driver seat will - It will move the driver’s seat rear- automatically adjust to the stored ward when the ignition key is positions. removed and front driver’s door is Adjusting the control switch for the opened. driver seat while the system is recall- - It will move the driver’s seat for- ing the stored position will cause the ward when the ignition key is movement to stop and move in the inserted. OMG038400 direction that the control switch is moved. • With smart key system The driver's and front passenger's - It will move the driver’s seat rear- seats are equipped with a headrest ward when the engine start/stop for the occupant's safety and comfort. button is turned to the OFF posi- The headrest not only provides com- tion and front driver’s door is fort for the driver and front passen- opened. ger, but also helps protect the head - It will move the driver’s seat for- and neck in the event of a collision. ward when the engine start/stop button is turned to the ACC or START position.

You can activate or deactivate this feature. Refer to "User settings" in chapter 4.

39 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 10

Safety features of your vehicle

For maximum effectiveness in case Adjusting the height up and down of an accident, the headrest should WARNING - Headrest be adjusted so the middle of the removal/adjustment headrest is at the same height of the • Do not operate the vehicle center of gravity of an occupant's with the headrests removed. head. Generally, the center of gravity Headrests can provide critical of most people's head is similar with neck and head support in a the height of the top of their eyes. crash. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. • Do not adjust the headrest height while the vehicle is in For this reason, the use of a cushion motion. Driver may lose con- that holds the body away from the trol of the vehicle. seatback is not recommended. OYDDSA2009 To raise the headrest, pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

3 10 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 11

Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and installation 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). ■ Type A

WARNING - Headrest Removal NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a crash.

OYFH034205 OYD034100 ✽ NOTICE ■ Type B If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

OYD034102 To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline switch (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.

311 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 12

Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type A 3. Adjust the headrest to the appro- Seatback pocket priate height.

WARNING - Headrest Reinstallation To reduce the risk of injury to the head or neck, always make sure the head rest is locked into posi- tion and adjusted properly after OYD034101 reinstalling. ■ Type B

OYDDCO2051 The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger’s seatback.

WARNING - Seatback pocket OYD034103 Do not put heavy or sharp To reinstall the headrest : objects in the seatback pocket. 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the An occupant could contact such holes while pressing the release objects in a crash. Heavy button (1). objects in the front passenger 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the seatback could also interfere recline switch or lever (3). with the air bag sensing system.

3 12 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 13

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear seat adjustment For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should Headrest (for rear seat) be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes. Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this rea- son, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is OYDDSA2012 not recommended. Adjusting the height up and down (if equipped) ONF03940I To raise the headrest, pull it up to the The rear seat is equipped with head- desired position (1). To lower the rests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and comfort. headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support The headrest not only provides com- and lower the headrest to the desired fort for passengers, but also helps position (3). protect the head and neck in the event of a collision.

313 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 14

Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING - Folded Seatback Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seat- OYDDSA2013 back while the vehicle is mov- Removal and installation ing. This is not a proper seating OYDDSA2019 position and no seat belts are To remove the headrest, raise it as To use the armrest, pull it forward available for use. This could far as it can go then press the from the seatback. result in serious injury or death release button (1) while pulling the in case of an accident or sud- headrest upward (2). den stop. To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.

3 14 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 15

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Objects Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

OYDDSA2016

OYDDSA2017 To fold the rear seatback : • 4 door 1. Make sure the rear seat belt web- bing is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. OYDDSA2018 3. Lower the rear headrests to the 5.Pull the lock release lever (1) and lowest position. fold the rear seatback forward and 4. Open the trunk. down firmly. If the seat belt locks after unfolding the rear seatback, pull out the locked seat belt, release it then pull it out again.

315 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 16

Safety features of your vehicle

If you can not see the red line at the folding lever, it means the seat- WARNING - Rear seatback back is locked completely. When returning the rear seat- back from a folded to an upright To unfold the rear seat position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the 1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull seatback is completely locked the seatback rearward. Pull the into its upright position by seatback firmly until it clicks into pushing on the top of the seat- place. Make sure the seatback is back. In an accident or sudden locked in place. When you return stop, the unlocked seatback the seatback to its upright posi- could allow cargo to move for- OYDDSA3042 tion, always be sure it has locked • 5 door ward with great force and enter into position by pushing on the top the passenger compartment. 1. Set the front seatback to the upright of the seatback. position and if necessary, slide the 2. Return the rear seat belt to the front seat forward. proper position. WARNING - Cargo 2. Lower the rear headrests to lowest 3. When the seatback is completely position. Do not place heavy objects in installed, check the seatback fold- the rear seats, since they can- 3. Pull the lock release lever (1) and ing lever again. not be properly secured and fold the rear seatback forward and may hit vehicle occupants in a down firmly. When returning the rear seatbacks to frontal collision. 4. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the the upright position, remember to seatback backward. Pull the seat- return the rear shoulder belts to their back firmly until it clicks into place. proper position. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. When you return the seat- back to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback.

3 16 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 17

Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system • For maximum restraint system pro- - Damaged Seat belts are designed to bear upon tection, the seat belts must always WARNING the bony structure of the body, and be used whenever the vehicle is seat belt should be worn low across the front moving. A properly positioned Replace the entire seat belt of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as shoulder belt should be positioned assembly if any part of the web- applicable; wearing the lap section of midway over your shoulder across bing or hardware is damaged as the belt across the abdominal area your collarbone. you can no longer be sure that a must be avoided. • Never allow children to ride in the damaged seat belt will provide Seat belts should be adjusted as front passenger seat. See child protection in a crash. firmly as possible, consistent with restraint system section for further comfort, to provide the protection for discussion. which they have been designed. WARNING - Twisted seat A slack belt will greatly reduce the WARNING - Shoulder belt belt protection afforded to the wearer. Never wear the shoulder belt Make sure your seat belt is not Care should be taken to avoid con- under your arm or behind your twisted when worn. A twisted tamination of the webbing with pol- back. An improperly positioned seat belt may not properly pro- ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- shoulder belt cannot protect the tect you in an accident and ularly battery acid. Cleaning may occupant in a crash. could even cut into your body. safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, WARNING - Seat belt contaminated or damaged. buckle Do not allow foreign material (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to obstruct the seat belt buckle. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.

317 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 18

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning (if equipped) If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system when the ignition switch is turned ON with emergency locking retractor or if it is disconnected after the igni- tion switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9 mph (9 km/h), the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6 mph (6 km/h). If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 OYDESA2035CN km/h) the seat belt warning chime As a reminder to the driver, the dri- will sound for approximately 100 sec- B180A01NF-1 ver’s seat belt warning lights will illu- onds and the corresponding warning To fasten your seat belt: minate for approximately 6 seconds light will blink. each time you turn the ignition switch To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of ON regardless of belt fastening. the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

3 18 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 19

Safety features of your vehicle

The seat belt automatically adjusts to To raise the height adjuster, pull it up the proper length only after the lap (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while belt portion is adjusted manually so pressing the height adjuster button (2). that it fits snugly around your hips. If Release the button to lock the anchor you lean forward in a slow, easy into position. Try sliding the height motion, the belt will extend and let adjuster to make sure that it has you move around. If there is a sud- locked into position. Never position the den stop or impact, however, the belt shoulder belt across your neck or face. will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. If you are unable to pull out the seat WARNING - Seat belt belt from the retractor, firmly pull the OMG035038 replacement belt out and release it. Then you will Height adjustment Replace your seat belts after be able to pull the belt out smoothly. being in an accident. Failure to You can adjust the height of the shoul- replace seat belts after an acci- der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi- dent could leave you with dam- tions for maximum comfort and safety. aged seat belts that will not pro- The height of the adjusting seat belt vide protection in the event of should not be too close to your neck. another collision. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck. WARNING - Shoulder belt To adjust the height of the seat belt positioning anchor, lower or raise the height Never position the shoulder belt adjuster into an appropriate position. across your neck or face.

319 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:42 PM Page 20

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually To fasten your seat belt so that it fits snugly around your hips. Combination retractor type seat belts When the seat belt is fully extended are installed in the rear seat posi- from the retractor to allow the instal- tions to help accommodate the lation of a child restraint system, the installation of child restraint systems. seat belt operation changes to allow Although a combination retractor is the belt to retract, but not to extend also installed in the front passenger (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). seat position, it is strongly recom- Refer to “Using a child restraint sys- B200A01NF mended that children always be tem” in this section. You should place the lap belt portion seated in the rear seat. NEVER To convert from the automatic lock- as low as possible and snugly across place an infant restraint system in ing feature to the emergency locking your hips. If the lap belt is located too the front seat of the vehicle. operation mode, allow the unbuckled high on your waist, it may increase This type of seat belt combines the seat belt to fully retract. the chance of injury in the event of a features of both an emergency lock- collision. ing retractor seat belt and an auto- The arm closest to the seat belt matic locking retractor seat belt. To buckle should be over the belt while fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the the other arm should be under the retractor and insert the metal tab into belt as shown in the illustration. the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type).

3 20 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 21

Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt

OYDDSA2021 B210A01NF-1

When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt OXMA033101 the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing must be used. the release button (1) of the locking Your vehicle is equipped with driver's buckle. When it is released, the belt and front passenger's pre-tensioner should automatically draw back into seat belts. the retractor. 1. Retractor pre-tensioner If this does not happen, check the The retractor pre-tensioner, which is belt to be sure it is not twisted, then a supplement system of the seat try again. belts. The purpose of the retractor pre-tensioner is to tighten the shoul- der belt against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.

321 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 22

Safety features of your vehicle

2. Emergency Fastening Device To obtain maximum benefit from a (EFD) pre-tensioner seat belt: The Emergency Fastening Device 1. The seat belt must be worn cor- (EFD) is a supplemental system of rectly and adjusted to the proper the seat belts. The purpose of the position. Please read and follow all EFD is to tighten the lap belt against of the important information and the occupant's pelvis in certain precautions about your vehicle's frontal collisions. occupant safety features - includ- ing seat belts and air bags - that are provided in this manual. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated, when a frontal collision is 2. Be sure you and your passengers severe enough, together with the air ODMESA2024 always wear seat belts properly. bags. The seat belt pre-tensioner system When the vehicle stops suddenly, or consists mainly of the following com- ✽ NOTICE if the occupant tries to lean forward ponents. Their locations are shown in the illustration: When the pre-tensioner seat belts too quickly, the seat belt retractor are activated, a loud noise may be may lock into position. In certain 1. SRS air bag warning light heard and fine dust, which may frontal collisions (or side collisions), 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly appear to be smoke, may be visible the pre-tensioner may activate and 3. SRS control module in the passenger compartment. pull the seat belt into tighter contact These are normal operating condi- against the occupant's body. 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD) tions and are not hazardous. If the system senses excessive ten- sion on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

3 22 YDM USA 3.QXP 2016-05-03 19:37 Page 23

Safety features of your vehicle

Because the sensor that activates the WARNING - Skin irritation SRS air bag is connected with the WARNING - Hot pre- Wash all exposed skin areas pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air tensioner thoroughly after an accident in bag warning light ( ) on the instru- Do not touch the pre-tensioner which the pre-tensioner seat ment panel will illuminate for approxi- seat belt assemblies for several belts were activated. The fine mately 6 seconds after the ignition minutes after they have been dust from the pre-tensioner switch has been turned to the ON activated. When the pre-ten- activation may cause skin irrita- position, and then it should turn off. sioner seat belt mechanism tion and should not be breathed If the pre-tensioner seat belt does fires during a collision the pre- for prolonged periods. not work properly, this warning light tensioner becomes hot and can will illuminate even if the SRS air bag burn you. has not malfunctioned. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned Pre-tensioners are designed to oper- ON, or if it remains illuminated after ate only one time. After activation, illuminating for approximately 6 sec- pre-tensioner seat belts must be onds, or if it illuminates while the replaced. If the pre-tensioner must vehicle is being driven, please have be replaced, contact an authorized an authorized Kia dealer inspect the Kia dealer. pre-tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible.

✽ NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer.

323 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 24

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions Larger children WARNING - Small chil- Infant or small child Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occu- dren All 50 states have child restraint py the rear seat and use the available Do not allow small children to laws. You should be aware of the lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion ride in the vehicle without an specific requirements in your state. should be fastened snug on the hips appropriate child restraint sys- Child and/or infant seats must be and as low as possible. Periodically tem. If the shoulder belt comes properly placed and installed in the check belt fit. A child's squirming could in contact with your child's neck rear seat. For more information put the belt out of position. Children or face your child is too small to about the use of these restraints, are given the most safety in the event ride in the vehicle. In a crash the refer to “Child restraint system” in this of an accident when they are seat belt will inflict injury to section. restrained by a proper restraint system your child's neck, throat and in the rear seat. If a larger child (over face. age 12) must be seated in the front seat, the child should be securely restrained by the available lap/shoul- der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system.

3 24 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 25

Safety features of your vehicle

Restraint of pregnant women Injured person Do not lie down Pregnant women should wear A seat belt should be used when an To reduce the chance of injuries in the lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- injured person is being transported. event of an accident and to achieve ever possible according to specific When this is necessary, you should maximum effectiveness of the recommendations by their doctors. consult a physician for recommenda- restraint system, all passengers The lap portion of the belt should be tions. should be sitting up and the front worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS seats should be in an upright position POSSIBLE on the hips, not across when the vehicle is moving. A seat the abdomen. One person per belt belt cannot provide proper protection Two people (including children) if the person is lying down in the rear should never attempt to use a single seat or if the front seat is in a reclined WARNING - Pregnant seat belt. This could increase the position. women severity of injuries in case of an acci- Pregnant women must never dent. place the lap portion of the seat belt above or on the abdomen where the fetus is located. The force of the seat belt during a collision will crush the fetus.

325 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 26

Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Keep belts clean and dry When to replace seat belts Seat belt systems should never be Seat belts should be kept clean and The entire in-use seat belt assembly disassembled or modified. In addi- dry. If belts become dirty, they can be or assemblies should be replaced if tion, care should be taken to assure cleaned by using a mild soap solu- the vehicle has been involved in an that seat belts and belt hardware are tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, accident. This should be done even if not damaged by seat hinges, doors strong detergents or abrasives no damage is visible. Additional or other abuse. should not be used because they questions concerning seat belt oper- may damage and weaken the fabric. ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer. Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of WARNING - Pinched Seat any kind. Any damaged parts should belts be replaced as soon as possible. Make sure that the webbing and/or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat when returning the rear seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched webbing/buckle may become damaged and could fail during a collision or sudden stop.

3 26 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 27

Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the Children could be injured or killed in rear seat and must always be properly a crash if their restraints are not WARNING - Hot child restrained to minimize the risk of injury in properly secured. For small children restraint an accident, sudden stop or sudden and babies, a child seat or infant seat A child restraint system can maneuver. According to accident statis- must be used. Before buying a par- tics, children are safer when properly become very hot if it is left in a ticular child restraint system, make closed vehicle on a sunny day. restrained in the rear seats than in the sure it fits your car seat and seat front seat. Larger children who are not in Be sure to check the seat cover, a child restraint should use one of the belts, and fits your child. Follow all buckles and latches before seat belts provided. the instructions provided by the man- placing a child in the restraint You should be aware of the specific ufacturer when installing the child system. requirements in your state. Child restraint system. and/or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the WARNING - Restraint When the child restraint system is not rear seat. You must use a commer- location in use, store it in the luggage area or cially available child restraint system fasten it with a seat belt so that it will that meets the requirements of the Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's not be thrown forward in case of a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety sudden stop or an accident. Standards (FMVSS). seat. Child restraint systems are designed A child riding in the front pas- to be secured in vehicle seats by seat senger seat can be forcefully belt, or by a tether anchor and/or struck by an inflating air bag. LATCH anchors.

327 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 28

Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend WARNING - Holding that the child restraint system be children Rear- facing child restraint system used in the rear seats. Never hold a child in your arms Since all passenger seat belts move or lap when riding in a vehicle. freely under normal conditions and The violent forces created dur- only lock under extreme or emer- ing a crash will tear the child gency conditions (emergency lock from your arms and throw the mode), you must manually change child against the car’s interior. these seat belts to the auto lock Always use a child restraint mode to secure a child restraint. system which is appropriate for If the seat belt does not operate as your child's height and weight. CRS09 described in this section, have the Forward-facing child restraint system system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Seat belt use WARNING - Unattended Do not use one seat belt for two Children occupants at the same time. This will eliminate any safety Never leave children unattended benefit provided by the seat belt in a vehicle. The vehicle can heat to the occupants. up very quickly, resulting in injuries to the child in the vehicle. OTQ037038 For small children and babies, the use of a child seat or infant seat is required. This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3 28 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 29

Safety features of your vehicle

Placing a passenger seat belt WARNING - Child seat into the auto lock mode installation • Always follow the instructions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer. Child restraint system manufactur- ers know their products best. • Failure to observe this manu- al's instructions regarding child restraint system and the instructions provided with the OEN036101 child restraint system could To install a child restraint system on result in the improper installa- the outboard or center rear seats, do E2MS103005 tion of the child restraint sys- the following: tem which may reduce the The auto lock mode will help prevent 1. Place the child restraint system in the normal movement of the child in protection to your child in a the seat and route the lap/shoulder crash or a sudden stop. the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child belt around or through the restraint, restraint system. To secure a child following the restraint manufactur- ✽ NOTICE restraint system, use the following er’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. If the vehicle headrest prevents procedure. proper installation of a child seat (as 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch described in the child seat system into the buckle. Listen for the dis- manual), the headrest of the respec- tinct “click” sound. tive seating position shall be read- Position the release button so that it justed or entirely removed. is easy to access in case of an emer- gency.

329 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 30

Safety features of your vehicle

OEN036102 OEN036103 OEN036104 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while fully extended, it will shift the ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child retractor is in the “Auto Lock” the retractor. restraint) mode. mode. If no distinct sound is 6. Push and pull on the child restraint heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. 7. Double check that the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode.

3 30 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 31

Safety features of your vehicle

The lap/shoulder belt automatically Securing a child restraint seat This symbol indicates the returns to the “emergency lock with tether anchorage system position of the tether mode” whenever the belt is allowed anchor. to retract fully. • 4 Door Therefore, the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed. To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully. OYDESA4022 • 5 Door WARNING - Auto lock mode Set the retractor to Automatic Lock mode when installing any child restraint system. If the retractor is not in the Auto Lock mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. OYDDSA3043 Child restraint hook holders are locat- ed on the package tray (4 Door) or the floor behind the rear seat (5 Door).

331 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 32

Safety features of your vehicle

2. Connect the tether strap hook to Securing a child restraint seat with the appropriate child restraint child seat lower anchor system hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat.

WARNING - Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point. The increased load caused by multiple seats may OTF030030N cause the tethers or anchorage 1.Route the child restraint seat teth- points to break. er strap over the seatback. B230D01NF For vehicles with adjustable head- Check that the child restraint system Some child seat manufacturers rests, route the tether strap under is secure by pushing and pulling it in make child restraint seats that are the headrest (remove the headrest different directions. Incorrectly fitted labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com- and the re-install it) and between child restraints may swing, twist, tip patible child restraint seats. LATCH the headrest posts, otherwise or separate causing death or serious stands for "Lower Anchors and route the tether strap over the top injury. Tethers for Children". These seats of the seatback. include two rigid or webbing mount- ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle. This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats.

3 32 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 33

Safety features of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors are WARNING - LATCH lower located in the left and right outboard anchors rear seating positions. Their locations Lower Anchor Never attempt to attach a Position Indicator are shown in the illustration.There is no LATCH equipped seat in the LATCH anchor provided for the center center seating position. LATCH Lower Anchor rear seating position. lower anchors are only to be The LATCH anchors are located used with the left and right rear between the seatback and the seat outboard seating positions. You cushion of the rear seat left and right may damage the anchors or the outboard seating positions. anchors may fail and break in a OTF030031N When you install your child's restraint collision. Child restraint symbols are located system using the LATCH anchors on the left and right rear seat backs buckle the shoulder lap belt, then lock ✽ to indicate the position of the lower the retractor and pull the belt to remove NOTICE anchors for child restraints. the slack in the belt so it lies flat against The recommended weight for the the vehicle seat. LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg). How to calculate the child restraint WARNING - Unused rear Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to properly install child weight : seatbelts restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH- Child restraint weight = Always fasten the seatbelts compatible attachments. 65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight behind the child restraint seat Once you have installed the LATCH when they are not used to child restraint, assure that the seat is secure the child seat. Failure to properly attached to the LATCH and do so may result in child stran- tether anchors. gulation. Also, test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it. Tilt the seat from side to side. Also try to tug the seat forward. Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place. 333 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 34

Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever- ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OYDESA2024CN

3 34 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 35

Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • Air bag deployment depends on a • In addition to inflating in certain operate number of complex factors includ- side collisions, vehicles equipped • Air bags are activated (able to ing vehicle speed, angles of impact with a rollover sensor, side and inflate if necessary) only when the and the density and stiffness of the curtain air bags will inflate if the ignition switch is turned to the ON vehicles or objects which your sensing system detects a rollover. or START the appropriate position. vehicle hits in the collision. Though, When a rollover is detected, side and factors are not limited to those curtain air bags will remain inflated • Air bags inflate instantly in the mentioned above. Airbags deploy event of serious frontal or side col- longer to help provide protection depending on the severity and from ejection, especially when used lision (if equipped with side air bag angle of the impact. or curtain air bag) in order to help in conjunction with the seat belts. protect the occupants from serious Airbags do not deploy in every • In order to help provide protection physical injury. impact situation. in a severe collision, the air bags Generally, air bags are designed to • The front air bags will completely must inflate rapidly. The speed of inflate based upon the severity of a inflate and deflate in an instant. air bag inflation is a consequence collision and its direction. These It is virtually impossible for you to of extremely short time in which a two factors determine whether the see the air bags inflate during an collision occurs and the need to sensors produce an electronic accident. It is much more likely that get the air bag between the occu- deployment/ inflation signal. you will simply see the deflated air pant and the vehicle structures bags hanging out of their storage before the occupant impacts those compartments after the collision. structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life- threatening injuries in a severe col- lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.

335 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 36

Safety features of your vehicle

However, air bag inflation can also Noise and smoke cause injuries which can include WARNING - Airbag When the air bags inflate, they make facial abrasions, bruises and bro- Inflation a loud noise and they leave smoke ken bones because the inflation Sit as far back as possible from and powder in the air inside of the speed also causes the air bags to the steering wheel while still vehicle. This is normal and is a result expand with a great deal of force. maintaining comfortable con- of the ignition of the air bag inflator. • There are even circumstances trol of the your vehicle. A dis- After the air bag inflates, you may under which contact with the tance of at least 10" (25cm) feel substantial discomfort in breath- steering wheel air bag can cause from your chest to the steering ing due to the contact of your chest fatal injuries, especially if the wheel is recommended. Failure to both the seat belt and the air bag, occupant is positioned exces- to do so can result in airbag as well as from breathing the smoke sively close to the steering wheel. inflation injuries to the driver. and powder. Open your doors and/or windows as soon as possi- ble after the impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to smoke and powder. Though smoke and powder are non- toxic,They may cause irritation to the skin (eyes,nose and throat, etc). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists.

3 36 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 37

Safety features of your vehicle

Installing a child restraint on a WARNING front passenger’s seat is forbidden WARNING - Air bag - Hot components deployment Do not touch the air bag storage When children are seated in the area's internal components rear outboard seats of a vehicle immediately after air bag infla- equipped with side and/or cur- tion. The air bag related parts in tain air bags, install the child the steering wheel, instrument restraint system as far away panel and the roof rails above from the door side as possible. the front and rear doors are Inflation of the side and/or cur- very hot. Hot components can tain air bags could impact the result in burn injuries. child.

1JBH3051 Never place a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the air bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child restraint, causing serious or fatal injury. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraint in the front passen- ger’s seat either. If the front passen- ger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

337 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 38

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning light Have the system checked by an SRS components and func- authorized Kia dealer if: tions • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehi- cle is in motion.

W7-147 The purpose of the air bag warning OTF032049N light in your instrument panel is to The SRS consists of the following alert you of a potential problem with components: your air bag - Supplemental Restraint 1. Driver's front air bag module System (SRS). 2. Passenger's front air bag module When the ignition switch is turned ON, the indicator light should illumi- 3. Side air bag modules nate for approximately 6 seconds, 4. Curtain air bag modules then go off. 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem- blies* 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM) / Rollover sensor

3 38 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 39

Safety features of your vehicle

8. Front impact sensors The SRSCM continually monitors all Driver’s front air bag (1) 9. Side impact sensors SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash 10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” impact is severe enough to require indicator (Front passenger’s seat air bag deployment or pre-tensioner only) seat belt deployment. 11. Occupant detection system The SRS air bag warning light on the (Front passenger’s seat only) instrument panel will illuminate for 12. Driver’s and front passenger’s about 6 seconds after the ignition seat belt buckle sensors switch is turned to the ON position, 13. Emergency fastening device after which the air bag warning light (EFD) should go out. B240B01L * : if equipped If any of the following conditions The air bag modules are located occurs, this indicates a malfunction both in the center of the steering of the SRS. Have an authorized Kia wheel and in the front passenger's dealer inspect the air bag system as panel above the glove box. When the soon as possible. SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe • The light does not turn on briefly impact to the front of the vehicle, it when you turn the ignition ON. will automatically deploy the front air • The light stays on after illuminating bags. for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehi- cle is in motion.

339 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 40

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

B240B02L B240B03L B240B05L Upon deployment, tear seams mold- A fully inflated air bag, in combina- ed directly into the pad covers will tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING - Air bag separate under pressure from the slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions expansion of the air bags. Further forward motion, reducing the risk of opening of the covers then allows full head and chest injury. Do not install or place any inflation of the air bags. accessories on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or on After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel immediately starts deflating, above the glove box in a vehicle enabling the driver to maintain for- Such objects may become dan- ward visibility and the ability to steer gerous projectiles if the air bag or operate other controls. deploys.

3 40 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 41

Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Occupant detection system Main components of occupant Before you replace a fuse or discon- detection system nect a battery terminal, turn the igni- • A detection device located within tion switch to the LOCK position the front passenger seat track. and remove the ignition key. Never • Electronic system to determine remove or replace the air bag related whether passenger air bag sys- fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in tems should be activated or deac- the ON position. Failure to heed this tivated. warning will cause the SRS air bag • An indicator light located on the warning light to illuminate. instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicating the front passen- OYDNSA2037 ger air bag system is deactivated. Your vehicle is equipped with an occu- • The instrument panel air bag warn- pant detection system in the front ing light is interconnected with the passenger's seat. occupant detection system. The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. The driver's front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occu- pant detection system.

341 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 42

Safety features of your vehicle

If the front passenger seat is occupied • The ODS (Occupant Detection by a person that the system deter- System) may not function properly if mines to be of adult size, and he/she the passenger takes actions which sits properly (sitting upright with the can defeat the detection system. seatback in an upright position, cen- These include: tered on the seat cushion with their (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. seat belt on, legs comfortably extend- ed and their feet on the floor), the (2) Leaning against the door or cen- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica- ter console. tor will turn off and the front passen- (3) Sitting towards the sides or the ger's air bag will be able to inflate, if front of the seat. necessary, in frontal crashes. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or You will find the PASSENGER AIR resting them on other locations BAG “OFF” indicator on the center facia which reduce the passenger panel. This system detects the condi- weight on the front seat. tions 1~4 in the following table and acti- (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. vates or deactivates the front passen- (6) Reclining the seat back. ger air bag based on these conditions. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly (sitting upright with the seat in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion, with the person’s legs comfortably extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt prop- erly) for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt.

3 42 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 43

Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system WARNING - ODS system Riding in an improper position Indicator/Warning light Devices adversely affects the occupant Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system (ODS) and SRS warning Front passenger detection system BAG “OFF” indica- may result in the deactivation of light air bag tor light front passenger air bag. It is 1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2 Off Off Activated important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the 2. Infant or child restraint system 3 4 On Off Deactivated proper seating instructions as with 12 months old* * contained in this manual. 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated (Continued) 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture. *3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

343 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 44

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

B990A08O 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never put a heavy load in the - Never sit with the hips shifted - Never place the feet on the front passenger seat. towards the front of the seat. dashboard.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Never place the feet on the - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen- front passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

3 44 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 45

Safety features of your vehicle

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 sec- onds after the ignition switch is WARNING - “AIR BAG turned to the ON position or after OFF” light the engine is started. If the front Do not allow an adult passenger passenger seat is occupied, the occu- to ride in the front seat when the pant detection sensor will then clas- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” sify the front passenger after several indicator is illuminated, because more seconds. the air bag will not deploy in the B990A01O event of a crash. The driver must Any child age 12 and under should When an adult is seated in the front instruct the passenger to reposi- ride in the rear seat. Children too passenger seat, if the PASSENGER tion himself in the seat. Failure large for child restraints should use AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn to properly position yourself the available lap/shoulder belts. No the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- may lead to air bag deactivation matter what type of crash, children of tion and ask the passenger to sit resulting in air bag non-deploy- all ages are safer when restrained in properly (sitting upright with the seat ment in a collision. If the PAS- the rear seat. back in an upright position, centered SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica- on the seat cushion with their seat tor remains illuminated after the ✽ NOTICE belt on, legs comfortably extended passenger repositions them- Do not modify or replace the front and their feet on the floor). Restart selves properly and the car is passenger seat. Don't place anything the engine and have the person restarted, it is recommended on or attach anything such as a blan- remain in that position. This will allow that passenger move to the rear ket, front seat covers or after market the system to detect the person and seat because the passenger's seat heater to the front passenger to enable the passenger air bag. front air bag will not deploy. seat. This can adversely affect the occupant detection system.

345 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 46

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Driver's and passenger's front WARNING - ODS air bag Interference • Do not spill any liquids on the seat. Driver’s front air bag • Do not place a heavy load or an active electronic device (ex. Any of the above could interfere laptop computer, after market with the proper operation of the DMB/navigation/satellite ODS sensor thereby increasing audio, video game machine, the risk of an injury in an acci- MP3, etc.) in the front passen- dent. ger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat. If the occupant detection system is • Do not hang onto the front not working properly, the SRS air bag passenger seat. warning light on the instrument OYDDSA2025 • Do not hang any items such panel will illuminate because the pas- Passenger’s front air bag as seatback table on the front senger's front air bag is connected passenger seatback. with the occupant detection system. If • Do not place feet on the front there is a malfunction of the occupant passenger seatback. detection system, the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illu- • Do not place any items under minate and the passenger's front air the front passenger seat. bag will inflate in frontal impact crash- • Do not place sharp objects on es even if there is no occupant in the the front passenger seat. front passenger's seat. These may damage the occu- OYDDSA2026 pant detection system, if they ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with an puncture the seat cushion. Advanced Supplemental Restraint (Continued) Air bags can only be used once - have (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder an authorized Kia dealer replace the belts at both the driver and passen- air bag immediately after deployment. ger seating position.

3 46 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 47

Safety features of your vehicle

The indications of the system's pres- The advanced SRS offers the ability Additionally, your vehicle is equipped ence are the letters "AIR BAG" to control the air bag inflation with with an occupant detection system in embossed on the air bag pad cover two levels. A first stage level is pro- the front passenger's seat. The occu- in the steering wheel and the pas- vided for moderate-severity impacts. pant detection system detects the senger's side front panel pad above A second stage level is provided for presence of a passenger in the front the glove box. more severe impacts. passenger's seat and will turn off the front passenger's air bag under cer- tain conditions. For more detail, see The SRS consists of air bags The passenger’s front air bag is "Occupant detection system" in this installed under the pad covers in the designed to help reduce the injury of section. center of the steering wheel and the children sitting close to the instru- passenger's side front panel above ment panel in low speed collisions. Do not place any objects that may the glove box. However, children are safer if they cause magnetic fields near the front are restraint in the rear seat. seat. These may cause a malfunction The purpose of the SRS is to provide of the seat track position sensor. the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection According to the impact severity, than that offered by the seat belt sys- seating position and seat belt usage, tem alone in case of a frontal impact the SRSCM (SRS Control Module) of sufficient severity. The SRS uses controls the air bag inflation. Failure sensors to gather information about to properly wear seat belts can the driver's seat position, the driver's increase the risk or severity of injury and front passenger's seat belt in an accident. usage and impact severity.

347 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 48

Safety features of your vehicle

Manufacturers are required by gov- Advanced air bags are combined Rear impact ernment regulations to provide a with pre-tensioner seat belts to help contact point concerning modifica- provide enhanced occupant protec- tions to the vehicle for persons with tion in frontal crashes. Front air bags disabilities, which modifications may are not intended to deploy in colli- affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag sions in which sufficient protection system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free can be provided by the pre-tensioner Customer Assistance center at 1- seat belt alone. 800-333-4KIA. However, Kia does not endorse nor will it support any 1JBB3520 - SRS Wiring Side impact changes to any part or structure of WARNING the vehicle that could affect the Do not tamper with or discon- advanced air bag system, including nect SRS wiring or other com- the occupant detection system. ponents of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of WARNING - Replacement / the air bags or by rendering the Modifications SRS inoperative. The front passenger seat, dash- 1JBA3514 board or door should not be Front air bags are not intended to Rollover replaced except by an authorized deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or Kia dealer using original Kia parts rollover crashes. In addition, front air designed for this vehicle and bags will not deploy in frontal crash- model. Any other such replace- es below the deployment threshold. ment or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags. 1JBA3522

3 48 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 49

Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag The purpose of the air bag is to pro- The side air bag is supplemental to vide the vehicle's driver and/or the the driver's and the passenger's seat Front front passenger with additional pro- belt systems and is not a substitute tection than that offered by the seat for them. Therefore your seat belts belt alone. must be worn at all times while the The side air bags are designed to vehicle is in operation. deploy only during certain side- For best protection from the side air impact collisions, depending on the bag system and to avoid being crash severity of impact. injured by the deploying side air bag, The side air bags are not designed to both front seat occupants should sit deploy in all side impact situations. in an upright position with the seat OYDDSA2027 belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should be placed on the steer- WARNING - Unexpected ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 posi- deployment tions. The passenger's arms and Avoid impact to the side air bag hands should be placed on their laps. sensor when the ignition switch is ON to prevent unexpected WARNING - Deployment deployment of the side air bag. Do not install any accessories including seat covers, on the OYDDSA2037 side or near the side air bag as ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ this may affect the deployment from the illustration. of the side air bags.

Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat.

349 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 50

Safety features of your vehicle

If seat or seat cover is damaged, Curtain air bag They are designed to help protect the have the vehicle checked and heads of the front seat occupants repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. and the rear outboard seat occupants Inform that your vehicle is equipped in certain side impact collisions. with side air bags and an occupant The curtain air bags are designed to detection system. deploy only during certain side impact collisions, depending on the severity WARNING - Flying of impact. objects The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations, Do not place any objects (an collisions from the front or rear of the umbrella, bag, etc.) between the OYDDSA2039 vehicle or in most rollover situations. front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dan- Do not allow the passengers to lean gerous projectiles if the side air their heads or bodies onto doors, put bag inflates. their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and pas- sengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/or cur- tain air bags. OYDDSA2038 ✽ ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ NOTICE from the illustration. Never try to open or repair any com- ponents of the side curtain air bag system. This should only be done by Curtain air bags are located along an authorized Kia dealer. both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

3 50 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 51

Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in Air bag collision sensors a collision? (Inflation and non- inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, sec- ond or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

1 2 3

OYDM036004/OYDDSA2029/OYDM036006/OYDDSA2031 (1) SRS control module / (3) Side impact sensor Rollover sensor (4) Pressure side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor 351 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:43 PM Page 52

Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag installation angles are changed due sensors to the deformation of the front • Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, body or B pillar where side to impact the locations where collision sensors are installed. Have air bag or sensors are installed. the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which Installing aftermarket bumper guards could result in serious per- or replacing a bumper with non-gen- sonal injury or death. uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle’s collision and air bag deploy- • If the installation location or ment performance. angle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may 1JBA3513 deploy when they should not Front air bags or they may not deploy when they should. Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on Therefore, do not try to perform the severity of impact of the front col- maintenance on or around the lision. air bag sensors. Have the vehi- cle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 52 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:44 PM Page 53

Safety features of your vehicle

Although the front air bags (driver's Air bag non-inflation conditions and front passenger's air bags) are designed to inflate in frontal colli- sions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side 1JBA3516 impact collisions or rollover situa- tions, but they may inflate in other collisions if they side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. 1JBA3515 If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved • In certain low-speed collisions the roads or sidewalks, air bags may air bags may not deploy. The air deploy. Drive carefully on unim- bags are designed not to deploy in proved roads or on surfaces not such cases because they may not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent provide benefits beyond the pro- OYDDSA2040 unintended air bag deployment. tection of the seat belts in such col- ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ lisions. from the illustration.

Side air bags Side air bags (side and/or curtain air bags) are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

353 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:44 PM Page 54

Safety features of your vehicle

OED036100 1JBA3516 1JBA3521 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in • In a slant or angled collision, the in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because force of impact may direct the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of occupants in a direction where the force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side air bags would not be able to pro- inflated air bags would not be able impacts, front air bag deployment vide any additional benefit, and to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- thus the sensors may not deploy pant protection. any air bags.

3 54 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:44 PM Page 55

Safety features of your vehicle

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518 • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents because front air cle collides with objects such as lowers the front portion of the vehi- bag deployment would not provide utility poles or trees, where the cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- additional occupant protection. point of impact is concentrated to cle with a higher ground clearance. However, side and curtain air bags one area and the full force of the Air bags may not inflate in this may inflate when the vehicle is impact is not delivered to the sen- "under-ride" situation because rolled over. sors. deceleration forces that are detect- ed by sensors may be significantly replaced by such “under-ride” colli- sions.

355 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:44 PM Page 56

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care Adding equipment to or modi- - Tampering The SRS is virtually maintenance-free WARNING fying your air bag-equipped and there are no parts you can safely with SRS vehicle service by yourself. If the SRS air bag Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang- warning light does not illuminate, or nect SRS wiring, or other com- ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- continuously remains on, have your ponents of the SRS system. tem, front end or side sheet metal or vehicle immediately inspected by an Doing so could result in the ride height, this may affect the opera- authorized Kia dealer. accidental inflation of the air tion of your vehicle's air bag system. bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative. Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel must If components of the air bag system be performed by an authorized Kia must be discarded, or if the vehicle dealer. Improper handling of the SRS must be scrapped, certain safety system may result in serious person- precautions must be observed. An al injury. authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the For cleaning the air bag pad covers, necessary information. Failure to fol- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which low these precautions and proce- has been moistened with plain water. dures could increase the risk of per- Solvents or cleaners could adversely sonal injury. affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.

3 56 YDM USA 3.QXP 5/1/2016 12:44 PM Page 57

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning label

OYDM036015

OYDNSA2033 Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

357 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:44 Page 1

Features of your vehicle

Keys ...... 4-4 Trunk (4 door) ...... 4-21 • Record your key number ...... 4-4 • Opening the trunk...... 4-21 • Key operations...... 4-4 • Closing the trunk...... 4-22 Smart key ...... 4-6 • Emergency trunk safety release...... 4-22 • Smart key functions ...... 4-6 Smart trunk ...... 4-23 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-7 Tailgate (5 Door)...... 4-27 Remote keyless entry ...... 4-9 • Opening the tailgate ...... 4-27 • Remote keyless entry system operations...... 4-9 • Closing the tailgate ...... 4-27 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-10 • Emergency tailgate safety release ...... 4-28 • Battery replacement ...... 4-11 Windows ...... 4-30 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-12 • Power windows ...... 4-31 4 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-14 Hood...... 4-35 • Armed stage ...... 4-14 • Opening the hood ...... 4-35 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-15 • Closing the hood ...... 4-35 • Disarmed stage...... 4-15 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-37 Door locks ...... 4-17 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-37 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-17 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-37 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-17 Sunroof ...... 4-40 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-19 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-40 • Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-19 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-41 • Speed sensing door lock system ...... 4-20 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-42 • Child-protector rear door lock...... 4-20 • Sunshade ...... 4-43 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-43 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:44 Page 2

Steering wheel...... 4-44 • High beam operation...... 4-92 • Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-44 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-93 • Tilt and telescoping steering...... 4-45 • Front fog light ...... 4-94 • Horn ...... 4-45 • AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ...... 4-95 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-46 Wipers and washers ...... 4-96 • FLEX STEER (5door) ...... 4-47 • Windshield wipers...... 4-96 Mirrors ...... 4-49 • Windshield washers (front) ...... 4-97 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-49 • Rear window wiper and washer switch (5 door) . . . 4-98 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-50 Interior light ...... 4-99 4 Instrument cluster ...... 4-54 • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-99 • Instrument Cluster Control ...... 4-55 • Map lamp ...... 4-99 • LCD window Control ...... 4-56 • Room lamp...... 4-100 • Gauges ...... 4-56 • Luggage room lamp ...... 4-101 • Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-59 • Glove box lamp ...... 4-102 LCD window...... 4-60 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-102 • Over view ...... 4-60 Welcome system ...... 4-103 • LCD Modes (for Type B, C instrument cluster) . . . 4-65 • Headlamp welcome ...... 4-103 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-76 • Interior light welcome...... 4-103 • Warning lights ...... 4-76 • Puddle lamp and pocket lamp ...... 4-103 • Indicator Lights...... 4-85 Defroster ...... 4-104 Rearview camera ...... 4-89 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-104 Lighting ...... 4-90 • Front wiper deicer...... 4-104 • Battery saver function...... 4-90 Manual climate control system ...... 4-105 • Headlight escort function ...... 4-90 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-106 • Lighting control...... 4-91 • System operation ...... 4-111 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:44 Page 3

• Climate control air filter...... 4-113 • Seat warmer...... 4-134 • Checking the amount of air conditioner • Climate control seat ...... 4-136 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-114 • Power outlet ...... 4-137 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label...... 4-114 • LCD monitor (clock) ...... 4-138 Automatic climate control system...... 4-115 • Clothes hanger...... 4-139 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-116 • Floor mat anchor(s)...... 4-139 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-117 • Luggage net (holder)...... 4-140 • System operation ...... 4-123 • Covering shelf (5 Door)...... 4-141 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-125 • Navigation system ...... 4-142 • Manual climate control system ...... 4-125 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-126 4 • Defogging logic...... 4-127 Clean air ...... 4-129 Storage compartment...... 4-130 • Center console storage ...... 4-130 • Glove box ...... 4-130 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-131 • Luggage tray (5 door) ...... 4-131 Interior features ...... 4-132 • Cigarette lighter...... 4-132 • Ashtray ...... 4-132 • Cup holder ...... 4-133 • Sliding armrest ...... 4-133 • Sunvisor ...... 4-134 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 4

Features of your vehicle

KEYS Record your key number Key operations ■ Type B

The key code num- ■ Type A ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the key code number and keep it in a safe and OYDDCO2001 handy place, but not in the vehicle. OYDDCO2231/OYDECO2231 Type B To unfold the key, press the release Type A button and the key will unfold auto- Used to start the engine, lock and matically. unlock the doors. To fold the key, fold the key manually while pressing the release button. WARNING - Aftermarket keys CAUTION - Key button Use only Kia original parts for operation the ignition key in your vehicle. Do not fold the key without If an aftermarket key is used, the pressing the release button. ignition switch may not return to This may damage the key. ON after START. If this happens, the starter will continue to oper- ate causing possible fire due to excessive current in the wiring.

44 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 5

Features of your vehicle

■ Type C WARNING - Ignition key (Smart key) Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil- dren. Leaving children unat- tended in a vehicle with a man- ual ignition key or a smart key is dangerous. Children copy adults and they could place the key in the igni- OYDDCO2002 tion switch or press the start Type C button. The key would enable To remove the mechanical key, press children to operate power win- and hold the release button and dows or other controls, or even remove the mechanical key. make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily To reinstall the mechanical key, put injury or death. the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard.

45 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 6

Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Smart key functions Locking Carrying the smart key, you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors. Also, you may start the engine. Refer to the following, for more details.

OYDDCO2007

With a smart key, you can lock or OYDDCO2008 unlock a door and even start the engine without inserting the key. Pressing the button of the front out- side door handles with all doors The functions of the buttons on a closed and any door unlocked, locks smart key are similar to the remote all the doors. The hazard warning keyless entry. (Refer to the "Remote lights will blink and the chime will keyless entry" in this chapter.) sound once to indicate that all doors are locked. The button will only oper- ate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not, you should check the door lock but- ton inside the vehicle or pull the out- side door handle.

64 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 7

Features of your vehicle

Even though you press the button, Unlocking Smart key precautions the doors will not lock and the chime Pressing the button of the driver's • If you lose your smart key, you will will sound for 3 seconds if any of the outside door handle with all doors not be able to start the engine. Tow following occurs: closed and locked, unlocks the dri- the vehicle, if necessary, and con- • The smart key is in the vehicle. ver's door. The hazard warning lights tact an authorized Kia dealer. • The ignition switch is in the ACC or will blink and the chime will sound • A maximum of 2 smart keys can be ON position. twice to indicate that the driver's door registered to a single vehicle. If is unlocked. • Any door except the trunk/tailgate you lose a smart key, you should is opened. Pressing the button in the front pas- immediately take the vehicle and senger's outside door handle with all key to your authorized Kia dealer doors closed and locked, unlocks all to protect it from potential theft. the doors. The hazard warning lights • The smart key will not work if any will blink and the chime will sound of following occurs: twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked. The button will only oper- - The smart key is close to a radio ate when the smart key is within transmitter such as a radio sta- 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside tion or an airport which can inter- door handle. fere with normal operation of the smart key. - The smart key near a mobile two- Start-up way radio system or a cellular You can start the engine without phone. inserting the key. For detailed infor- - Another vehicle’s smart key is being mation refer to "Starting the engine operated close to your vehicle. with a smart key" in section 5. When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized Kia dealer.

47 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 8

Features of your vehicle

• If the smart key is in close proximity This device complies with Part 15 to your cell phone or smart phone, of the FCC rules. the signal from the smart key could Operation is subject to the following be blocked by normal operation of two conditions: your cell phone or smart phone. This is especially important when 1. This device may not cause harm- the phone is active such as making ful interference, and call, receiving calls, text messaging, 2. This device must accept any inter- and/or sending/receiving emails. ference received, including inter- Avoid placing the smart key and ference that may cause undesired your cell phone or smart phone in operation. the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance ✽ NOTICE between the two devices. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party CAUTION - Transmitter responsible for compliance could Keep the smart key away from void the user’s authority to operate water or any liquid as it can the equipment. If the keyless entry become damaged and not func- system is inoperative due to changes tion properly. or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be cov- ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

84 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 9

Features of your vehicle

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED) Remote keyless entry system Lock (1) Unlock (2) operations All doors are locked if the lock button The driver's door is unlocked if the ■ Type A is pressed. If all doors (and trunk/tail- unlock button is pressed once. The gate) are closed, the hazard warning hazard warning lights will blink (for lights will blink once to indicate that smart key, the chime also sounds) all doors (and trunk/tailgate) are twice to indicate that the driver's door locked. is unlocked. Also, if the lock button is pressed All doors are unlocked if the unlock once more within 4 seconds, the button is pressed once more within 4 hazard warning lights will blink and seconds. The hazard warning lights the chime will sound once to confirm will blink (for smart key, the chime that the door is locked. also sounds) twice again to indicate OYDDCO2003 However, if any door remains open, that all doors are unlocked. After ■ Type B the hazard warning lights (and/or the pressing this button, the doors will chime) will not operate. But if all lock automatically unless you open doors are closed after the lock button any door within 30 seconds. is pressed, the hazard warning lights will blink once. ✽ NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper- ative due to exposure to water or liq- uids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty. OYDDCO2004

49 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 10

Features of your vehicle

Trunk/tailgate open (3) Transmitter precautions • If the transmitter is in close proximi- ty to your cell phone or smart phone, (if equipped) The transmitter (or smart key) will not the signal from the transmitter could The trunk/tailgate is opened if the work if any of following occurs: be blocked by normal operation of button is pressed for more than 1 • The ignition key is in the ignition second. your cell phone or smart phone.This switch. is especially important when the Once the trunk/tailgate is opened and • You exceed the operating distance phone is active such as making call, then closed, the trunk/tailgate will lock limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). receiving calls, text messaging, automatically. • The battery in the transmitter (or and/or sending/receiving emails. smart key) is weak. Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in Alarm (4) • Other vehicles or objects may be The horn sounds and the hazard the same pants or jacket pocket and blocking the signal. maintain adequate distance warning lights blink for about 30 sec- • The weather is extremely cold. onds if this button is pressed for between the two devices. more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the • The transmitter (or smart key) is horn and lights, press any button on close to a radio transmitter such as the transmitter. a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. When the transmitter (or smart key) does not work properly, open and close the door with the ignition key. If you have a problem with the trans- mitter (or smart key), contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4 10 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 11

Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15 Battery replacement Type A of the FCC rules. ■ Type A 1. Pry open the transmitter cover. Operation is subject to the following 2. Replace the battery with a new two conditions: battery (CR2032). When replacing 1. This device may not cause harm- the battery, make sure the battery ful interference, and position. 2. This device must accept any inter- 3. Install the battery in the reverse ference received, including inter- order of removal. ference that may cause undesired operation. Type B OYDDCO2005 1. Remove the mechanical key. ✽ NOTICE ■ Type B, C 2. Pry open the rear cover. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party 3. Replace the battery with a new responsible for compliance could void battery (CR2032). When replacing the user’s authority to operate the the battery, make sure the battery equipment. If the keyless entry sys- position. tem is inoperative due to changes or 4. Install the battery in the reverse modifications not expressly approved order of removal. by the party responsible for compli- ance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. OYDDCO2006 A battery should last for several years, but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. If you are unsure how to use or replace the bat- tery, contact an authorized Kia dealer.

411 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 12

Features of your vehicle

• The transmitter or smart key is Immobilizer system If the key is determined to be valid, designed to give you years of trou- (if equipped) the engine will start. ble-free use, however it can mal- If the key is determined to be invalid, function if exposed to moisture or the engine will not start. static electricity. If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer. To deactivate the immobilizer • Using the wrong battery can cause system: the transmitter or smart key to mal- Insert the ignition key into the key function. Be sure to use the correct cylinder and turn it to the ON position. battery. • An inappropriately dis- To activate the immobilizer sys- posed battery can be harm- tem: ful to the environment and OHD046100 Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- human health. Dispose the tion. The immobilizer system acti- battery according to your Your vehicle may be equipped with vates automatically. Without a valid local law(s) or regulation. an electronic engine immobilizer sys- ignition key for your vehicle, the tem to reduce the risk of unautho- engine will not start. rized vehicle use. CAUTION - Transmitter Your Immobilizer password is a cus- damage Your immobilizer system is com- tomer unique password and should prised of a small transponder in the The transmitter or smart key can be kept confidential. Do not leave this ignition key and electronic devices number anywhere in your vehicle. malfunction if dropped, exposed inside the vehicle. to moisture, static electricity, heat or direct sunlight. With the immobilizer system, when- ✽ ever you insert your ignition key into NOTICE the ignition switch and turn it to ON, Keep each key separately in order to it checks and determines and verifies avoid a starting malfunction. that the ignition key is valid.

4 12 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 13

Features of your vehicle

Do not put metal accessories near This device complies with Part 15 the ignition switch. of the FCC rules. Metal accessories may interrupt the Operation is subject to the following transponder signal and may prevent two conditions: the engine from being started. 1. This device may not cause harm- If you need additional keys or lose ful interference, and your keys, consult an authorized Kia 2. This device must accept any inter- dealer. ference received, including inter- ference that may cause undesired CAUTION - Immobilizer operation. damage Do not expose your immobilizer ✽ NOTICE system to moisture, static elec- Changes or modifications not tricity and rough handling. This expressly approved by the party may damage your immobilizer. responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. CAUTION - Immobilizer alterations Do not change, alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction.

413 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 14

Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Armed stage • Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door Park the vehicle and stop the engine. handles with the smart key in Armed Arm the system as described below. your possession. stage 1. Remove the ignition key from the After completion of the steps ignition switch and exit the vehicle. above, the hazard warning lights 2. Make sure that all doors (and will blink once to indicate that the trunk/tailgate) and engine hood system is armed. Disarmed Theft-alarm stage stage are closed and latched. If any door remains open, the 3. • Lock the doors by depressing the hazard warning lights won’t oper- door lock button on the transmit- ate and theft-alarm will not arm. ter (or smart key). Close the door and try again to This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps lock the doors. protection from unauthorized entry above, the hazard warning lights If trunk/tailgate or engine hood into the vehicle. This system is operat- will blink once to indicate that the remains open, the hazard warn- ed in three stages: the first is the system is armed. ing lights won’t operate and theft- "Armed" stage, the second is the If any door, trunk/tailgate or alarm will not arm. Close the "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is engine hood remains open, the trunk/tailgate or engine hood. The the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the hazard warning lights won’t hazard warning lights blink once system provides an audible alarm with operate and theft-alarm will not and theft-alarm arms. blinking of the hazard warning lights. arm. After this, if all doors, trunk/tailgate and engine hood are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once.

4 14 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 15

Features of your vehicle

The theft-alarm system can be acti- Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage vated by an authorized Kia dealer. The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when: If you want this feature, consult an the following occurs while the system authorized Kia dealer. is armed. Transmitter • A front or rear door is opened without - The door unlock button is pressed. Do not arm the system until all using the mechanical key or trans- passengers have left the vehicle. If mitter (or smart key). - The engine is started. (within 3 the system is armed while a pas- • The trunk/tailgate is opened with- seconds) senger(s) remains in the vehicle, out using the mechanical key or - The ignition switch is in the "ON" the alarm may be activated when transmitter (or smart key). position for 30 seconds or more. the remaining passenger(s) • The engine hood is opened. leaves the vehicle. If any door (or trunk/tailgate) or engine hood is The horn will sound and the hazard Smart key opened within 30 seconds after warning lights will blink continuously for - The door unlock button is pressed. the system enters the armed approximately 27 seconds (2times). To - The button of the front outside door stage, the system will be disarmed turn off the system, unlock the doors is pressed while carrying the smart to prevent unnecessary alarm. with the transmitter (or smart key). key. - The engine is started. (within 3 seconds)

After the doors are unlocked, the haz- ard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed. After pressing the unlock button, if any door (or trunk/tailgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.

415 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 16

Features of your vehicle

• Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer. • If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine. Then the system will be disarmed. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

4 16 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 17

Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from • Doors can also be locked and Operating door locks from outside the vehicle unlocked with the transmitter key inside the vehicle (or smart key). (if equipped) With the door lock button • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. Unlock Unlock • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure the doors are closed securely. Lock Lock Lock ✽ NOTICE Unlock • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not OYDDCO2009 work properly due to freezing con- • Turn the key toward the rear of the ditions. OYDDCO2010 vehicle to unlock and toward the • If the door is locked/unlocked • To unlock a door, pull the door lock front of the vehicle to lock. multiple times in rapid succession button (1) to the "Unlock" position. • If you lock/unlock the door with a with either the vehicle key or door The red mark (2) on the button will key, all vehicle doors will lock switch, the system may stop be visible. operating temporarily in order to lock/unlock automatically. (if • To lock a door, push the door lock equipped with power door locks) protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. button (1) to the "Lock" position. If • From the driver’s door, turn the key the door is locked properly, the red toward the rear of the vehicle once mark (2) on the door lock button to unlock the driver’s door and will not show. once more within 4 seconds to • To open a door, pull the door han- unlock all doors. (if equipped with dle (3) outward. power door locks)

417 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 18

Features of your vehicle

• If the inner door handle of the front If a power door lock ever fails to func- With central door lock switch door is pulled when the door lock tion while you are in the vehicle, try (if equipped) button is in the lock position, the one or more of the following tech- button will unlock and the door will niques to exit: ■ Driver's door open. (if equipped) • Operate the door unlock feature • Front doors cannot be locked if the repeatedly (both electronic and ignition key is in the ignition switch manual) while simultaneously (or if the smart key is in the vehicle) pulling on the door handle. and any front door is opened. (if • Operate the other door locks and equipped) handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside. OYDM046401N ■ Passenger’s door

OUB041180N Operate by pressing the central door lock switch. • Press the switch to the "Lock" posi- tion (1), all vehicle doors will lock.

4 18 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 19

Features of your vehicle

• Press the switch to the "Unlock" Impact sensing door unlock position (2), all vehicle doors will WARNING - Doors system (if equipped) unlock. The doors should always be All doors will automatically unlock • If the key is in the ignition switch (or fully closed and locked while when an impact causes the air bags if the smart key is in the vehicle) the vehicle is in motion to pre- to deploy. and any front door is opened, the vent accidental opening of the doors will not lock when the "Lock" door. position (1) of the central door lock Auto door lock/unlock feature switch is pressed. (if equipped) (if equipped) WARNING - Unattended • All doors will automatically lock children / when the transaxle shift lever is animals shifted out of P (Park). Never leave children or animals • All doors will automatically unlock unattended in your vehicle. when the transaxle shift lever is An enclosed vehicle can become shifted into P (Park). extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended chil- dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle.

419 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 20

Features of your vehicle

Speed sensing door lock sys- Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. tem (if equipped) To open the rear door, pull the out- All doors will be automatically locked side door handle (2). after the vehicle speed exceeds 9 Even though the doors may be Lock mph. And all doors will be automati- unlocked, the rear door will not open cally unlocked when you turn the by pulling the inner door handle until engine off or when you remove the the rear door child safety lock is ignition key. (if equipped) unlocked. An authorized Kia dealer can acti- Unlock vate or deactivate some auto door lock/ unlock features as follows; WARNING - Rear door locks • Auto door unlock by using the dri- ver's door lock button OYDDCO2012 Use the rear door safety locks whenever children are in the • Auto door lock/unlock by shifting The child safety lock is provided to vehicle. If a child accidently the transaxle shift lever out of P help prevent children from acciden- opens the rear doors while the (Park) or into P (Park) tally opening the rear doors from vehicle is motion, he can fall out. • Auto door unlock when the ignition inside the vehicle. The rear door key is removed from the ignition safety locks should be used whenev- switch (for smart key, when the er children are in the vehicle. ENGINE START/STOP button is 1. Open the rear door. turned to the OFF position) 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the If you want to activate or deactivate hole and turn it to the lock ( ) posi- some door lock/unlock feature, con- tion. the child safety lock (1) located sult an authorized Kia dealer. on the rear edge of the door to the lock position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

4 20 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 21

Features of your vehicle

TRUNK (4 DOOR) Opening the trunk WARNING The trunk swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the trunk.

CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehi- OYDDCO2014 cle. Possible damage may occur OYDM046003N • To open the trunk from inside the to attached hardware if the trunk vehicle, pull the trunk lid release is not closed prior to driving. • Press the trunk unlock button for lever. more than 1 second on the trans- Once the trunk is opened and then mitter (or smart key). closed, the trunk locks automati- • Press the button on the trunk han- cally. dle with the smart key in your pos- session. ✽ NOTICE Once the trunk is opened and then closed, the trunk locks automati- In cold and wet climates, trunk lock cally. and trunk mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

421 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 22

Features of your vehicle

Closing the trunk Emergency trunk safety release No one should be allowed to occupy To close, lower the trunk lid, then the trunk at any time. The trunk is a press down on it until it locks. To be very dangerous location in the event sure the trunk lid is securely fas- of a crash. tened, always check by trying to pull Use the release lever for emergen- it up again. cies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion. WARNING - Exhaust Fumes The trunk lid should always be kept completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is OYD046004L left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases may enter the Your vehicle is equipped with an car and serious illness or death emergency trunk release lever locat- may result. ed inside the trunk. If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk, moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch WARNING mechanism and open the. No one should be allowed to occupy the trunk at any time. The trunk is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.

4 22 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 23

Features of your vehicle

SMART TRUNK (IF EQUIPPED) How to use the Smart Trunk 1. Setting The trunk can be opened with no- To activate the Smart Trunk, touch activation satisfying all the (1) Change the LCD modes to User conditions below. setting mode • After 15 seconds when all doors (2) Select the Door mode are closed and locked (3) Check the Smart Trunk. • Positioned in the detecting area for more than 3 seconds. For more details, refer to "LCD Windows" in this chapter ✽ NOTICE OYDM046318N • The Smart Trunk does not operate On a vehicle equipped with a smart when: key, the trunk can be opened with - The smart key is detected within no-touch activation using the Smart 15 seconds after the doors are Trunk system. closed and locked, and is contin- uously detected. - The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and 1.5 m from the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with Welcome Light) - A door is not locked or closed. - The smart key is in the vehicle.

423 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 24

Features of your vehicle

WARNING • Make sure objects in the rear cargo area do not come out when opening the trunk on the slope way. It may cause serious injury. • The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Trunk while playing around the OYDM046319 OYDM046320N rear area of the vehicle. 2. Detect and Alert 3. Automatic opening If you are positioned in the detecting The hazard warning lights will blink area (20~40 inches (50~100 cm) and chime will sound 2 times and • Make certain that you close the behind the vehicle) carrying a smart then the trunk will open. trunk before driving your vehicle. key, the hazard warning lights will blink • Make sure there are no people or and chime will sound for about 3 sec- objects around the trunkbefore onds to alert you the smart key has opening or closing the trunk. been detected and the trunk will open. • Make sure to deactivate the Smart trunk function when washing your ✽ NOTICE vehicle. Do not approach the detecting area if Otherwise, the trunk may open you do not want the trunk to open. If inadvertently. you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warn- ing lights and chime starts to operate, leave the detecting area with the smart key. The trunk will stay closed.

4 24 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 25

Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart Trunk ✽ NOTICE (Continued) function using the smart key • If you press the door unlock but- • In case you have deactivated the ton (2), the Smart Trunk function Smart Trunk function by pressing will be deactivated temporarily. the smart key button and opened a But, if you do not open any door door, the smart trunk function can for 30 seconds, the smart trunk be activated again by closing and function will be activated again. locking all doors. • If you press the trunk open button (3) for more than 1 second, the trunk opens. • If you press the door lock button (1) or trunk open button (3) when the Smart Trunk function is not in the Detect and Alert stage, the OYDDCO2007 smart trunk function will not be deactivated. 1. Door lock (Continued) 2. Door unlock 3. Trunk open 4. Alarm If you press any button of the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Trunk function will be deactivated. Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Trunk function for emergency situations.

425 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:24 Page 26

Features of your vehicle

Detecting area ✽ NOTICE • The Smart Trunk function will not work if any of the following occurs: - The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta- tion or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. - The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellu- lar phone. - Another vehicle's smart key is OYDM046052 being operated close to your • The Smart Trunk operates with a vehicle. welcome alert if the smart key is • The detecting range may decrease detected within 20~40 inches or increase when : (50~100 cm) from the trunk. - One side of the tire is raised to • The alert stops at once if the smart replace a tire or to inspect the key is positioned outside the vehicle. detecting area during the Detect - The vehicle is slantingly parked and Alert stage. on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

4 26 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 27

Features of your vehicle

TAILGATE (5 DOOR) Opening the tailgate ✽ NOTICE Closing the tailgate In cold and wet climates, tailgate lock and tailgate mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate.

CAUTION OYDDCO3232 Make certain that you close the OYDDCO3233 • The tailgate is locked or unlocked tailgate before driving your vehi- To close the tailgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or cle. Possible damage may occur down the tailgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the transmitter (or to the tailgate lift cylinders and that the tailgate is securely latched. smart key) or central door lock attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. Make sure your hands, feet and switch. other parts of your body are safely • If unlocked, the tailgate can be out of the way before closing the tail- opened by pressing the handle and gate. pulling it up. • When all doors are lock if the tail- gate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second, the tailgate is unlocked. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate is locked automatically.

427 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 28

Features of your vehicle

Emergency tailgate safety CAUTION WARNING - Riding in release Make sure nothing is near the cargo area tailgate latch and striker while Occupants should never ride in closing the tailgate. It may dam- the rear cargo area where no age the tailgate's latch. restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants WARNING - Exhaust should always be properly fumes restrained. If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury OYDDCO3234 or death to vehicle occupants. Your vehicle is equipped with the If you must drive with the tail- emergency tailgate safety release gate open, keep the air vents lever located on the bottom of the and all windows open so that tailgate. When someone is inadver- additional outside air comes tently locked in the luggage compart- into the vehicle. ment. The tailgate can be opened by doing as follows: 1. Input the machanical key into the hole. 2. Push the machanical key to the right. 3. Push up the tailgate.

4 28 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 29

Features of your vehicle

You and your children should be fully ✽ NOTICE aware of the location of the emer- Use the release lever for emergencies gency tailgate safety release lever only. Use with extreme caution, and how to open the tailgate in case especially while the vehicle is in you are accidently locked inside the motion. luggage compartment.

WARNING No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compart- ment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.

429 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 30

Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window UP*/DOWN* (7) Power window lock button*

*: if equipped

OYDM046105N

4 30 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 31

Features of your vehicle

In cold and wet climates, power win- ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing dows may not work properly due to While driving with the rear windows (if equipped) freezing conditions. down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in an open (or partially Power windows (if equipped) open) position, your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or The ignition switch must be in the ON pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- position for power windows to oper- mal occurrence and can be reduced ate. Each door has a power window or eliminated by taking the follow- switch that controls the door’s win- ing actions. If the noise occurs with dow. The driver has a power window one or both of the rear windows lock switch which can block the oper- down, partially lower both front ation of passenger windows. windows approximately one inch. If The power windows can be operated you experience the noise with the for approximately 30 seconds after the sunroof open, slightly reduce the OYDDCO2017 ignition key is removed or turned to the size of the sunroof opening. ACC or LOCK position. However, if the The driver’s door has a master power front doors are opened, the power window switch that controls all the windows cannot be operated even windows in the vehicle. within the 30 second period. To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).

431 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 32

Features of your vehicle

Auto down window (if equipped) Auto up/down window (if equipped) 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (Driver’s window) position. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OYDDCO2018 OYDECO2224CN Pressing or pulling up the power win- dow switch momentarily to the sec- Pressing the power window switch ond detent position (6) completely momentarily to the second detent lowers or lifts the window even when position (6) completely lowers the the switch is released. To stop the driver’s window even when the window at the desired position while switch is released. To stop the win- the window is in operation, pull up or dow at the desired position while the press and release the switch to the window is in operation, momentarily opposite direction of the movement. pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement. If the power window is not operated correctly, the automatic power win- dow system must be reset as follows:

4 32 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 33

Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is Power window lock button pulled up continuously again within 5 (if equipped) seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window rever- sal will not operate. The automatic reverse feature for the driver’s window is only active when the "auto up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the OUN026013 window is raised using the halfway Automatic reversal (if equipped) position on the power window switch. Always check for obstructions before If the upward movement of the win- OYDM046402N dow is blocked by an object or part of raising any window to avoid injuries the body, the window will detect the or vehicle damage. If an object less The driver can disable the power resistance and will stop upward than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter is window switches on the rear passen- movement. The window will then caught between the window glass gers' doors by pressing the power lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) and the upper window channel, the window lock switch to the lock posi- to allow the object to be cleared. automatic reverse window may not tion (pressed). detect the resistance and will not When the power window lock If the window detects the resistance stop and reverse direction. while the power window switch is switch is pressed: pulled up continuously, the window • The driver's master control can will stop upward movement then operate all the power windows. lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm). • The front passenger's control can operate the front passen- ger's power window. • The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passen- ger's power window. 433 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 34

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Opening / WARNING closing Always check for obstructions Window before raising any window to To prevent possible damage to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. the power window system, do If an object less than 0.16 in. (4 not open or close two windows mm) in diameter is caught or more at the same time. This between the window glass and will also ensure the longevity of the upper window channel, the the fuse. automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction. WARNING - Power windows Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock switch in the LOCK position (pressed).

Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.

4 34 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 35

Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in the engine com- partment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com- bustible material must be removed from the engine com- partment. OYDM046008 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. OYDDCO2020 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the second- 3. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) left side and lift the (30 cm) above the closed position the hood. The hood should pop hood (2). and let it drop. Make sure that it open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will raise com- locks into place. Open the hood after turning off the pletely by itself after it has been engine on a flat surface, shifting the raised about halfway. WARNING - Fire risk shift lever to the P(Park) position for Do not leave gloves, rags or any automatic transaxle and to the other combustible material in the 1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) for engine compartment. Doing so manual transaxle, and setting the may cause a heat-induced fire. parking brake.

435 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 36

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Unsecured CAUTION engine hood Before closing the hood, ensure Always double check to be sure that all obstructions are that the hood is firmly latched removed from the engine com- before driving away. If it is not partment and surrounding body latched, the hood could fly open sheet metal. Closing the hood while the vehicle is being driven, with an obstruction present causing a total loss of visibility, could result in damage to the which might result in an accident. engine, sheet metal or the impacted objects.

The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.

4 36 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 37

Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time. This indi- cates that the cap is securely tight- ened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed.

WARNING - Refueling OYDDCO2024 Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap OYDDCO2023 1. Stop the engine. 2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the is venting fuel or if you hear a The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener up. hissing sound, wait until the from inside the vehicle by pulling up condition stops before com- the fuel filler lid opener. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out to pletely removing the cap. fully open. If the fuel filler lid does not open If pressurized fuel sprays out, it because ice has formed around it, 4. To remove the cap turn the fuel can cover your clothes or skin tap lightly or push on the lid to break filler cap (2) counterclockwise. and subject you to the risk of the ice and release the lid. Do not pry 5. Refuel as needed. fire and burns. on the lid. If necessary, spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

437 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 38

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time, WARNING - Static WARNING - Portable fuel otherwise the fuel cap open warning electricity container indicator light will illuminate. • Before touching the fuel noz- When using an approved portable zle, you should eliminate fuel container, be sure to place Always check that the fuel cap is potentially dangerous static the container on the ground prior installed securely to prevent fuel electricity discharge by touch- to refueling. Static electricity dis- spillage in the event of an accident. ing another metal part of the charge from the container can vehicle, a safe distance away ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. from the fuel filler neck, noz- Once refueling has begun, con- WARNING - Fire / zle, or other gas source. tact with the vehicle should be explosion risk • Do not get back into a vehicle maintained until the filling is com- Read and follow all warnings once you have begun refuel- plete. Use only approved portable posted at the gas station facili- ing since you can generate plastic fuel containers designed ty. Failure to follow all warnings static electricity by touching, to carry and store gasoline. will result in severe personal rubbing or sliding against any injury, severe burns or death item or fabric (polyester, satin, due to fire or explosion. nylon, etc.) capable of produc- WARNING - Cell phone ing static electricity. Static fires electricity discharge can Do not use cellular phones while ignite fuel vapors resulting in refueling. Electric current and/or rapid burning. If you must re- electronic interference from cel- enter the vehicle, you should lular phones can potentially once again eliminate poten- ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. tially dangerous static elec- tricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle or other gasoline source.

4 38 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 39

Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle WARNING - Refueling& according to the "Fuel requirements" Vehicle fires suggested in chapter 1. When refueling, always shut the If the fuel filler cap requires replace- engine off. Sparks produced by ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or electrical components related the equivalent specified for your vehi- to the engine can ignite fuel cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can vapors causing a fire. Once result in a serious malfunction of the refueling is complete, check to fuel system or emission control sys- make sure the filler cap and tem. filler door are securely closed, before starting the engine. CAUTION - Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior WARNING - Smoking surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted DO NOT use matches or a lighter surfaces may damage the paint. and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire.

439 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 40

Features of your vehicle

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) In cold and wet climates, the sunroof Sunroof open warning may not work properly due to freez- (if equipped) ing conditions. ■ Type A After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it. The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position.

OYDDDI2016 OYDM046382 - Sunroof CAUTION ■ Type B If your vehicle is equipped with a control lever sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the located on the overhead console. sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, The sunroof can only be opened, or tilted. Damage to the motor or closed, or tilted when the ignition system components could switch is in the ON position. occur.

OYDNDI2030 CAUTION ■ Type C To prevent damage to the sun- WARNING - Sunroof roof, periodically remove any operation dirt that may accumulate on the When closing the sunroof, make guide rail. sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the slid- ing roof. Parts of the body could become trapped or crushed.

OYDNDI2052 4 40 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 41

Features of your vehicle

If the driver removes the ignition key Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof to the maximum (smart key: turns off the engine) and slide open position, press the switch opens the driver-side door when the towards the rear of the vehicle once sunroof is not fully closed, the warning again and hold it until the sunroof chime will sound for a few seconds slide all the way open. and a warning image will appear on To reduce wind noise while driving, the LCD display. we recommend you to drive at the Close the sunroof securely when recommended position (about 2in (5 leaving your vehicle. cm) before the maximum slide open position).

To close the sunroof automatically:

OYDDCO2026 Push the sunroof control lever for- ward to the second detent position To open the sunroof automatically: and then release it. The sunroof will Pull the sunroof control lever back- automatically close all the way. ward to the second detent position To stop the sunroof sliding at any and then release it. The sunroof will point, pull or push the sunroof control slide all the way open. lever momentarily. The sunroof will slide to the recom- While driving with the sunroof in an mended open position (about 2in. (5 open (or partially open position), cm) before the maximum slide open your vehicle may demonstrate a wind position). buffeting or pulsation noise. This To stop the sunroof sliding at any noise is a normal occurrence and point, pull or push the sunroof control can be reduced or eliminated by tak- lever momentarily. ing the following actions. If you expe- rience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening.

441 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 42

Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof WARNING - Sunroof Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driv- ing or operating the sunroof.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below OYF049215 OYDDCO2027 freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, the If an object or part of the body is To open the sunroof, push the sunroof glass or the motor could be detected while the sunroof glass or control lever upward until the sunroof damaged. sunshade is closing automatically, it moves to the desired position. will reverse the direction, and then To close the sunroof, push the sunroof stop. lever forward or pull downward until the The auto reverse function does not sunroof moves to the desired position. work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.

4 42 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 43

Features of your vehicle

Sunshade Resetting the sunroof ✽ NOTICE Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- Do not release the lever until the connected or discharged, or related operation is completed. fuse is blown, you must reset your If you release the lever during oper- sunroof system as follows: ation, try again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON after all operation has completed. position or start the engine. We (The sunroof system has been recommend resetting the sunroof reset.) while the engine is running. ❈ For more detailed information, 2. Push and release the control lever contact an authorized Kia dealer. forward in the direction of close OBK049019 repeatedly until the sunroof does ✽ NOTICE When opening the sunroof, the sun- not move. Sunroof will stop at the shade will also open. Once the sun- close position Glass will tilt up then If the sunroof is not reset when the roof is closed, the sunshade can be will move up and down slightly. vehicle battery is disconnected or manually closed. 3. Release the control lever when discharged, or related fuse is blown, sunroof does not move. the sunroof may operate improperly. 4. Glass will tilt up then will move up and down slightly. 5. Within 5 seconds, push the sun- roof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows: Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide Close.

443 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:25 Page 44

Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE (Continued) Power steering uses the motor to The following symptoms may occur • When the charging system warn- assist you in steering the vehicle. If during normal vehicle operation: ing light comes on or the battery the engine is off or if the power steer- • The steering effort is increased voltage is low (when the alternator ing system becomes inoperative, the immediately after turning the igni- or battery does not operate nor- vehicle may still be steered, but it will tion switch on. This happens as the mally), the steering wheel may get require increased steering effort. system performs the EPS system heavy and become difficult to con- trol operate abnormally. The electric power steering is con- diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel trolled by the power steering control If the Electric Power Steering System unit which senses the steering wheel will return to its normal condition • A click noise may be heard from does not operate normally, the warn- torque and vehicle speed to com- ing light will illuminate on the instru- mand the motor. the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or ment cluster. The steering wheel may The steering wheel becomes heavier LOCK position. require increased steering effort. as the vehicle’s speed increases and • Motor noise may be heard when Take your vehicle to an authorized becomes lighter as the vehicle’s the vehicle is at a stop or at a low Kia dealer and have the vehicle speed decreases for better control of driving speed. checked as soon as possible. the steering wheel. • The steering effort increases if the Should you notice any change in the steering wheel is rotated continu- effort required to steer during normal ously when the vehicle is not in vehicle operation, have the power motion. However, after a few min- steering checked by an authorized utes, it will return to its normal Kia dealer. condition. • When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will likely disap- pear. This is a normal condition. (Continued)

4 44 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 45

Features of your vehicle

Tilt and telescoping steering Horn Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive. You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi- tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning OYDDCO3028 lights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle, OYDDCO2030 pull down the lock release lever (1), adjust the steering wheel to the To sound the horn, press the horn WARNING - Steering symbol on your steering wheel. wheel adjustment desired angle (2) and height (3), then pull up the lock-release lever to lock Check the horn regularly to be sure it Never adjust the angle and (4) the steering wheel in place. Be operates properly. height of the steering wheel sure to adjust the steering wheel to To sound the horn, press the area while driving. You may lose the desired position before driving. indicated by the horn symbol on your steering control steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

445 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 46

Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel ✽ NOTICE (if equipped) The heated steering wheel will turn WARNING off automatically approximately 30 If the steering wheel becomes minutes after the heated steering too warm, turn the system off. wheel is turned on. The heated steering wheel may cause burns even at low tem- peratures, especially if used for CAUTION long periods of time. • Do not install any grip to oper- ate the steering wheel. This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system. • When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an OYDM046397 organic solvent such as paint With the ignition switch in the ON thinner, benzene, alcohol and position, pressing the heated steer- gasoline. Doing so may dam- ing wheel button warms the steering age the surface of the steering wheel. The indicator on the button wheel. will illuminate and notify you on the • If the surface of the steering LCD display. wheel is damaged by a sharp To turn the heated steering wheel off, object, damage to the heated press the button once again. The steering wheel components indicator on the button will turn off could occur. and notify you on the LCD display. If you turn on the ignition again after turning off your engine in half an hour (after operating heater button), the heating system will be main- tained in its 'on' condition.

4 46 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 47

Features of your vehicle

FLEX STEER ■ Type A Normal mode

(5door, if equipped) ■ Type A

OYDECO2233 ■ Type B OYDDCO2204 ■ Type B

OYDDCO2223 The FLEX STEER controls steering effort based upon driver's preference or road condition. OYDECO2232 You can select the desired steering When the steering mode button is mode by pressing the FLEX STEER OYDDCO2207 button. pressed, the selected steering mode will appear on the LCD display. The normal mode offers medium If the steering mode button is pressed steering effort. within 4 seconds, the steering mode will change as shown above the pic- tures. If the steering mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds, the LCD display will change to the previ- ous screen.

447 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 48

Features of your vehicle

Sport mode Comfort mode For your safety, if you press the ■ ■ steering mode button while operating Type A Type A the steering wheel, the LCD display will change, but steering effort will not change immediately. After oper- ating the steering wheel, the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode. Use caution when changing the steering mode while driving. OYDDCO2206 OYDDCO2205 ■ ■ When the electronic power steering Type B Type B is not operating, the flex steering wheel will not work.

OYDDCO2208 OYDDCO2209 The steering wheel becomes heav- The steering wheel becomes lighter. ier. The sport mode is usually used The comfort mode is usually used when driving on the highway. when driving in the city or when park- ing the vehicle.

4 48 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 49

Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Adjust the rearview mirror so that the (if equipped) (if equipped) center view through the rear window The electric rearview mirror automat- is seen. Make this adjustment before ically controls the glare from the you start driving. headlights of the vehicles behind you Do not place objects in the rear seat in nighttime or low light driving condi- which would interfere with your vision Night tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- through the rear window. ror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles WARNING - Mirror behind you. adjustment When the engine is running, the Do not adjust the rearview mirror Day glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview while the vehicle is moving. This OYDDCO2031 could result in loss of control. mirror. Make this adjustment before you Whenever the shift lever is shifted start driving and while the day/night into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- lever is in the day position. matically go to the brightest setting in Pull the day/night lever toward you to order to improve the drivers view reduce the glare from the headlights behind the vehicle. of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

449 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 50

Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror CAUTION - Cleaning mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving. When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material Your vehicle is equipped with both dampened with glass cleaner. left-hand and right-hand outside Do not spray glass cleaner rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be directly on the mirror. It may adjusted remotely with the remote cause the liquid cleaner to enter Indicator Sensor switch (if equipped).The mirror heads the mirror housing which may can be folded to prevent damage dur- damage the mirror. ing an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. OYDM046383 The right outside rearview mirror is To operate the electric rearview mirror: convex. Objects seen in the mirror • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- are closer than they appear. tion whenever the ignition switch is Use your interior rearview mirror or turned on. direct observation to determine the • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to actual distance of following vehicles turn the automatic dimming func- when changing lanes. tion off. The mirror indicator light will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming func- tion on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.

4 50 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 51

Features of your vehicle

Remote control CAUTION - Rearview CAUTION - Outside mirror mirror • The mirrors stop moving when Do not scrape ice off the mirror they reach the maximum face; this may damage the sur- adjusting angles, but the face of the glass. If ice should motor continues to operate restrict movement of the mirror, while the switch is pressed. do not force the mirror for Do not press the switch longer adjustment. To remove ice, use than necessary, the motor a deicer spray, or a sponge or may be damaged. soft cloth with very warm water. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage WARNING - Mirror OYDM046403N the parts. adjustment Electric type Do not adjust or fold the outside The electric remote control mirror rearview mirrors while the vehi- switch allows you to adjust the posi- cle is moving. This could result tion of the left and right outside in loss of control. rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi- tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position. Move the lever (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment con- trol to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After the adjustment, put the lever into neutral (center) position to pre- vent inadvertent adjustment.

451 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 52

Features of your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirror Center (AUTO, 3) : The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION - Electric type matically as follows: outside rearview mirror • Without smart key system The electric type outside - The mirrors will fold or unfold rearview mirror operates even when the door is locked or though the ignition switch is in unlocked by the transmitter. the OFF position. However, to • With smart key system prevent unnecessary battery - The mirrors will fold or unfold discharge, do not adjust the when the door is locked or mirrors longer than necessary unlocked by the smart key. while the engine is not running. Do not attempt to fold the elec- OYDDCO2041 - The mirrors will fold or unfold when the door is locked or tric type outside rearview mirror Electric type unlocked by the button on the by hand because doing so The outside rearview mirror can be outside door handle. could cause motor damage or failure. folded or unfolded by pressing the - The mirrors will unfold when you switch as below. approach the vehicle (all doors Left (1) : The mirrors will unfold. closed and locked) with a smart Right (2) : The mirrors will fold. key in possession. (if equipped)

4 52 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 53

Features of your vehicle

OYDDCO2040 Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.

453 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 54

Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A / Type B

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Turn signal indicators 6. Warning and indicator lights ■ Type C 7. LCD window

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.

OYDM046404/OYDM046375N

4 54 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 55

Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A ■ Type B • If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an Adjusting Instrument Cluster alarm will sound. Illumination

OYDDDI2011/OYDEDI2020 ■ Type C

OYDM046398 The instrument panel illumination intensity can be adjusted by pressing the control switch with the headlight switch in any position when the igni- OYDEDI2034 tion switch is in the ON position. • If you hold the illumination control The illumination intensity is shown button ("+" or "-"), the brightness will be changed continuously. on the instrument cluster LCD win- dow.

455 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 56

Features of your vehicle

LCD window Control [Type B] Gauges (1) : MODE button for changing ■ Type A Speedometer modes ■ Type A, B (2) : MOVE button for changing items ■ Type B (3) : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to "LCD window" in this chapter. OYDEDI2003R OYDDDI2018 ■ Type C The LCD window modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel.

[Type A] (1) TRIP :TRIP button for changing trip modes (2) RESET : RESET button for reset- ting items OYDEDI2004R The speedometer indicates the for- ward speed of the vehicle. The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and/or kilometers per hour.

4 56 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 57

Features of your vehicle

Tachometer The tachometer pointer may move Engine coolant temperature slightly when the ignition switch is in gauge ■ Type A, B ACC or ON position with the engine OFF. This movement is normal and ■ Type A, B ■ Type B will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is run- ning.

CAUTION - Red zone Do not operate the engine with- in the tachometer's RED ZONE. OYDDDI2005 This may cause severe engine ■ Type C damage. OYDDDI2007/OYDDDI2008 This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the igni- tion switch is ON. Do not continue driving with an over- heated engine. If your vehicle over- heats, refer to "If the engine over- heats" in chapter 6. OYDDDI2006 If the gauge pointer moves beyond The tachometer indicates the the normal range area toward the "H" approximate number of engine revo- position, it indicates overheating that lutions per minute (rpm). may damage the engine. Use the tachometer to select the cor- rect shift points and to prevent lug- ging and/or over-revving the engine.

457 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 58

Features of your vehicle

Fuel gauge On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge Odometer pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel ■ ■ ■ Type A, B warning light may come on earlier Type A Type B than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

✽ NOTICE - Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehi- cle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning OYDDDI2009 light comes on or when the gauge OYDNDI2902/OYDNDI2904 ■ Type C indicator comes close to the "E ■ Type C (Empty)" level.

CAUTION - Low fuel Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic OYDNDI2906 OYDDDI2010 converter. Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis- The fuel gauge indicates the approx- tance the vehicle has been driven. imate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is You will also find the odometer useful given in chapter 8. The fuel gauge is to determine when periodic mainte- supplemented by a low fuel warning nance should be performed. light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. 4 58 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 59

Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator •Park :P Manual transaxle shift Automatic Transaxle Shift • Reverse : R indicator Indicator (if equipped) • Neutral : N (if equipped) ■ Type A ■ Type B •Drive :D This indicator informs you which • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 gear is desired while driving to save fuel. For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd gear). : Indicates that shifting down to OYD046244L/OYD046245L the 3rd gear is desired (current- ■ Type C ly the shift lever is in the 4th gear).

✽ NOTICE When the system is not working properly, up & down arrow indica- tor and Gear are not displayed. OYDM046376 This indicator displays which auto- matic transaxle shift lever is selected.

459 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 60

Features of your vehicle

LCD WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED) Over view LCD windows show the following var- Trip Modes ious information to drivers. ■ Type A - Trip information FUEL ECONOMY - LCD modes (for Type B, C) • Distance To Empty - Warning messages (for Type B, C) • Average Fuel Economy • Instant Fuel Economy Trip information (Trip computer) The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- TRIP A OYDM046395 tem that displays information related ■ Type B to driving. • Tripmeter [A] • Average Vehicle Speed [A] ✽ NOTICE • Elapsed Time [A] Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. TRIP B OYD046307L • Tripmeter [B] ■ Type C • Average Vehicle Speed [B] • Elapsed Time [B]

Digital speedometer (for Type B,C)

OYDM04630

4 60 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 61

Features of your vehicle

Type A Fuel Economy - Distance range : 30 ~ 9999 mi or 50 ~ 9999 km. To change the trip mode, press the ■ Type A ■ Type B “TRIP” button. • If the estimated distance is below 30 mi. (50 km), the trip computer will display "---" as distance to Type B empty. To change the trip mode, press the MOVE button ▼. ✽ NOTICE • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been OYDM046386N/OYDNDI2033 interrupted, the distance to empty ■ Type C function may not operate correct- ly. • The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance. • The trip computer may not regis- ter additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are OYDM046389N added to the vehicle. Distance To Empty (1) • The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly • The range is the estimated dis- based on driving conditions, driv- tance the vehicle can be driven ing habits, and condition of the with the remaining fuel. vehicle.

461 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 62

Features of your vehicle

Average Fuel Economy (2) Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3) • The average fuel economy is cal- To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel culated by the total driving dis- be reset automatically whenever refu- economy during the last few sec- tance and fuel consumption since eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in onds when the vehicle speed is the last average fuel economy User Setting menu of the LCD win- more than 6.2MPH(10km/h). reset. dow (Refer to “LCD window”). - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver- L/100km or 0.0 ~ 99.9 MPG MPG or L/100km age fuel economy will be cleared to (Type A), 0.0 ~ 30.0 L/100km or • The average fuel economy can be zero (---) when the vehicle speed 0.0 ~ 50.0 MPG (Type B, C) reset both manually and automati- exceeds 1MPH after refueling more cally. than 1.6 gallons(6 liters).

Manual reset ✽ NOTICE To clear the average fuel economy The average fuel economy is not dis- manually, press the RESET button played for more accurate calculation (Type A : RESET, Type B, C : ) on if the vehicle does not drive more the steering wheel for more than 1 than 10 seconds or 50 meters (0.03 second when the average fuel econo- miles) since the ignition switch or my is displayed. Engine Start/Stop button is turned to ON.

4 62 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:26 Page 63

Features of your vehicle

Trip A/B • To reset the tripmeter, press the Average Vehicle Speed (2) RESET button (Type A : RESET, ■ Type A ■ Type B • The average vehicle speed is cal- Type B, C : ) on the steering culated by the total driving dis- wheel for more than 1 second tance and driving time since the when the tripmeter is displayed. last average vehicle speed reset. - Speed range: 0 ~ 999 MPH or km/h • To reset the average vehicle speed, press the RESET button (Type A : RESET, Type B, C : ) on the steering wheel for more than 1 sec- ond when the average vehicle OYDM046390N/OYDM046396 speed is displayed. ■ Type C ✽ NOTICE • The average vehicle speed is not dis- played if the driving distance is less than 0.03 miles (50 meters) or the driving time is less than 10 seconds since the ignition switch or Engine OYDM046392N Start/Stop button is turned to ON. • Even if the vehicle is not in motion, Tripmeter (1) the average vehicle speed keeps • The tripmeter is the total driving dis- going while the engine is running. tance since the last tripmeter reset. - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. or km

463 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 64

Features of your vehicle

Elapsed Time (3) Digital speedometer One time driving information mode • The elapsed time is the total driv- ing time since the last elapsed time reset. - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59 • To reset the elapsed time, press the RESET button (Type A : RESET, Type B, C : ) on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the elapsed time is displayed.

✽ NOTICE OYDM046394 OJFA045285 Even if the vehicle is not in motion, This mode displays the current This display shows trip distance (1), the elapsed time keeps going while speed of the vehicle. average fuel economy (2) and the the engine is running. vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel (3). This information is displayed for a few seconds when you turn off the engine and then goes off automati- cally.The information provided is cal- culated according to each trip. If the estimated distance is below 1mi (1km), the distance to empty (3) will display as "---" and a refuel mes- sage will appear (4).

4 64 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 65

Features of your vehicle

LCD Modes (for Type B, C (3) Audio mode (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped) instrument cluster) This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

(4) Service mode This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and pressure sta- tus of each tire.

(5) Master warning mode This mode informs of warning mes- sages related to washer fluid or mal- OYD046299 function of Blind Spot Detection sys- OYD046310L This mode displays the state of the tem (BSD) and so on. (1) Trip Computer mode navigation. This mode displays driving informa- tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy, (6) User Setting mode and so on. On this mode, you can change set- For more details, refer to “Trip tings of the doors, lamps and so on. Computer” in this chapter. ❈ For controlling the LCD modes, (2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped) refer to "LCD window Control" in this chapter. This mode displays the state of the navigation.

465 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 66

Features of your vehicle

A/V Mode (if equipped) Service Mode Service required

OYD046298 OYDNDI2059 OYD046220L This mode displays the state of the Service in If you do not have your vehicle serv- A/V system. It calculates and displays when you iced according to the already inputted need a scheduled maintenance service interval, “Service required” service (mileage or days). message is displayed for several sec- onds each time you set the ignition If the remaining mileage or time switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to reaches 1,500 km (900 mi.) or 30 days, "Service in" message is dis- the ON position. played for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.

4 66 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 67

Features of your vehicle

To reset the service interval to the User Settings Mode mileage and days you inputted before: - Press the SELECT/RESET button for more than 1 second.

OYD046218L

Service in OFF OYD046210L If the service interval is not set, On this mode, you can change set- “Service in OFF” message is dis- ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. played on the LCD window.

✽ NOTICE If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

467 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 68

Features of your vehicle

Driving Assist (if equipped) • Forward Collision Warning (FCW, if Door • Lane Keeping Assist System equipped) : To adjust the initial • Automatically Lock warning alert time for Autonomous (LKAS, if equipped) : To adjust the - Disable : The auto door lock opera- Emergency Braking system. sensitivity of the Lane Keeping tion will be deactivated. Assist System. - Late/Normal/Early For more infor- - Enable on Speed : All doors will be mation, refer to "Autonomous - Lane Departure/Standard automatically locked when the Emergency Braking (AEB)" in LKA/Activ LKA For more informa- vehicle speed exceeds chapter 6. tion, refer to the "Lane Keep Assist 9.3mph(15km/h). System" in chap ter 5. • Rear Collision Warning (RCW,if - Enable on Shift : All doors will be equipped) • Autonomous Emergency Braking automatically locked if the auto- system (AEB,if equipped) : To acti- - Rear Cross Traffic Alert : To acti- matic transaxle shift lever is shifted vate or deactivate the Autonomous vate or deactivate the Rear Cross from the P (Park) position to the R Emergency Braking (AEB). Traffic Alert system. (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) For more information, refer to For more information, refer to "Blind position. "Autonomous Emergency Braking Spot Detection" in chapter 5. (AEB)" in chapter 5. - Blind Spot Detection sound : To activate or deactivate the Blind Spot Detection sound. For more information, refer to "Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.

4 68 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 69

Features of your vehicle

• Automatically Unlock • Horn Feedback (if equipped) Light - Disable : The auto door unlock - Off: • One Touch Turn Signal (if equipped) operation will be canceled. The Horn feedback operation will - Off: The one touch turn signal function - Vehicle Off : All doors will be auto- be deactivated. will be deactivated. matically unlocked when the igni- - On: - 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change tion key is removed from the igni- After locking the door by pressing signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times tion switch or the Engine Star/Stop when the turn signal lever is moved button is set to the OFF position. the lock button on the transmitter, if you press the lock button again slightly. - On Shift to P : All doors will be within 4 seconds, the warning For more details, refer to "Light" in automatically unlocked if the auto- sound will operate once to indicate this chapter. matic transaxle shift lever is shifted that all doors are locked. • Head Lamp Delay (if equipped) to the P (Park) position. • Smart Trunk (if equipped) - If this item checked, the head lamp • Two Press Unlock To activate or deactivate the Smart delay function will be activated. - Off: Trunk system. • Welcome Light (If equipped) The two press unlock function will For more details, refer to "Smart - If this item checked, the welcome be deactivated. Therefore, all doors Trunk" in this chapter. light function will be activated. will unlock if the door is unlocked. - On: The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked. When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

469 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 70

Features of your vehicle

Sound Convenience Service interval (if equipped) • Cluster voice guide Vol. (if • Seat Easy Access(if equipped) On this mode, you can activate the equipped) : Adjust the cluster voice - None : The seat easy access func- service interval function with mileage guide volume. (Level 0~3) tion is deactivated. (km or mi.) and period (months). • BSD (Blind Spot Detection) Sound - Normal/Extended : When you turn - Off : The service interval function (if equipped) off the engine, the driver’s seat will will be deactivated. If this item checked, the blind spot automatically move rearward short - On :You can set the service interval detection sound will be activated. (Normal) or long (Extended) for (mileage and months). For more details, refer to "Blind Spot you to enter or exit the vehicle For more details, refer to "Service Detection System" in chapter 5. more comfortably. Mode" in this chapter. • Welcome Sound (if equipped) If you change the Engine Start/Stop button from OFF posi- ✽ If this item checked, the welcome tion to the ACC, ON, or START NOTICE sound function will be activated. position, the driver’s seat will return If it is not available to set service to the original position. interval on your vehicle, we recom- For more details, refer to "Driver mend that you consult an authorized Position Memory System" in chapter 3. Kia dealer.

4 70 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 71

Features of your vehicle

Other features Warning messages • Fuel Economy Auto Reset Warning messages appear on the - Off : The average fuel economy will LCD to warn the driver. It is located in not reset automatically whenever the center of the instrument cluster. refueling. The warning message may appear - After Ignition : The average fuel differently depending on the type of economy will reset automatically instrument cluster and some may not when driving. show the warning message at all. - After Refueling : The average fuel The warning message is shown in economy will reset automatically either symbol, symbol and text, or when refueling. text type only. You can choose the preferred language (for Type B only) OYD046191 • Fuel Economy Unit by selecting the User setting menu in Door Open Choose the preferred fuel economy LCD mode. • It means that any door is open. unit. • Temperature Unit Choose the preferred temperature unit. • Language (if equipped) Choose preferred the language.

471 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 72

Features of your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type B Turn on FUSE SWITCH (if equipped) • This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch under the steer- ing wheel is OFF. • It means that you should turn the fuse switch on. For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7.

OYD046193 OYD046250L/OYD046197 Trunk (tailgate) Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) • It means that the trunk (tailgate) is • This warning is displayed if you open. turn off the engine when the sun- roof is open.

4 72 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 73

Features of your vehicle

Engine has overheated Shift to P (for smart key system and Press START button while turn steer- This warning message illuminates automatic transaxle) ing (for smart key system) when the engine coolant tempera- • This warning message illuminates if • This warning message illuminates ture is above 120°C (248°F). This you try to turn off the engine without if the steering wheel does not means that the engine is overheated the shift lever in P (Park) position. unlock normally when the Engine and may be damaged. • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Start/Stop Button is pressed. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to Button turns to the ACC position (If • It means that you should press the “Overheating” in chapter 6. you press the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button while Button once more, it will turn to the turning the steering wheel right ON position). and left.

Low Key Battery Steering wheel unlocked (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not lock discharged when the Engine when the Engine Start/Stop Button Start/Stop Button changes to the changes to the OFF position. OFF position.

473 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 74

Features of your vehicle

Check Steering Wheel Lock System Press clutch pedal to start engine (for Key not detected (for smart key system) (for smart key system) smart key system and manual transaxle) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if if the smart key is not detected if the steering wheel does not lock the Engine Start/Stop Button when you press the Engine normally when the Engine changes to the ACC position twice Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button changes to the by pressing the button repeatedly OFF position. without depressing the clutch pedal. Press START button again • It means that you should depress (for smart key system) the clutch pedal to start the engine. Press brake pedal to start engine • This warning message illuminates (for smart key system and automatic if you can not operate the Engine transaxle) Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) Start/Stop Button when there is a • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates problem with the Engine Start/Stop if the Engine Start/Stop Button if the smart key is not in the vehicle Button system. changes to the ACC position twice when you press the Engine • It means that you could start the by pressing the button repeatedly Start/Stop Button. engine by pressing the Engine without depressing the brake pedal. • It means that you should always Start/ Stop Button once more. • It means that you should depress have the smart key with you. • If the warning illuminates each the brake pedal to start the engine. time you press the Engine Start/Stop Button, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 74 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 75

Features of your vehicle

Press START button with smart key Shift to P or N to start engine Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) (for smart key system) (for smart key system and automatic • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates transaxle) on the service reminder mode if if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates the washer fluid level in the reser- Button while the warning message if you try to start the engine with voir is nearly empty. “Key not detected” is illuminating. the shift lever not in the P (Park) or • It means that you should refill the • At this time, the immobilizer indica- N (Neutral) position. washer fluid. tor light blinks. ✽ NOTICE Low Fuel Check fuse “BRAKE SWITCH” You can start the engine with the • This warning message illuminates (for smart key system and automatic shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. if the fuel tank is nearly empty. transaxle/transmission) But, for your safety, we recommend - When the low fuel level warning • This warning message illuminates that you start the engine with the light is illuminates. if the brake switch fuse is discon- shift lever in the P (Park) position. Add fuel as soon as possible. nected. • It means that you should replace the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

475 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 76

Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the "Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts" in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 76 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 77

Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2.With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and position. add fluid as required (For more With only one of the dual systems details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 chapter 7). travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake for fluid leaks. If any leak on the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. brake system is still found, the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. warning light remains on, or the of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the brakes do not operate properly, do If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. not drive the vehicle. ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates In this case, have your vehicle al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it towed to an authorized Kia dealer cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in and inspected. reservoir is low.

477 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 78

Features of your vehicle

Driving the vehicle with a warning Anti-lock Brake System Electronic light ON is dangerous. If the Parking (ABS) Warning Light Brake force Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution illuminates with the parking brake This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System released, it indicates that the brake Warning Light fluid level is low. • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the same time while driving: ed by an authorized Kia dealer. position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake seconds and then goes off. system may not work normally. • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia tem will still be operational without dealer. the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 78 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 79

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power WARNING - ABS/Brake force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning Light (EBD) System Light (if equipped) When both ABS and Parking Warning Light Brake & Brake Fluid Warning When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: Lights are on, the brake system or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or will not work normally and you Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, may experience an unexpected Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. and dangerous situation during meter may not work. Also, the EPS sudden braking thereby increas- Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is ing the risk of a crash or injury. the steering effort may increase or started. In this case, avoid high speed decrease. • When there is a malfunction with driving and abrupt braking. In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. Have your vehicle inspected by ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia soon as possible. dealer.

479 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 80

Features of your vehicle

Malfunction Indicator Charging System Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Gasoline Warning Light Engine This warning light illuminates: If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- • Once you set the ignition switch or tial catalytic converter damage • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON is possible which could result in Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. loss of engine power. position. - It remains on until the engine is In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is started. inspected by an authorized Kia started. • When there is a malfunction with dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with the emission control system. either the alternator or electrical In this case, have your vehicle charging system. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. CAUTION - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.

4 80 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 81

Features of your vehicle

If there is a malfunction with either Engine Oil Pressure the alternator or electrical charging Warning Light CAUTION - Engine system: damage 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe This warning light illuminates: If the engine is not stopped location and stop your vehicle. immediately after the engine oil • Once you set the ignition switch or 2. Turn the engine off and check the pressure warning light is illumi- Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON nated and stays on while the alternator drive belt for looseness position. or breakage. engine is running, serious - It remains on until the engine is engine damage may result. If the belt is adjusted properly, started. there may be a problem in the electrical charging system. • When the engine oil pressure is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia If the engine oil pressure is low: dealer as soon as possible. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in section 7). If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not avail- able, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

481 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 82

Features of your vehicle

If the warning light stays on while the Low Fuel Level Warning engine is running, there may be seri- Light CAUTION - Low Fuel ous engine damage. In this case, Level 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is Driving with the Low Fuel Level safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel This warning light illuminates: 2. Turn off the engine and check the level below can cause the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the When the fuel tank is nearly empty. engine to misfire and damage engine oil to the proper level. the catalytic converter (if equipped). 3. Start the engine again. If the warn- If the fuel tank is nearly empty: ing light stays on after the engine Add fuel as soon as possible. is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 82 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 83

Features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains on after Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds WARNING or repeats blinking and off at the - Low tire pressure intervals of approximately 3 seconds: This warning light illuminates: • Significantly low tire pressure • When there is a malfunction with makes the vehicle unstable • Once you set the ignition switch or the TPMS. and can contribute to loss of Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON vehicle control and increased position. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia braking distances. - It illuminates for approximately 3 dealer as soon as possible. • Continued driving or low pres- seconds and then goes off. For more details, refer to "Tire sure tires will cause the tires to • When one or more of your tires are Pressure Monitoring System overheat and fail. significantly underinflated. (TPMS)" in chapter 6. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System The TPMS cannot alert you to severe (TPMS)" in chapter 6. and sudden tire damage caused by external factors. If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

483 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 84

Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Adaptive Front Lighting Washer Fluid Warning Light (if equipped) System (AFLS) Warning AFLS Light (if equipped) Light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: This warning light blinks: This warning light illuminates: When a door is not closed securely. • Once you set the Engine • When the washer fluid level in the Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- reservoir is nearly empty. Trunk (tailgate) Open tion. In this case, you should refill the Warning Light - It illuminates for approximately 3 washer fluid. (if equipped) seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with This warning light illuminates: the AFLS. When the trunk (tailgate) is not closed securely. If there is a malfunction with the AFLS: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light remains on, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 84 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 85

Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Mode Indicator Lights Electronic Stability (if equipped) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light • This warning light informs the driv- Light This indicator light illuminates: er the following situations This indicator light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON - Low washer fluid (if equipped) • Once you set the ignition switch or position. - Blind Spot Detection (BSD) mal- Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON function (if equipped) position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. - Service reminder and so on. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When you deactivate the ESC sys- The Master Warning Light illumi- seconds and then goes off. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- nates when more than one of the • When there is a malfunction with ton. above warning situations occur. At the ESC system. this time, the LCD Modes Icon will In this case, have your vehicle change from ( ) to ( ). inspected by an authorized Kia For more details, refer to "Electronic If the warning situation is solved, the dealer. Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5. master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ). This indicator light blinks: (ex : refill the washer fluid) While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

485 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 86

Features of your vehicle

SPORT Mode Indicator Immobilizer Indicator Immobilizer Indicator Light (if equipped) Light (Without Smart Key) Light (With Smart Key) (if equipped) (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates • When you select "SPORT" mode This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up as drive mode. • When the vehicle detects the to 30 seconds: For more details, refer to "Drive immobilizer in your key properly • When the vehicle detects the Mode Integrated Control System" in while the ignition switch is ON. smart key in the vehicle properly chapter 5. - At this time, you can start the while the Engine Start/Stop Button engine. is ACC or ON. - The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can start the ECO Mode Indicator engine. Light (if equipped) starting the engine. - The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light blinks: • When you select “ECO” mode as • When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks for a few drive mode. seconds: For more details, refer to “Drive In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia • When the smart key is not in the Mode Integrated Control System” in vehicle. chapter 5. dealer. - At this time, you can not start the engine.

4 86 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 87

Features of your vehicle

This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator seconds and goes off: Light Light • When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi- cle while the Engine Start/Stop Button is ON. This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: In this case, have your vehicle • When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in inspected by an authorized Kia on. the high beam position dealer. • When the turn signal lever is pulled If any of the following occurs, there into the Flash-to-Pass position. This indicator light blinks: may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. In this case, have your Light ON Indicator Light • When the battery of the smart key vehicle inspected by an authorized is weak. Kia dealer. - At this time, you can not start the - The indicator light does not blink engine. However, you can start but illuminates. This indicator light illuminates: the engine if you press the Engine - The indicator light blinks more • When the tail lights or headlights Start/Stop Button with the smart are on. key. (For more details, refer to rapidly. "Starting the Engine" in section - The indicator light does not illumi- 5). nate at all. Front Fog Indicator • When there is a malfunction with Light (if equipped) the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle This indicator light illuminates: inspected by an authorized Kia • When the front fog lights are on. dealer.

487 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 88

Features of your vehicle

Cruise Indicator Light KEY OUT Indicator Light KEY LKAS (Lane Keeping (if equipped) CRUISE (if equipped) Assistant System) OUT Indicator (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: When the ENGINE START/STOP • When the cruise control system is button is in the ACC or ON position, The LKAS indicator will illuminate enabled. if any door is open, the system when you turn the lane keeping checks for the smart key. assistant system on by pressing the LKAS button. For more details, refer to "Cruise If there is a problem with the system, Control System" in chapter 5. This indicator light blinks: the yellow LKAS indicator will illumi- When the smart key is not in the nate. vehicle and any door is open with the Cruise SET Indicator For more details, refer to "LKAS" in Light (if equipped) SET ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. chapter 5. - At this time, if you close all doors, the chime will also sound for This indicator light illuminates: approximately 5 seconds. • When the cruise control speed is set. - The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving. For more details, refer to "Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.

4 88 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 89

Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED) Always keep the camera lens clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, WARNING - Backing Up & the camera may not operate normally. Using Camera The rearview camera is not a substi- Never rely solely on the rear view tute for proper and safe backing-up camera when backing up. Prior procedures. Always drive safely and to entering your vehicle always use caution when backing up. The do a visual check of the area rearview camera may not display behind your vehicle, and before every object behind the vehicle. backing up be aware of your sur- roundings and supplement the rear view camera by looking over OYDM046015 your shoulders and checking The rear view camera will activate your rear view mirrors. Due to the with the ignition switch on and the difficulty of ensuring that the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position. area behind you remains clear, always back up slowly and stop immediately if you even suspect Note- during initial start up, system that a person, and especially a may not display instantly due to the child, might be behind you. audio system booting up. 2 ~ 4 seconds may be required before displaying during initial reverse selection. This occurs when starting and immediately shifting to reverse. This system is a supplemental sys- tem that shows behind the vehicle through the UVO audio or navigation display backing-up.

489 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 90

Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Headlight escort function If the driver gets out of the vehicle • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function prevent the battery from being dis- The headlights (and/or taillights) will does not operate and the headlight charged. The system automatically remain on for approximately 20 min- escort function does not turn off turns off the parking lights when utes after the ignition key is removed automatically. Therefore, It causes the driver removes the ignition key or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- the battery to be discharged. In this and opens the driver-side door. tion. However, if the driver’s door is case, make sure to turn off the lamp opened and closed, the headlights • With this feature, the parking lights before getting out of the vehicle. will turn off automatically if the driv- are turned off after 30 seconds. If the headlights are not working er parks on the side of the road at The headlights can be turned off by properly have your vehicle inspected night. pressing the lock button on the trans- by an authorized Kia dealer. If necessary, to keep the lights on mitter (or smart key) twice or turning when the ignition key is removed, off the light switch from the headlight Don't attempt to inspect or replace perform the following: or Auto light position. the wiring yourself to prevent mal- function. 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.

4 90 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 91

Features of your vehicle

Lighting control Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( )

OXM049110 OAM049041 OAM049042 The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- a Parking light position. ing light position (1st position), the light position (2nd position) the head, To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, position, license and instrument tail, position, license and instrument the end of the control lever to one of panel lights will turn ON. panel lights will turn ON. the following positions: The ignition switch must be in the ON (1) OFF position position to turn on the headlights. (2) Parking light position (3) Headlight position (4) Auto light / AFLS position (if equipped)

491 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:27 Page 92

Features of your vehicle

Auto light position (if equipped) If your vehicle has window tint or High beam operation other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light sys- tem may not work properly.

OYDDCO2042 OAM049044 When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlights, light position, the taillights and head- push the lever away from you. Pull it lights will turn ON or OFF automati- back for low beams. cally depending on the amount of The high-beam indicator will light light outside the vehicle. when the headlight high beams are Never place anything over the sensor switched on. (1) located on the instrument panel. To prevent the battery from being This will ensure better auto-light sys- discharged, do not leave the lights tem control. on for a prolonged time while the Do not clean the sensor using a win- engine is not running. dow cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

4 92 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 93

Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change WARNING - High beams signals Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

OAM049043 To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the normal OAM049045 (low-beam) position when released. The headlight switch does not need to The ignition switch must be on for the be on to use this flashing feature. turn signals to function. To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. They will self-cancel after a turn is com- pleted. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released.

493 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 94

Features of your vehicle

If an indicator stays on and does not One-touch lane change function Front fog light (if equipped) flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of To activate an one-touch lane the turn signal bulbs may be burned change function, move the turn sig- out and will require replacement. nal lever slightly and then release it. If an indicator flash is abnormally The lane change signals will blink 3, quick or slow, a bulb may be burned 5 or 7 times. out or have a poor electrical connec- You can choose one-touch lane tion in the circuit. change blinking function in "One touch turn lamp" of "User setting". Refer to "User setting" in chapter 4.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally OAM049046N quick or slow, the bulb may be Fog lights are used to provide burned out or have a poor electrical improved visibility when visibility is connection in the circuit. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch (1) is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on. To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch (1) to the off position. When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor.

4 94 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 95

Features of your vehicle

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting Never place anything over the sen- System) (if equipped) sor(1) located on the instrument panel. This will ensure better auto- light system to turn on and off auto- matically. If the AFLS malfunction indicator comes on, the AFLS is not working properly. Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine. If the indicator continuously remains on, have system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OYDDCO2042 Adaptive front lighting system uses the steering angle and vehicle speed, to keep your field of vision wide by swiveling and leveling the headlamp. Change the switch to the AUTO posi- tion when the engine is running. The adaptive front lighting system will operate when the headlamp is ON. To turn off the AFLS, change the switch to other positions. After turn- ing the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling no longer occurs, but leveling oper- ates continuously.

495 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 96

Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Front B : Intermittent control wipe time Windshield wipers adjustment Operates as follows when the igni- tion switch is turned ON. C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and D : Rear wiper/washer control release it. The wipers will · /ON – Continuous wipe operate continuously if the · ---/INT – Intermittent wipe lever is held in this position. · O/OFF – Off OFF : Wiper is not in operation OAM049100L INT : Wiper operates intermittently at Rear ( 5 Door, if equipped) E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in a light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn * : if equipped the speed control knob. LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

If there is a heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost OAM049048N the windshield for about 10 minutes, A : Wiper speed control (front) or until the snow and/or ice is · HI – High wiper speed removed before using the windshield · LO – Low wiper speed wipers to ensure proper operation. · INT – Intermittent wipe · OFF – Off · MIST – Single wipe

4 96 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 97

Features of your vehicle

Windshield washers (front) The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment CAUTION - Wiper position on the passenger side. When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the off posi- tion to stop the auto wiper oper- CAUTION - Washer pump ation. The wiper may operate To prevent possible damage to and be damaged if the switch is the washer pump, do not oper- set in the AUTO mode while ate the washer when the fluid washing the vehicle. reservoir is empty.

CAUTION - Wipers & WARNING - Obscured windshields OYF049101 visibility • To prevent possible damage In the OFF position, pull the lever Do not use the washer in freez- to the wipers or windshield, gently toward you to spray washer ing temperatures without first do not operate the wipers fluid on the windshield and to run the warming the windshield with when the windshield is dry. wipers 1-3 cycles. the defrosters; the washer solu- • To prevent damage to the wiper Use this function when the wind- tion could freeze on the wind- blades, do not use gasoline, shield is dirty. shield and obscure your vision. kerosene, paint thinner, or The spray and wiper operation will other solvents on or near them. continue until you release the lever. If • To prevent damage to the the washer does not work, check the wiper arms and other compo- washer fluid level. nents, do not attempt to move If the fluid level is not sufficient, you the wipers manually. add appropriate non-abrasive wind- shield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

497 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 98

Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and wash- er switch (5 door) (if equipped)

OYD044500 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the OAM049103N rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever. wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. ON - Normal wiper operation INT - Intermittent wipe OFF - Wiper is not in operation

4 98 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 99

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Map lamp (if equipped) extended periods when the engine is (if equipped) ■ not running. Type A The interior lights automatically turn It may cause battery discharge. off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off. WARNING - Interior light If your vehicle is equipped with the Do not use the interior lights theft alarm system, the interior lights when driving in the dark. The automatically turn off approximately glare from the interior lights 3 seconds after the system is in may obstruct your view and armed stage. cause an accident. OYDM046385 ■ Type B

OYDM046384 Push the lens (1) to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and front passenger.

499 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 100

Features of your vehicle

• DOOR (2) : • OFF (3) : The lights turn off even if Room lamp In the DOOR position, the map a door is opened. lamp and the room lamp come on When the lamp is when any door is opened regard- turned ON by pressing less of the ignition switch position. the lens (1), the lamp When doors are unlocked by the does not turn off even transmitter (or smart key), the map if the switch (2) is in the lamp and the room lamp come on OFF position. for approximately 30 seconds as • ON (4) :The map lamp and the long as any door is not open. room lamp stay on at all The map lamp and the room lamp times. go out gradually after approximate- ly 30 seconds if the door is closed. OMD040097 However, if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked, the To turn the room lamp ON or OFF, map lamp and the room lamp will push the switch. turn off immediately. If a door is If your vehicle is not equipped with a opened with the ignition switch in map lamp, the room lamp will also the ACC or LOCK position, the turn on or off as follows. map lamp and the room lamp stays - The room lamp comes on when a on for about 20 minutes. However, door is opened. The lamps go out if a door is opened with the ignition after approximately 30 seconds. switch in the ON position, the map lamp and the room lamp stays on - The room lamp comes on for continuously. If the type B room approximately 30 seconds when lamp switch is OFF, it doesn't work. doors are unlocked with a trans- mitter or smart key as long as the doors are not opened.

4 100 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 101

Features of your vehicle

- The room lamp will stay on for Luggage room lamp The luggage lamp comes on as long approximately 20 minutes if a as the trunk lid (tailgate) is open. To door is opened with the ignition • 4 Door prevent unnecessary charging sys- switch in the ACC or LOCK/OFF tem drain, close the trunk lid (tail- position. gate) securely after using the lug- - The room lamp will stay on con- gage room. tinuously if the door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position. - The room lamp will go out imme- diately if the ignition switch is changed to the ON position or all OYDDCO2045 doors are locked. • 5 Door

OYDDCO3237 The luggage room lamp comes on when the trunk (tailgate) is opened.

4101 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 102

Features of your vehicle

Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OYDECO2046CN OLM049105 The glove box lamp comes on when Push the switch to turn the light on or the glove box is opened. To prevent off. unnecessary charging system drain, • : The lamp will turn on if this close the glove box securely after button is pressed. use. • : The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed. Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without turning the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

4 102 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 103

Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Headlamp welcome Interior light welcome Puddle lamp and pocket lamp When the headlight(light switch in the When the interior light switch is in the (if equipped) headlight or AUTO position) is on and DOOR position and all doors (and When all doors are locked and all doors (and trunk/tailgate) are trunk/tailgate) are locked and closed, closed, the puddle lamp and pocket locked and closed, the headlight, the room lamp will come on for 30 lamp will come on for 15 seconds if position light and tail light will come seconds if any of the below is per- any of the below is performed. on for 15 seconds if any of the below formed. • With the smart key system is performed. • Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is • Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. - When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter. - When the button of the outside pressed on the transmitter. • With the smart key system door handle is pressed. • With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is - When the vehicle is approached - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. with the smart key in possession. pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside At this time, if you press the door lock door handle is pressed. At this time, if you press the door lock button (on the transmitter or smart button, the lamps will turn off imme- key), the lights will turn off immediately. At this time, if you press the door lock diately. button, the lamps will turn off imme- diately.

4103 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 104

Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster The rear window defroster automati- CAUTION - Conductors cally turns off after approximately 20 ■ ■ Type B To prevent damage to the con- Type A minutes or when the ignition switch is ductors bonded to the inside turned off. To turn off the defroster surface of the rear window, manually, press the rear window never use sharp instruments or defroster button again. window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. Outside mirror defroster (if equipped) If you want to defrost and defog the If your vehicle is equipped with the front windshield, refer to "Windshield outside rearview mirror defrosters, Defrosting and Defogging" in this they will operate at the same time you section. OYD046017L turn on the rear window defroster. The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from Front wiper deicer (if equipped) the interior and exterior of the rear If your vehicle is equipped with the window, while the engine is running. front wiper deicer, it will be operating To activate the rear window at the same time you operate the defroster, press the rear window front windshield defroster. defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illu- minates when the defroster is on. If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.

4 104 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:28 Page 105

Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Air conditioning button 4. Rear window defroster button 2. Fan speed control knob 5. Air intake control button 3. Mode selection knob 6. Temperature control knob

OYD046018L

4105 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 106

Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired posi- tion. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling : - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.

(if equipped) (if equipped)

OYD046239L

4 106 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 107

Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Defrost-Level (A, D)

OYD046019L Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the The mode selection knob controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window defrosters. the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) board outlets, or windshield. Six symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Most of the air flow is directed to the Defrost air position. floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

4107 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 108

Features of your vehicle

MAX A/C-Level (B, D) (if equipped) Temperature control

OYD046021L

OYD046020L Instrument panel vents OYDDCL2007 The MAX A/C mode is used to cool The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows the inside of the vehicle faster. Air closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the flow is directed toward the upper wheel. air flowing from the ventilation sys- body and face. Also, you can adjust the direction of tem.To change the air temperature in In this mode, the air conditioning and air delivered from these vents using the passenger compartment, turn the recirculated air position will be the vent control lever as shown. the knob to the right for warm air or selected automatically. left for cooler air.

4 108 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 109

Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position Prolonged operation of the heater in The indicator light on the the recirculated air position (without air button illuminates when conditioning selected) may cause fog- the recirculated air posi- ging of the windshield and side win- tion is selected. dows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. With the recirculated air position selected, air In addition, prolonged operation of from the passenger the air conditioning with the recircu- compartment will be lated air position selected will result drawn through the heat- in excessively dry air in the passen- ing system and heated ger compartment. or cooled according to the function selected. OYD046022L WARNING - Reduced This is used to select outside (fresh) Visibility air position or recirculated air position. Outside (fresh) air position Continuous use of the climate To change the air intake control posi- The indicator light on the control system in the recirculat- tion, push the control button. button will not illuminate ed air position may allow when the outside (fresh) humidity to increase inside the air position is selected. vehicle which may fog the glass With the outside (fresh) and obscure visibility. air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

4109 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 110

Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To turn off the blowers WARNING - Recirculated Air Continue using the climate con- trol system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsi- ness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

OYDDCL2009 OYDDCL2032 WARNING - Sleeping with AC on The ignition switch must be in the ON To turn off the blowers, turn the fan position for fan operation. speed control knob to the "0" posi- Do not sleep in a vehicle with tion. the air conditioning or heating The fan speed control knob allows on as this may cause serious you to control the fan speed of the air harm or death due to a drop in flowing from the ventilation system. the oxygen level and/or body To change the fan speed, turn the temperature. knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed.

4 110 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 111

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped) System operation Operation Tips Ventilation • To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle 1. Set the mode to the position. through the ventilation system, 2. Set the air intake control to the temporarily set the air intake con- outside (fresh) air position. trol to the recirculated air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the Be sure to return the control to the desired position. fresh air position when the irritation 4. Set the fan speed control to the has passed to keep fresh air in the desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv- er alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Heating is drawn in through the grilles just OYD046023L 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care Press the A/C button to turn the air 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not conditioning system on (indicator light outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or will illuminate). Press the button again other obstructions. to turn the air conditioning system off. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- shield, set the air intake control to 4. Set the fan speed control to the the fresh air position and fan speed desired speed. to the desired position, turn on the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the , position.

4111 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 112

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped) Air conditioning system operation tips Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive AC • If the vehicle has been parked in filled with R-134a refrigerant. While using the air conditioning direct sunlight during hot weather, 1. Start the engine. Push the air con- system, monitor the tempera- open the windows for a short time ditioning button. ture gauge closely while driving to let the hot air inside the vehicle up hills or in heavy traffic when escape. 2. Set the mode to the position. outside temperatures are high. • To help reduce moisture inside of 3. Set the air intake control to the Air conditioning system opera- the windows on rainy or humid recirculated air position. However, tion may cause engine over- days, decrease the humidity inside prolonged operation in the recircu- heating and potential engine the vehicle by operating the air lated air position will excessively damage. Continue to use the conditioning system. dry the air. In this case, change the blower fan but turn the air con- air position. ditioning system off if the tem- • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally 4. Adjust the fan speed control and perature gauge indicates engine overheating. notice a slight change in engine temperature control to maintain speed as the air conditioning com- maximum comfort. pressor cycles. This is a normal • When maximum cooling is desired, system operation characteristic. set the temperature control to the • Use the air conditioning system extreme left position, set the mode every month only for a few minutes control to the MAX A/C position, to ensure maximum system per- then set the fan speed control to formance. the highest speed. • When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- tem operation characteristic.

4 112 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 113

Features of your vehicle

• Operating the air conditioning sys- Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE tem in the recirculated air position • Replace the filter according to the provides maximum cooling, how- Outside air Maintenance Schedule. ever, continual operation in this If the vehicle is being driven in mode may cause the air inside the severe conditions such as dusty, vehicle to become stale. Recirculated air rough roads, more frequent cli- • During cooling operation, you may mate control air filter inspections occasionally notice a misty air flow and changes are required. because of rapid cooling and • When the air flow rate suddenly humid air intake. This is a normal decreases, the system should be system operation characteristic. Blower checked at an authorized Kia Heater core dealer. Climate control Evaporator air filter core OMG075033 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the cli- mate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4113 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 114

Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air Air Conditioning refrigerant conditioner refrigerant and CAUTION label compressor lubricant It is important that the correct ■ Example type and amount of oil and refrig- When the amount of refrigerant is erant is used, otherwise damage low, the performance of the air con- to the vehicle may occur. ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air To prevent damage, the air con- conditioning system. ditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by Therefore, if abnormal operation is trained and certified technicians. found, have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

The air conditioning system should OXM063009 be serviced by an authorized Kia WARNING ❈ dealer. The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant The oil and refrigerant in your label in the vehicle may differ from the vehicle’s air conditioning sys- illustration. tem is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are Each symbols and specification on not followed an explosion may air conditioning refrigerant label result. To reduce the risk of seri- means as below ; ous injury or death, the air con- ditioning system in your vehicle 1. Classification of refrigerant should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubri- cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant label. 4 114 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 115

Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Driver’s temperature control knob 7. Fan speed control switch 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 8. Air intake control button 3. OFF button 9. Rear window defroster button 4. Climate control display 10. Passenger's temperature control knob 5. Front windshield defroster button 11. SYNC button 6. Mode selection button 12. Air conditioning button

CAUTION Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. It is best to operate the blower when the engine is running. OYD046024L

4115 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 116

Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the infor- OYD046025L mation display once again.) 2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button to set the desired temperature. - Fan speed control knob OYDDCL2012 The selected function will be con- 1. Push the AUTO button.The modes, trolled manually while other func- fan speeds, air intake and air-con- tions operate automatically. ditioning will be controlled automat- • For your convenience and to ically by temperature setting. improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73°F (23°C).

4 116 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 117

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. OYDDCL2013 To improve the effectiveness of ✽ heating and cooling : NOTICE OYD046026L - Heating: Never place anything over the sen- The mode selection button controls sor located on the instrument panel - Cooling: the direction of the air flow through to ensure better control of the heat- 3. Set the temperature control to the the ventilation system. ing and cooling system. desired position. Every time you press the mode 4. Set the air intake control to the selection button, the mode will outside (fresh) air or recirculated change as follows: air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. Refer to the illustration in the Press the AUTO button in order to "Manual climate control system". convert to full automatic control of the system.

4117 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:29 Page 118

Features of your vehicle

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and air discharged from the outlet. side window defroster.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) OYD046027L Defrost-level Air flow is discharged towards the Most of the air flow is directed to the face and floor. floor and the windshield with a small Most of the air flow is directed to the amount directed to the side window windshield with a small amount of air defrosters. directed to the side window defrosters.

4 118 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 119

Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OYDDCL2006 OYD046028L

Instrument panel vents OYD046025L Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the 1. Press the SYNC button to operate wheel. air flowing from the ventilation sys- the driver and passenger side Also, you can adjust the direction of tem.To change the air temperature in temperature individually. Pressing air delivered from these vents using the passenger compartment, turn the right temperature control but- the vent control lever as shown. the knob to the right for warm air or ton will automatically switch to the left for cooler air. DUAL mode as well. 2. Operate the left temperature con- trol to adjust the driver side tem- perature. Operate the right tem- perature control to adjust the pas- senger side temperature.

4119 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 120

Features of your vehicle

When the driver side temperature is Adjusting the driver and passenger Air intake control set to the highest (HIGH) or lowest side temperature equally (LOW) temperature setting, the 1. Press the DUAL button again to DUAL mode is deactivated for maxi- deactivate DUAL mode. The pas- mum heating or cooling. senger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. 2. Operate the driver side tempera- ture control switch. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.

OYD046029L The air intake control is used to select outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control posi- tion, push the control button.

4 120 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 121

Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position Prolonged operation of the heater in With the recirculated air the recirculated air position (without air WARNING - Sleeping with position selected, air conditioning selected) may cause fog- AC on from the passenger ging of the windshield and side win- Do not sleep in a vehicle with compartment will be dows and the air within the passenger the air conditioning or heating drawn through the heat- compartment may become stale. system on as this may cause ing system and heated In addition, prolonged operation of serious harm or death due to a or cooled according to the air conditioning with the recircu- drop in the oxygen level and/or the function selected. lated air position selected will result body temperature. in excessively dry air in the passen- ger compartment. Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) WARNING - Recirculated air position selected, air WARNING - Reduced air enters the vehicle from Visibility Continued use of the climate outside and is heated or Continuous use of the climate control system in the recirculat- cooled according to the control system in the recirculat- ed air position can cause function selected. ed air position may allow drowsiness or sleepiness, and humidity to increase inside the loss of vehicle control. Set the vehicle which may fog the glass air intake control to the outside and obscure visibility. (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

4121 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 122

Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode

OYD046030L OYD046031L OYDDCL2022 The fan speed can be set to the Press the A/C button to turn the air Press the OFF button to turn off the desired speed by pressing the fan conditioning system on (indicator air climate control system. However speed control switch. light will illuminate). you can still operate the mode and To change the fan speed press the Press the button again to turn the air air intake buttons as long as the igni- part of the switch for higher conditioning system off. tion switch is in the ON position. speed or press the part of the switch for lower speed. To turn the fan speed control off, press the OFF button.

4 122 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 123

Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Kia Air Conditioning Systems are from entering the vehicle through filled with R-134a refrigerant. 1. Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the ditioning button. outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air desired position. position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the out- side air or recirculated air position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv- 4. Adjust the fan speed control and er alert and comfortable. temperature control to maintain • Air for the heating/cooling system maximum comfort. Heating is drawn in through the grilles just • When maximum cooling is desired, 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care set the temperature control to the 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not extreme left position, then set the outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or fan speed control to the highest other obstructions. 3. Set the temperature control to the speed. desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- shield, set the air intake control to 4. Set the fan speed control to the the fresh air position and fan speed desired speed. to the desired position, turn on the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4123 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 124

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • Operating the air conditioning sys- CAUTION • If the vehicle has been parked in tem in the recirculated air position • When using the air condition- direct sunlight during hot weather, provides maximum cooling, how- ing system, monitor the tem- open the windows for a short time ever, continual operation in this perature gauge closely while to let the hot air inside the vehicle mode may cause the air inside the driving up hills or in heavy traf- escape. vehicle to become stale. fic when outside temperatures • To help reduce moisture inside of • During cooling operation, you may are high. Air conditioning sys- the windows on rainy or humid occasionally notice a misty air flow tem operation may cause days, decrease the humidity inside because of rapid cooling and engine overheating. Continue the vehicle by operating the air humid air intake. This is a normal to use the blower fan but turn conditioning system. system operation characteristic. the air conditioning system off • During air conditioning system • If you operate air conditioner if the temperature gauge indi- excessively, the difference between cates engine overheating. operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine the temperature of the outside air • When opening the windows in speed as the air conditioning com- and that of the windshield could humid weather air conditioning pressor cycles. This is a normal cause the outer surface of the may create water droplets system operation characteristic. windshield to fog up, causing loss inside the vehicle. Since exces- of visibility. In this case, set the • Use the air conditioning system sive water droplets may cause mode selection knob or button to every month only for a few minutes damage to electrical equip- the position and fan speed to ensure maximum system per- ment, air conditioning should control to the lower speed. only be used with the windows formance. closed. • When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- tem operation characteristic.

4 124 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 125

Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the ( ) or ( ) control to the highest speed. position during cooling opera- • If warm air to the floor is desired tion in extremely humid weath- while defrosting or defogging, set the er. The difference between the mode to the floor-defrost position. temperature of the outside air • Before driving, clear all snow and and the windshield could cause ice from the windshield, rear win- the outer surface of the wind- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and shield to fog up, causing loss of all side windows. visibility. • Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi- OYD046032L ciency and to reduce the probabili- ty of fogging up the inside of the 1. Select any fan speed except "0" windshield. position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected automatically. If the outside (fresh) air position is not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

4125 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 126

Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control To defrost outside windshield system To defog inside windshield

OYD046033L OYD046035L 1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. OYD046034L position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme 1. Select desired fan speed. 2. Set the temperature to the hot position. extreme hot (HI) position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air will be 4. The outside (fresh) air position will selected automatically. 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically. be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower If the outside (fresh) air position is fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan not selected automatically, adjust the speed. corresponding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

4 126 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 127

Features of your vehicle

Defogging Logic Manual climate control system Automatic climate control system To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are con- trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. Logic can be disabled and enabled by doing following :

OYD046036L OYD046037L 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to 2. Select the defroster position before the defrost position ( ). pressing the defroster button ( ). 3. Push the air intake control button 3. While pressing the air conditioning at least 5 times within 3 seconds. button (A/C), press the air intake The indicator light in the air intake control button ( ) at least 5 control button will blink 3 times with times within 3 seconds. 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that The indicator on the air intake button the defogging logic is canceled or blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of returned to the programmed status. interval. It indicates that the defog- ging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

4127 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 128

Features of your vehicle

If the battery has been discharged or Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates disconnected, it resets to the defog (if equipped) when the auto defogging logic status. system senses the mois- ture inside the windshield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, higher steps operate as follows. For example, if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position, it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield.

OYDDCL2029 Step 1 : Outside air position Auto defogging reduces the probabil- ity of fogging up the inside of the Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind- windshield by automatically sensing shield the moisture inside the windshield. Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward The auto defogging system operates the windshield when the heater or air conditioning is Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning on. Step 5 : Maximizing the air condi- tioning

4 128 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 129

Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED) If your vehicle is equipped with the ✽ NOTICE auto defogging system, it is automat- • When the air conditioning is ically activated when the conditions turned on by Auto defogging sys- are met. However, if you would like to tem, if you try to turn off the air cancel the auto defogging system, conditioning, the indicator will press the front defroster button 4 blink 3 times and the air condi- times within 2 seconds while press- tioning will not be turned off. ing the AUTO button. The indicator • For efficiency, do not select recir- will blink 3 times to notify you that the culated air position while Auto system is cancelled. To use the auto defogging system is operating. defogging system again, follow the procedures mentioned above. OYD046038L If the battery has been disconnected CAUTION When the ignition switch is in the ON or discharged, it resets to the auto Do not remove the sensor cover position, the clean air function turns defogging status. located on the upper end of the on automatically. driver side windshield glass. Also, the clean air function turns off Damage to the system parts automatically, when the ignition could occur and may not be cov- switch turns to the OFF position. ered by your vehicle warranty.

4129 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 130

Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items. (if equipped) To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. Always keep the storage compart- ment covers closed while driving.

WARNING - Flammable materials Do not store flammable/explo- sive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is OYDDCO2049 exposed to hot temperatures for OYDDCO2048 To open the glove box, push the button extended periods. To open the center console storage, (1) and the glove box will automatical- pull up the lever. ly open. Close the glove box after use. Always keep the glove box closed while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING - Glove box To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.

4 130 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:30 Page 131

Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder (if equipped) Luggage tray WARNING - Sunglass (5 door, if equipped) holder Do not keep objects except sun- glasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.

OYDM046399 To open the sunglass holder, press OYDDCO3238 the cover and the holder will slowly You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- open. Place your sunglasses with the tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for lenses facing out. To close the sun- easy access. glass holder, push it up. Do not open Grasp the strap on the top of the the sunglass holder while the vehicle cover and lift it. is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.

4131 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 132

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cigarette lighter (if equipped) • Do not hold the lighter in after it is Ashtray (if equipped) already heated because it will overheat. • If the lighter does not pop out with- in 30 seconds, remove it to prevent overheating.

CAUTION - Cigarette lighter Do not insert accessories into the cigarette lighter socket. Doing so can damage the lighter OYD046039L socket. OYD046040L For the cigarette lighter to work, the To use the ashtray, open the cover. ignition switch must be in the ACC or To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it ON position. out. To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the way into its socket. When the ele- ment is heated, the lighter will pop WARNING - Ashtray use out to the "ready" position. Putting lit cigarettes or matches If it is necessary to replace the ciga- in an ashtray with other com- rette lighter, use only a genuine Kia bustible materials may cause a replacement or its approved equiva- fire. lent.

4 132 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 133

Features of your vehicle

Cup holder ■ Front Sliding armrest (if equipped)

WARNING - Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. OYD046041L ■ Rear (if equipped)

✽ NOTICE OYDECO2226CN When cleaning spilled liquids, do To move forward not dry the cup holder at high tem- Grab the front portion of the armrest perature. This may damage the cup (1) then pull it forward holder. To move rearward OYDECO2056CN Push the armrest rearward with your Cups or small beverage cans may be palm. placed in the cup holders.

4133 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 134

Features of your vehicle

Sunvisor Seat warmer (if equipped) CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp ■ Front • Type A Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvi- sor to its original position after use. If the vanity mirror is not closed securely, the lamp will stay on and could result in bat- tery discharge and possible sunvisor damage. OYD046043L ■ Front OVG049174 • Type B Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor for the side win- dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). Adjust the sunvisor extension for- OYD046042L ward or backward (3). The seat warmer is provided to warm To use the vanity mirror, pull down the the front seats during cold weather. visor and slide the mirror cover (4). With the ignition switch in the ON The ticket holder (5) is provided for position, push either of the switches holding a tollgate ticket (if equipped). to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

4 134 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 135

Features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi- tions where the operation of the seat CAUTION - Seat damage WARNING - Seat warmer warmer is not needed, keep the • When cleaning the seats, do burns switches in the OFF position. not use an organic solvent The seat warmer may cause • Each time you push the button, the such as thinner, benzene, burns even at low temperatures, temperature setting of the seat is alcohol and gasoline. Doing especially if used for long peri- changed as follows : so may damage the surface of ods of time. The occupants the heater or seats. must be able to feel if the seat is OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) • To prevent overheating the becoming too warm and to turn seat warmer, do not place any- the seat warmer off. → thing on the seats that insu- In particular, the driver must lates against heat, such as exercise extreme care for the • The seat warmer defaults to the blankets, cushions or seat following types of passengers: OFF position whenever the ignition covers while the seat warmer switch is turned on. 1. Infants, children, elderly or is in operation. disabled persons, or hospital • With the seat warmer switch in the • Do not place heavy or sharp outpatients ON position, the heating system in objects on seats equipped the seat turns off or on automatically 2. Persons with sensitive skin with seat warmers. Damage to or those that burn easily depending on the seat temperature. the seat warming components could occur. 3. Fatigued individuals 4. Intoxicated individuals 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)

4135 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 136

Features of your vehicle

The climate control seat defaults to Climate control seat (Continued) (if equipped) the OFF position whenever the igni- tion switch is turned on. • When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent • Each time you push the button, the such as paint thinner, ben- airflow is changed as follows: zene, alcohol and gasoline. OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) Doing so may damage the sur- face of the seats. → • Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the sur- face of the front seats and CAUTION seatbacks, or the air vent • The climate control seat is a holes may be blocked and pre- supplementary cooling/heat- vented from working properly. ing system. Use the climate OYD046044L • Do not place materials such control seat when the climate as plastic bags or newspapers The climate control seat is provided control system is on. Using the under the seats. The air vent to cool or warm the seat during hot or climate control seat for pro- may not work properly as the cold weather by blowing air through longed periods of time with the air intake can be blocked. small vent holes on the surface of the climate control system off seat and seatback. While the engine could impair the performance is running, push the rear portion of of the climate control seat. the switch (blue color) to cool the When the air vent does not operate, seat, and push the front portion of the (Continued) restart the vehicle. If there is no switch (red color) to warm the seat. change, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed, keep the switch in the OFF position.

4 136 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 137

Features of your vehicle

Power outlet (if equipped) Use the power outlet only when the Close the cover when not in use. engine is running and remove the ■ Type A Some electronic devices can cause accessory plug after use. Using the electronic interference when plugged accessory plug for prolonged periods into a vehicle’s power outlet. These of time with the engine off could devices may cause excessive audio cause the battery to discharge. static and malfunctions in other elec- Only use 12V electric accessories tronic systems or devices used in which are less than 15A in electric your vehicle. capacity. Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to - Electric shock the lowest operating level when WARNING OYD046046L using the power outlet. Do not put a finger or a foreign ■ Type B element (pin, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

OYD046045L The power outlet is designed to pro- vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 12V, 15A with the engine running.

4137 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 138

Features of your vehicle

LCD monitor (clock) Whenever the battery terminals or • Display conversion: related fuses are disconnected, you - Clock must reset the time. To change the 12 hour format to When the ignition switch is in the the 24 hour format, press the "H" ACC or ON position, the clock but- and "M" button at the same time for tons operate as follows: more than 4 seconds. For example, if the time is 10:15 • HOUR (1) : p.m., the display will change to Pressing the 'H" button will advance 22:15. the time display by one hour.

OYD046323 • MINUTE (2) : Pressing the "M" button will advance the time display by one minute. WARNING - Clock setting distraction Do not adjust the clock while driving.You may lose your steer- ing control and cause severe personal injury or an accident.

4 138 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 139

Features of your vehicle

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) WARNING - After market floor mat Do not install aftermarket floor mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. Unsecured floor mats can inter- fere with pedal operation.

OUN026348 ODMECO2034 To use the hanger, pull down the When using a floor mat on the floor upper portion of the hanger. carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor(s) in the front and rear floor carpet of your vehicle. This CAUTION - Hanging keeps the floor mat from sliding for- clothing ward. Do not hang heavy clothes, since those may damage the hook.

4139 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 140

Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed Luggage net (holder) when installing ANY floor mat in the (if equipped) CAUTION vehicle. To prevent damage to the goods • Ensure that the floor mats are or the vehicle, care should be securely attached to the vehicle's taken when carrying fragile or floor mat anchor(s) before driving bulky objects in the luggage the vehicle. compartment. • Do not use ANY floor mat that can- not be firmly attached to the vehi- cle's floor mat anchors. WARNING • Do not stack floor mats on top of To avoid eye injury, DO NOT one another (e.g. ,all-weather rub- overstretch the luggage net. ber mat on top of a carpeted floor ALWAYS keep your face and mat). Only a single floor mat should OYDDCO3239 body out of the luggage net’s be installed in each position. recoil path. DO NOT use the lug- To keep items from shifting in the IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was gage net when the strap has vis- cargo area, you can use the four ible signs of wear or damage. manufactured with driver's side floor holders located in the cargo area to mat anchors that are designed to attach the luggage net. securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal If necessary, we recommend that operation, Kia recommends that only you contact an authorized Kia dealer. the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

4 140 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 141

Features of your vehicle

Covering shelf (5 Door) CAUTION WARNING • Do not operate the vehicle Do not place objects on the cov- with the cover removed. It may ering shelf while driving. Such damage to the cover. objects may be thrown about • The covering shelf may be lift- inside the vehicle and possibly ed when the tailgate is injure vehicle occupants during opened. Ensure that the lug- an accident or when braking. gage on the cover is moved to a safe place. Never allow anyone to ride in the lug- • Since the covering shelf may gage compartment. It is designed for be damaged or malformed, do luggage only. OYDDCO3240 not apply excessive force to the cover or do not put the Maintain the balance of the vehicle Use the cover to hide items stored in heavy loads on it. and locate the weight as far forward the cargo area. as possible. The covering shelf will be lifted when the tailgate is opened. Disconnect the strap (1) from holder if you want to return the cover to original position. To remove the covering shelf completely, lift the cover to a 43-degree angle and pull it out to the full (2). For installation of the cover, reverse the removal pro- cedure. When you return the covering shelf to its original position, hold the cover and lower it.

4141 YDM USA 4a.QXP 2016-05-03 17:31 Page 142

Features of your vehicle

Navigation system (if equipped) The navigation system identifies the present position of our vehicle by using GPS information and can help guide you to a selected destination. Detailed information for the naviga- tion system is described in a sepa- rately supplied manual.

4 142 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 143

Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM ✽ NOTICE Glass antenna (if equipped) CAUTION If you install an after market HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and • Do not clean the inside of the electronic device may malfunction. rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause damage to the antenna elements. • Avoid adding metallic coat- ings such as Ni, Cd, and so on. These can disturb receiv- ing AM and FM broadcast sig- nals. OYD046053L When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition switch is in either the “ON” or “ACC” position, your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast signals through the anten- na in the rear window glass.

4 143 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 144

Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel audio controls SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) WARNING (if equipped) The SEEK/PRESET button has dif- ■ Type A Driving while distracted can ferent functions based on the system result in a loss of vehicle control mode. For the following functions the that may lead to an accident, button should be pressed for 1 sec- severe personal injury, and ond or more. death. The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and RADIO mode use of any handheld devices, It will function as the AUTO SEEK other equipment, or vehicle sys- select button. tems which take the driver's OYDDMM2002 eyes, attention and focus away CD/USB/iPod® mode ■ Type B from the safe operation of a vehi- cle or which are not permissible It will function as the FF/REW button. by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle. If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for less than 1 second, it will work as follows in each mode. Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously. RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA- VOLUME ( / ) (1) OYDDMM2003 TION buttons. • Press the lever upward ( ) to The steering wheel may incorporate increase the volume. audio control buttons. CD/USB/iPod® mode • Press the lever downward ( ) to It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN decrease the volume. button.

4 144 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 145

Features of your vehicle

MODE (3) Aux, USB and iPod® * port ✽ NOTICE Press the button to change audio When using a portable audio device source. connected to the power outlet, noise FM(1~2)➟AM➟SAT(1~3)➟CD➟USB may occur during playback. If this AUX(iPod®)➟FM... happens, use the power source of the In addition to mode change, Power portable audio device. ® on/off can be made by pressing this * iPod is a Registered trademark of Apple Inc. button when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON. - Power ON: Press the button when the audio is off - Power OFF: Press the button for more than 1 second when the OYD046047L audio is on. If your vehicle has an aux and/or USB(universal serial bus) port or MUTE (4, if equipped) iPod® port, you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an • Press the button to mute the USB port to plug in an USB and also sound. an iPod® port to plug in an iPod®. • Press the button to turn off the microphone during a telephone call.

Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this chapter.

4 145 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 146

Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception the distance from the radio station, FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta- tions or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

JBM002

JBM001 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad- AM and FM radio signals are broad- casts. This is because AM radio cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre- around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance,low ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they speakers. curve around obstructions resulting When a strong radio signal has in better signal coverage. reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehi- cle may not be strong and clear.

4 146 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 147

Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005 FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig- high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power- follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto from the station. short distances from stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs, the station. Also, FM signals are eas- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a ily affected by buildings, mountains, large obstructions between the stronger signal. and obstructions. This can lead to transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio undesirable or unpleasant listening turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever- conditions which might lead you to fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion believe a problem exists with your the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by radio. The following conditions are effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from normal and do not indicate radio the same station, or by signals trouble: from two stations with close fre- quencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.

4 147 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 148

Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- Caring for disc way radio WARNING - Cell Phone Use • If the temperature inside the car is When a cellular phone is used inside too high, open the car windows to the vehicle, noise may be produced Do not use a cellular phone ventilate before using the system. from the audio system. This does not while driving. Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone. • It is illegal to copy and use mean that something is wrong with MP3/WMA files without permis- the audio equipment. In such a case, sion. Use CDs that are created try to operate mobile devices as far only by lawful means. from the audio equipment as possi- ble. • Do not apply volatile agents, such as benzene and thinner, normal When using a communication sys- cleaners and magnetic sprays tem such as a cellular phone or a made for analogue disc onto CDs. radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa- rate external antenna must be fitted. • To prevent the disc surface from When a cellular phone or a radio set getting damaged, hold CDs by the is used with an internal antenna edges or the center hole only. alone, it may interfere with the vehi- • Clean the disc surface with a piece cle's electrical system and adversely of soft cloth before playback (wipe affect safe operation of the vehicle. it from the center to the outside edge). • Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper. • Make certain only CDs are insert- ed into the CD player (Do not insert more than one CD at a time). • Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt.

4 148 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 149

Features of your vehicle

• Depending on the type of CD- NOTE: R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may Order of playing files (folders) : not operate normally according to the manufacturing companies. In 1. Song playing order : to such circumstances, continued sequentially. use may cause malfunctions to 2. Folder playing order : your audio system. ❋ If no song file is contained in the folder, that folder is not displayed. ✽ NOTICE - Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs, which do not comply with international audio CD standards (Red Book), may not play on your car audio. Please note that inabilities to properly play a copy protected CD may indicate that the CD is defective, not the CD player.

4 149 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 150

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Driver WARNING - Audio WARNING - Antenna Distraction System Do not touch the antenna dur- • Do not stare at the screen • Do not disassemble, assem- ing thunder or lightening as while driving. Staring at the ble, or modify the audio sys- such acts may lead to lightning screen for prolonged periods tem. Such acts could result in induced electric shock. of time could lead to traffic accidents, fire, or electric accidents. shock. • Using the phone while driving • Heed caution not to spill water CAUTION may lead to a lack of attention or introduce foreign objects Refrain from use if the screen is of traffic conditions and into the device. Such acts blank or no sound can be heard increase the likelihood of could lead to smoke, fire, or as these signs may indicate a accidents. Use the phone fea- product malfunction. product malfunction. ture after parking the vehicle.

4 150 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 151

Features of your vehicle

• Adjust the volume to levels that (Continued) allow the driver to hear sounds CAUTION - LCD Monitor from outside of the vehicle. Driving Do not subject the device to • Prevent caustic solutions such in a state where external sounds severe shock or impact. Direct as perfume and cosmetic oil cannot be heard may lead to acci- pressure onto the front side of from contacting the dashboard dents. the monitor may cause damage because they may cause dam- age or discoloration. • Pay attention to the volume setting to the LCD or touch screen. when turning the device on. A sud- • Placing the audio system den output of extreme volume within an electromagnetic upon turning the device on could CAUTION - Device environment may result in lead to hearing impairment. (Adjust cleaning noise interference. the volume to a suitable levels • When cleaning the device, before turning off the device.) make sure to turn off the ✽ • If you want to change the position device and use a dry and NOTICE of device installation, please smooth cloth. In case of product malfunction, inquire with your place of purchase • Never use tough materials, please contact your place of pur- or service maintenance center. chemical cloths, or solvents chase or After Service center. Technical expertise is required to (alcohol, benzene, thinners, install or disassemble the device. etc.) as such materials may • Turn on the car ignition before damage the device panel or using this device. Do not operate cause color/quality deteriora- the audio system for long periods tion. of time with the ignition turned off (Continued) as such operations may lead to battery discharge.

4 151 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 152

Features of your vehicle

USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued) • To use an external USB device, • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise make sure the device is not con- not recognizable. when connecting or disconnect- nected when starting up the • Depending on the condition of ing a USB device. vehicle. Connect the device after the external USB device, the • If you disconnect the external starting up. connected external USB device USB device during playback in • If you start the engine when the can be unrecognizable. USB mode, the external USB USB device is connected, it may • When the formatted byte/sector device can be damaged or may damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is malfunction. Therefore, discon- flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or nect the external USB device electric shock.) 2048BYTE, then the device will when the audio is turned off or in another mode. (e.g, Radio, CD) • If the engine is started up or not be recognized. turned off while the external USB • Use only a USB device format- • Depending on the type and device is connected, the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. capacity of the external USB USB device may not work. device or the type of the files • USB devices without USB I/F stored in the device, there is a • The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog- difference in the time taken for thenticated MP3 or WMA files. nizable. recognition of the device. 1) It can only play MP3 files with • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for the compression rate between terminal does not come in con- purposes other than playing 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. tact with the human body or music files. 2) It can only play WMA music other objects. • Playing videos through the USB files with the compression rate • If you repeatedly connect or dis- is not supported. between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. connect the USB device in a • Use of USB accessories such as • Take precautions for static elec- short period of time, it may break rechargers or heaters using USB tricity when connecting or discon- the device. I/F may lower performance or necting the external USB device. (Continued) cause trouble. (Continued) (Continued)

4 152 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 153

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory read- hub purchased separately, the ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD, vehicle’s audio system may not etc.) or external-HDD type recognize the USB device. In that devices can be unrecognizable. case, connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal • Music files protected by DRM of the vehicle. (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE- MENT) are not recognizable. • If the USB device is divided by log- ical drives, only the music files on • The data in the USB memory the highest-priority drive are rec- may be lost while using this ognized by car audio. audio. Always back up important data on a personal storage • Devices such as MP3 Player/ device. Cellular phone/Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard • Please avoid using USB I/F can be unrecognizable. USB memory prod- ucts which can be • Charging through the USB may used as key chains not be supported in some mobile or cellular phone devices. accessories as they could cause • USB HDD or USB types liable to damage to the USB jack. Please connection failures due to vehicle make certain only to use plug vibrations are not supported. (i- type connector products. stick type) • Some non-standard USB devices (METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be unrecognizable. (Continued)

4 153 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 154

Features of your vehicle

USING THE iPod® DEVICE (Continued) (Continued) • Some iPod® models may not • Some iPod® devices, such as the • When connecting iPod® with the support communication protocol iPhone®, can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the and files may not properly play. through the Bluetooth® Wireless connector to the multimedia Technology interface. The device socket completely. If not inserted Supported iPod® models: must have audio Bluetooth® completely, communications - iPhone® 3GS/4 Wireless Technology capability between iPod® and audio may - iPod® touch 1st~4th generation (such as for stereo headphone be interrupted. - iPod® nano 1st~6th generation Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • When adjusting the sound ). The device can play, but it will - iPod® classic effects of the iPod® and the not be controlled by the audio audio system, the sound effects • The order of search or playback system. of both devices will overlap and of songs in the iPod® can be dif- • To use iPod® features within the might reduce or distort the qual- ferent from the order searched in audio, use the cable provided ity of the sound. the audio system. upon purchasing an iPod® • Deactivate (turn off) the equaliz- • If the iPod® is disabled due to its device. er function of an iPod® when own malfunction, reset the • Skipping or improper operation adjusting the audio system’s vol- ® ® iPod . (Reset: Refer to iPod may occur depending on the ume, and turn off the equalizer manual) characteristics of your of the audio system when using • An iPod® may not operate nor- iPod®/iPhone® device. the equalizer of an iPod®. mally on low battery. • If your iPhone® is connected to • When not using iPod® with car (Continued) both the Bluetooth® Wireless audio, detach the iPod® cable Technology and USB, the sound from iPod®. Otherwise, iPod® may not be properly played. In may remain in accessory mode, your iPhone®, select the Dock and may not work properly. connector or Bluetooth® • Beside support 1M cable when Wireless Technology to change purchasing iPod/iPhone products, the sound output (source). Long Cable cannot be recognized. (Continued)

4 154 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 155

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Before Using the Bluetooth® Precautions for Safe Driving Technology Handsfree

• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature Bluetooth® Wireless Technology What is Bluetooth® ? that enables drivers to practice safe The Bluetooth® word mark and logos • Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis- driving. Connecting the head unit are registered trademarks owned by tance wireless networking technol- with a Bluetooth® phone allows the Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of ogy which uses a 2.4GHz ~ user to conveniently make and such marks by Kia is under license. 2.48GHz frequency to connect var- receive calls and use contacts. Before using Bluetooth®, carefully A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is ious devices within a certain dis- read the contents of this user’s required to use Bluetooth® wireless tance. manual. technology. • Supported within PCs, external devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs, • Excessive use or operations while various electronic devices, and driving may lead to negligent driv- WARNING automotive environments, ing practices and result in acci- Driving while distracted can Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- dents. Refrain from excessive oper- result in a loss of vehicle control mitted at high speeds without hav- ations while driving. that may lead to an accident, ing to use a connector cable. • Viewing the screen for prolonged severe personal injury, and • Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a periods of time is dangerous and death. The driver’s primary device which allows the user to con- may lead to accidents. When driv- responsibility is in the safe and veniently make phone calls with ing, view the screen only for short legal operation of a vehicle, and Bluetooth® mobile phones through periods of time. use of any handheld devices, the audio system. other equipment, or vehicle sys- tems which take the driver’s • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be eyes, attention and focus away supported in some mobile phones. from the safe operation of a vehi- To learn more about mobile device cle or which are not permissible compatibility, visit by law should never be used dur- http://www.kia.com/us/en/content/o ing operation of the vehicle. wners/bluetooth.

4 155 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 156

Features of your vehicle

When connecting a Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting Phone the head unit with the mobile phone. • Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently discon- see that the mobile phone sup- nected in some mobile phones. ports Bluetooth® features. Follow these steps to try again. • Even if the phone supports 1. Within the mobile phone, turn Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth® function off/on found during device searches if and try again. the phone has been set to hidden 2. Turn the mobile phone power state or the Bluetooth® power is Off/On and try again. turned off. Disable the hidden 3. Completely remove the mobile state or turn on the Bluetooth® phone battery, reboot, and then power prior to searching/connect- again. ing with the Head unit. 4. Reboot the Audio System and • Bluetooth phone is automatically try again. connected when the ignition on. 5. Delete all paired devices, pair • If you do not want automatic con- and try again. nection with your Bluetooth® • Handsfree call quality and volume device, turn off the Bluetooth® feature within your mobile phone. may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone. • The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone.

4 156 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 157

Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition (Continued) - When driving on rugged and • When using the voice recognition uneven roads feature, only commands listed with- - During severe rain (heavy rains, in the user's manual are supported. windstorms) • Be aware that during the operation • Phone related voice commands of the voice recognition system, can be used only when a pressing any key other than the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology key terminate voice recognition device is connected. mode. • When making calls by stating a • For superior voice recognition per- name, the corresponding contact formance, position the microphone must be downloaded and stored used for voice recognition above within the audio system. the head of the driver’s seat and • After downloading the Bluetooth® maintain a proper position when Wireless Technology phone book, it saying commands. takes some times to convert the • Within the following situations, phone book data into voice infor- voice recognition may not function mation. During this time, voice properly due to external sound. recognition may not properly oper- - When the windows and sunroof ate. are open • Pronounce the voice commands - When the wind of the cooling / naturally and clearly as if in a nor- heating device is strong mal conversation. - When entering and passing through tunnels (Continued)

4 157 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 158

Features of your vehicle

AUDIO (Without Touch Screen)

■ Type A

B0G3G0000EU

4 158 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 159

Features of your vehicle

Feature of Your Audio (2) RADIO (4) PHONE • Changes to FM/AM/SiriusXM mode. • Operates Phone Screen. Head unit • Each time the button is pressed, • When a phone is not connected, the mode is changed in the order the connection screen is displayed. of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3. (5) SEEK/TRACK • In [SETUP] button  [Display], the radio pop up screen will be dis- • Radio mode: Automatically search- played when [Mode Pop up] is es for broadcast frequencies. turned [On]. When the pop up • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode screen is displayed, use the TUNE - Shortly press the button: Moves knob or preset buttons to select the to next or previous song (file). desired mode. - Press and hold the button: Rewinds or fast-forwards the cur- (3) MEDIA rent song. • Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX, • Bluetooth® Audio mode: Moves to My Music, BT Audio mode. next or previous song(file). ❈ The actual features in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. • Each time the button is pressed, the - The Play/Pause feature may mode is changed in the order of CD operate differently depending on ➟ USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ the mobile phone. (1) EJECT BT(Bluetooth®) Audio. • Ejects the disc. • In [SETUP] button  [Display], the (6) POWER/VOL knob media pop up screen will be dis- • Power knob: Turns power On/Off played when [Mode Pop up] is by pressing the knob. turned [On]. When the pop up screen is displayed, use the TUNE • Volume knob: Sets volume by turn- knob or preset buttons to select the ing the knob left/right. desired mode.

4 159 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 160

Features of your vehicle

(7) [1] ~ [6] (Preset) (9) SCAN • Radio mode: Saves frequencies • Radio mode (channels) or receives saved fre- - Shortly press the button: quencies (channels). Previews each broadcast for 5 • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode seconds each. - [RPT] button: Repeat - Press and hold the button: - [RDM] button: Random Previews the broadcasts saved in preset [1] ~ [6] buttons for 5 In the Radio, Media, Setup, and seconds each. Menu pop up screen, the number menu is selected. - Press the [SCAN] button again to continue listening to the cur- rent frequency. - SAT Radio does not support the preset scan feature. (8) DISP • CD, USB, My Music mode • Each time the button is shortly - Shortly press the button: pressed, sets the Screen Off ➟ Previews each song (file) for 10 Screen On ➟ Screen Off. seconds each. • Audio operation is maintained and - Press the [SCAN] button again only the Screen will be turned Off. to continue listening to the cur- • In the Screen Off state, press any rent song (file). button to turn the Screen On again. (10) SETUP • Moves to the Display, Sound, Phone, System setting modes.

4 160 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 161

Features of your vehicle

(11) MENU • Displays menus for the current mode. •iPod® List: Move to parent category.

(12) CAT/FOLDER • SiriusXM Radio: Category Search. • MP3 CD/USB mode: Folder Search.

(13) TUNE knob • Radio mode: Changes frequency by turning the knob left/right. • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode: Searches songs (files) by turning the knob left/right. When the desired song is dis- played, press the knob to play the song. • Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus.

4 161 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 162

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using Compact • Depending on the type of CD- Discs R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may • If the temperature inside the car is not operate normally depending too high, open the car windows to on manufacturing company or ventilate before using the system. recording methods. • It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA files without permis- ✽ NOTICE - Playing an sion. Use CDs that are created Incompatible Copy only by lawful means. Protected Audio CD • Do not apply volatile agents, such as Some copy protected CDs, which do benzene and thinner, normal clean- not comply with international audio ers and magnetic sprays made for CD standards (Red Book), may not audio cassettes onto CDs. play on your car audio. Please note • To prevent the disc surface from that inabilities to properly play a getting damaged, hold CDs by the copy protected CD may indicate edges or the center hole only. that the CD is defective, not the CD • Clean the disc surface with a piece player. of soft cloth before playback (wipe it from the center to the outside NOTE: edge). • Do not damage the disc surface or Order of playing files (folders): attach pieces of sticky tape or 1. Song playing order: to paper. sequentially. • Make certain only CDs are insert- 2. Folder playing order: ed into the CD player (Do not ❋ If no song file is contained in insert more than one CD at a the folder, that folder is not dis- time). played. • Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt.

4 162 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 163

Features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) WARNING - Distracted - Audio System Safety • Please refrain from use if the Driving Warnings screen is blank or no sound Driving while distracted can • Do not stare at the screen can be heard as these signs result in a loss of vehicle con- while driving. Staring at the may indicate product malfunc- trol that may lead to an acci- screen for prolonged periods tion. Continued use in such dent, severe personal injury, of time could lead to traffic conditions could lead to acci- and death. The driver’s primary accidents. dents (fires, electric shock) or responsibility is in the safe and product malfunctions. • Do not disassemble, assem- legal operation of a vehicle, and ble, or modify the audio sys- • Do not touch the antenna dur- use of any handheld devices, tem. Such acts could result in ing thunder or lightening as other equipment, or vehicle sys- accidents, fire, or electric such acts may lead to light- tems which take the driver’s shock. ning induced electric shock. eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a • Using the phone while driving • Do not stop or park in park- ing-restricted areas to operate vehicle or which are not permis- may lead to a lack of attention sible by law should never be of traffic conditions and the product. Such acts could lead to traffic accidents. used during operation of the increase the likelihood of vehicle. accidents. Use the phone fea- ture after parking the vehicle. • Exercise caution not to spill water or introduce foreign objects into the device. Such acts could lead to smoke, fire, or product malfunction. (Continued)

4 163 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 164

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE CAUTION • If you want to change the position In case of product malfunction, of device installation, please • Do not subject the device to please contact your dealer or vehicle inquire with your place of pur- severe shock or impact. Direct service center. chase or service maintenance cen- pressure onto the front side of ter. Technical expertise is required the monitor may cause damage to install or disassemble the to the LCD or touch screen. device. • When cleaning the device, • Turn on the car ignition before make sure to turn off the using this device. Do not operate device and use a dry and the audio system for long periods smooth cloth. Never use of time with the ignition turned off tough materials, chemical as such operations may lead to cloths, or solvents (alcohol, battery discharge. benzene, thinners, etc.) as such materials may damage the device panel or cause color/quality deterioration • Do not place beverages close to the audio system. Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction. • Placing the audio system with- in an electromagnetic environ- ment may result in noise inter- ference.

4 164 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 165

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using the USB (Continued) (Continued) Devices • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise • To use an external USB device, not recognizable. when connecting or disconnecting make sure the device is not con- • Depending on the condition of the a USB device. nected when starting up the vehi- external USB device, the connect- • If you disconnect the external USB cle. Connect the device after start- ed external USB device can be device during playback in USB ing up. unrecognizable. mode, the external USB device can • If you start the engine when the • When the formatted byte/sector be damaged or may malfunction. USB device is connected, it may setting of External USB device is Therefore, disconnect the external damage the USB device. (USB not either 512BYTE or USB device when the audio is flashdrives are very sensitive to 2048BYTE, then the device will turned off or in another mode. electric shock.) not be recognized. (e.g, Radio) • If the engine is started up or • Use only a USB device formatted • Depending on the type and capac- turned off while the external USB to FAT 12/16/32. ity of the external USB device or device is connected, the external • USB devices without USB I/F the type of files stored in the USB device may not work. authentication may not be recog- device, there is a difference in the • The System may not play unau- nizable. time for recognition the device. thenticated MP3 or WMA files. • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for pur- 1) It can only play MP3 files with the terminal does not come in contact poses other than playing music compression rate between 8Kbps with the human body or other files. ~ 320Kbps. objects. • Playing videos through the USB is 2) It can only play WMA music files • If you repeatedly connect or dis- not supported. with the compression rate connect the USB device in a short • Use of USB accessories such as between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. period of time, it may break the rechargers or heaters using USB • Take precautions for static electric- device. I/F may lower performance or ity when connecting or disconnect- (Continued) cause trouble. ing the external USB device. (Continued) (Continued)

4 165 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 166

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory readers hub purchased separately, the (such as CF, SD, micro SD, etc.) or vehicle’s audio system may not external-HDD type devices can be recognize the USB device. In that unrecognizable. case, connect the USB device • Music files protected by DRM (DIG- directly to the multimedia termi- ITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) nal of the vehicle. are not recognizable. • If the USB device is divided by log- • The data in the USB memory may ical drives, only the music files on be lost while using this audio. the highest-priority drive are rec- Always back up important data on ognized by car audio. a personal storage device. • Devices such as MP3 Player/ • Please avoid using Cellular phone/Digital camera can USB memory products be unrecognizable by standard which can be used as USB I/F. key chains or cellular • Charging through the USB may phone accessories as not be supported in some mobile they could cause damage to the devices. USB jack. Please make certain • USB HDD or USB types liable to only to use plug type connector connection failures due to vehicle products. vibrations are not supported. (i- stick type) • Some non-standard USB devices (METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be unrecognizable. (Continued)

4 166 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 167

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using iPod® Device (Continued) (Continued) ® ® iPod® is a registered trademark of • Some iPod devices, such as the • When connecting iPod with the iPhone®, can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the con- Apple inc. ® • Some iPod® models may not sup- through the Bluetooth Wireless nector to the multimedia socket port communication protocol and Technology interface. The device completely. If not inserted com- must have audio Bluetooth® pletely, communications between files may not play properly. ® Supported iPod® models: Wireless Technology capability iPod and audio may be interrupt- ® (such as for stereo headphone ed. - iPhone 3GS/4 ® ® Bluetooth Wireless Technology ). • When adjusting the sound effects - iPod touch 1st~4th generation ® - iPod® nano 1st~6th generation The device can play, but it will not of the iPod and the audio system, ® be controlled by the audio system. the sound effects of both devices - iPod classic ® • The order of search or playback of • To use iPod features within the will overlap and might reduce or songs in the iPod® can be different audio mode, use the cable provid- distort the quality of the sound. ed upon purchasing an iPod® • Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer from the order searched in the ® audio system. device. function of an iPod when adjust- • If the iPod® is disabled due to its • Skipping or improper operation ing the audio system’s volume, and ® may occur depending on the char- turn off the equalizer of the audio own malfunction, reset the iPod . ® ® ® acteristics of your iPod /iPhone system when using the equalizer of (Reset: Refer to iPod manual) ® • An iPod® may not operate nor- device. an iPod . • If your iPhone® is connected to • When not using iPod® with car mally on low battery. ® ® (Continued) both the Bluetooth Wireless audio, detach the iPod cable from Technology and USB, only iPod® iPod®. Otherwise, iPod® may mode will be supported during remain in accessory mode, and Bluetooth® Audio Streaming. To may not work properly. use Bluetooth® Audio Streaming, • Use an iPod®/iPhone® USB cable disconnect iPod® cable with shorter than 1 meter in length, iPhone®. longer cables cannot be recognized. (Continued)

4 167 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 168

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using the (Continued) (Continued) Bluetooth® Wireless • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The phone must be paired to the Technology Cellular features supported within the audio system to use Bluetooth® Phone vehicle are as follows. Some fea- Wireless Technology related fea- ® tures may not be supported tures. • Bluetooth Wireless Technology depending on your Bluetooth® • Pairing and connecting a Handsfree refers to a device which Wireless Technology device. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows the user to conveniently ® - Answering and placing enabled mobile phone will work make phone calls with Bluetooth Bluetooth® Wireless Technology only when the Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology mobile Handsfree calls Technology option within your phones through the audio system. ® - Menu operation during call mobile phone has been turned on. • Bluetooth Wireless Technology (Switch to Private, Switch to call (Methods of turning on the allows devices to be connected in a waiting, Outgoing volume) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology short distance, including hands- - Download Call History enabled feature may differ free devices, stereo headsets, wire- - Download Mobile Phone book depending on the mobile phone.) less remote controllers, etc. For - Phone book/Call History Auto • Do not use a cellular phone or per- more information, visit the ® ® Download form Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology settings (e.g. pairing a phone) website at www.Bluetooth.com. ® device auto connection while driving. Before using Bluetooth Wireless - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Even if the phone supports Technology audio features. ® ® Audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology, • The Bluetooth word mark and • Before using Bluetooth® Wireless the phone will not be found during logos are registered trademarks ® Technology related features of the device searches if the phone has owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and audio system, refer your phone’s been set to hidden state or the any use of such marks by Kia is User’s Manual for phone-side Bluetooth® Wireless Technology under license. Other trademarks Bluetooth® Wireless Technology power is turned off. Disable the and trade names are those of their ® operations. hidden state or turn on the respective owners. A Bluetooth (Continued) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology enabled cell phone is required to ® power prior to searching/connect- use Bluetooth Wireless Technology. ing with the car audio system. (Continued) (Continued) 4 168 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 169

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • You will not be able to use the • While a phone is connected - To turn off the Bluetooth® hands-free feature when your through Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology feature in phone (in the car) is outside of the Technology your phone may dis- your car audio system, go to cellular service area (e.g. in a tun- charge quicker than usual for [SETUP] button  [Phone] and nel, in an underground location, in additional Bluetooth® Wireless [turn off] the Bluetooth® a mountainous area, etc.). Technology-related operations. Wireless Technology feature. • If the cellular phone signal is poor • If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology or the vehicle's interior noise is too tion (IGN/ACC ON), the connection may become intermit- loud, it may be difficult to hear the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology tently disconnected in some other person’s voice during a call. phone will be automatically con- mobile phones. Follow these steps • Do not place the phone near or nected. Even if you are outside, the to try again. inside metallic objects, otherwise Bluetooth® Wireless Technology 1) Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless communications with Bluetooth® phone will be automatically con- Technology function within the Wireless Technology system or cel- nected once you are in the vicinity mobile phone off/on and try lular service stations can be dis- of the vehicle. If you do not want again. turbed. to automatically connect your 2) Turn the mobile phone power • Placing the audio system within an Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Off/On and try again. electromagnetic environment may phone, try the following. 3) Completely remove the mobile result in noise interference. 1) Turn off the Bluetooth® Wireless phone battery, reboot, and then • Some cellular phones or other Technology feature in your again. devices may cause interference mobile phone. 4) Reboot the audio system and try noise or a malfunction to the audio 2) Turn off the Bluetooth® Wireless again. system. In this case, storing the Technology feature in your car 5) Delete all paired devices, pair and device in a different location may audio system. try again. resolve the condition. (Continued) • It is possible to pair up to five (Continued) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices to the car system. (Continued)

4 169 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 170

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) ✽ NOTICE WARNING • Phone contact names should be • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology saved in English or they may not Handsfree is a feature that enables • Excessive use or operations be displayed correctly. drivers to practice safe driving. while driving may lead to neg- • The Handsfree call volume and Connecting the car audio system ligent driving practices and be quality may differ depending on with a Bluetooth® Wireless the cause of accidents. the mobile phone. • Do not operate the device ® Technology phone allows the user • Only one Bluetooth Wireless to conveniently make calls, receive excessively while driving. Technology device can be connect- calls, and manage the phone book. ed at a time. • Viewing the screen for pro- Before using the Bluetooth® longed periods of time while • In some mobile phones, starting Wireless Technology, carefully the ignition while talking through driving is dangerous and may ® read the contents of this user’s lead to accidents. Bluetooth Wireless Technology manual. enabled handsfree call will result in the call becoming disconnected. (Switch the call back to your mobile phone when starting the ignition.) • If the mobile phone is not paired or connected, it is not possible to enter Phone mode. Once a phone is paired or connected, the guid- ance screen will be displayed. • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones. To learn more about mobile device compatibility, visit http://www. kia.com/us/en/content/owners/ bluetooth.

4 170 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 171

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using Voice (Continued) Recognition • Phone related voice commands can ® • When using the voice recognition be used only when a Bluetooth feature, only commands listed Wireless Technology device is con- within the user's manual are sup- nected. ported. • When making calls by stating a • Be aware that during the opera- name, the corresponding contact tion of the voice recognition sys- must be downloaded and stored within the audio system. tem, pressing any button other ® than the button terminates the • After downloading the Bluetooth voice recognition mode. Wireless Technology phone book, • For optimal voice recognition per- it takes some times to convert the formance, position your head phone book data into voice infor- below the microphone above the mation. During this time, voice driver’s seat and maintain proper recognition may not properly position when speaking voice com- operate. mands. • Pronounce the voice commands • Within the following situations, naturally and clearly as if in a nor- voice recognition may not function mal conversation. properly due to external sound. - When the windows and sunroof are open - When the blower AC/heater is set to high - When entering and passing through tunnels - When driving on rugged and uneven roads - During severe rain (heavy rains, windstorms) (Continued) 4 171 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 172

Features of your vehicle

Radio Mode Preset Seek Selecting through manual search Press the [1] ~ [6] buttons. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to With the Radio Mode Button • Shortly pressing the button: Plays adjust the frequency. the frequency saved in the corre- sponding button. MENU: Radio • Pressing and holding the button: Pressing and holding the desired button from [1] ~ [6] will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected button and sound a BEEP.

Seek Scan Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button. Press the [SCAN] button. Within [MENU] button is the A.Store (Auto Store). • Shortly pressing the button: • Shortly pressing the button: The Automatically searches for the next broadcast frequency increases station. and previews each broadcast for 5 A.Store (Auto Store): [1] Button • Pressing and holding the button: seconds each. After scanning all Select A.Store (Auto Store) to save While holding the button, frequen- frequencies, returns and plays the frequencies with superior reception cy changes without stopping. current broadcast frequency. to preset [1] ~ [6] buttons. If no fre- When the button is released, auto- • Pressing and holding the button: quencies are received, then the most matically searches for the next fre- Previews the broadcasts saved in recently received frequency will be quency from that point. preset [1] ~ [6] buttons for 5 sec- broadcast. onds each.

4 172 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 173

Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM® Satellite Radio information • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- For information on extended sub- ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway scription terms, contact SiriusXM at Satellite Radio channels: overpasses, parking garages, 1-888-539-7474. dense tree foliage and thunder- Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio with a storms can interfere with your NOTE: 3-month trial subscription to the reception. Sirius Select package. You’ll get over SiriusXM services require a sub- 140 channels, including commercial- scription sold separately, or as a free music, plus all your favorite SiriusXM Satellite Radio service: package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. If sports, exclusive talk, entertainment, SiriusXM is a subscription-based you decide to continue service and a selection of premium program- satellite radio service that broad- after your trial, the subscription ming. For more information and a casts music, sports, news and enter- plan you choose will automatical- complete list of SiriusXM channels, tainment programming to radio ly renew thereafter and you will be visit siriusxm.com in the United receivers, which are available for charged according to your chosen States, siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call installation in motor vehicles or facto- payment method at then-current SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474. ry installed, as well as for the home, rates. Fees and taxes apply. To portable and wireless devices, and cancel you must call SiriusXM at Satellite Radio reception factors: through an Internet connection on a 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM To receive the satellite signal, your personal computer. Customer Agreement for com- vehicle has been equipped with a Vehicles that are equipped with a plete terms at www.siriusxm.com. satellite radio antenna located on the factory installed SiriusXM Satellite SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof Radio system include: services are available only in the provides the best location for an 48 contiguous states, DC and unobstructed, open view of the sky, a • Hardware and an introductory trial Puerto Rico (with coverage limita- requirement of a satellite radio sys- subscription term, which begins on tions). SiriusXM satellite service is tem. Like AM/FM, there are several the date of sale or lease of the also available in Canada; see factors that can affect satellite radio vehicle. reception performance: www.siriusxm. ca. All fees and • For a small upgrade fee, access to programming subject to change. • Antenna obstructions: For optimal SiriusXM music channels, and Sirius, XM and all related marks reception performance, keep the other select channels over the antenna clear of snow and ice and logos are trademarks of Sirius build-up and keep luggage and Internet using any computer con- XM Radio Inc. other material as far away from the nected to the Internet (U.S. cus- antenna as possible. tomers only). 4 173 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 174

Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM Radio Mode Please note that the vehicle will need Scan to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and Press the [SCAN] button. have an unobstructed view of the sky Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio in order for the radio to receive the • Shortly pressing the button: activation signal. Previews each broadcast for 5 sec- onds each. • Press the [SCAN] button again to continue listening to the current frequency. • If the “Category” icon is displayed, channels are changed within the Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3- current category. month trial subscription to SiriusXM so you have access to over 140 Seek Category channels of music, information, and Press the [CAT/FOLDER] button. entertainment programming. Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button. • Shortly pressing the button: Select • The display will indicate the catego- previous or next channel. ry menus, highlight the category Activation that the current channel belongs to. In order to extend or reactivate your • Pressing and holding the button: Sirius Select subscription, you will Continuously move to previous or • In the Category List Mode, press need to contact SiriusXM Customer next channel. the [CAT/FOLDER] button to navi- Care at 1-800-643-2112. Have your • If the “Category” icon is displayed, gate category list. 12-digit RID (Radio Identification channels are changed within the • Press TUNE knob to select the Number)/ESN (Electronic Serial current category. lowest channel in the highlighted Number) ready. To retrieve the category. RID/ESN, turn on the radio, press • If channel is selected by selecting the [RADIO] button, and tune to category, then the “CATEGORY” channel zero. icon is displayed at the top of the screen.

4 174 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 175

Features of your vehicle

Preset Tune Press the [1] ~ [6] buttons. • Rotate TUNE knob: Changes the • Shortly pressing the button: Plays channel number or scrolls catego- the channel saved in the corre- ry list. sponding button. • Press TUNE knob: Selects the • Pressing and holding the button: menu. Pressing and holding the desired button from [1] ~ [6] will save the Menu: SiriusXM Radio current broadcast to the selected button and sound a BEEP.

✽ Troubleshooting 1. Antenna Error If this message is displayed, the antenna or antenna cable is bro- ken or unplugged. Please consult Press the [MENU] button. with your Kia dealership. 2. No Signal Info (Information): [1] Button If this message is displayed, it means that the antenna is covered Displays the Artist/Song info of the and that the SiriusXM Satellite current song. Radio signal is not available. Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky.

4 175 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 176

Features of your vehicle

Media Mode ■ USB Mode Repeat While song (file) is playing  [RPT] With the Media Mode Button button. Press the [MEDIA] button to change Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My the mode in the order of CD ➟ Music mode: RPT on screen. USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT • To repeat one song (press the but- Audio. ton): Repeats the current song. The folder/file name is displayed on ■ My Music Mode MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on the screen. screen. • To repeat folder (press the button ■ Audio CD Mode twice): Repeats all files within the current folder. Press the [RPT] button again to turn off repeat.

The CD is automatically played when ■ MP3 CD Mode a CD is inserted. The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected.

4 176 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 177

Features of your vehicle

Random Changing Song/File Folder Search While song (file) is playing  [RDM] While song (file) is playing  (Only MP3 CD, USB mode) button. [SEEK/TRACK ∨] button. While file is playing  [CAT/ ∧ Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on • Shortly pressing the button: Plays FOLDER ] button. screen. the current song from the begin- • Searches the next folder. • Random (press the button): Plays ning. While file is playing  [CAT/ all songs in random order. If the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] button is FOLDER ∨] button. MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on pressed again within 2 seconds, the • Searches the parent folder. previous song is played. screen. If a folder is selected by pressing the • Folder Random (press the button): • Pressing and holding the button: TUNE knob, the first file within the Plays all files within the current Rewinds the song. selected folder will be played. folder in random order. While song (file) is playing  In iPod® mode, moves to the Parent iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen. [SEEK/TRACK ∧] button. Folder. • All Random (press the button): • Shortly pressing the button: Plays Plays all files in random order. the next song. Searching Songs/Files MP3 CD, USB: ALL RDM on screen. • Pressing and holding the button: • Turning TUNE knob: Searches for • All Random (press the button Fast forwards the song. songs (files). twice): Plays all files in random • Pressing TUNE knob: Plays select- order. Scan ed song (file). Press the [RDM] button again to turn While song (file) is playing  off random. [SCAN] button. • Shortly pressing the button: Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each. • Press the [SCAN] button again to turn off. • The SCAN function is not support- ed in iPod® mode. 4 177 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 178

Features of your vehicle

MENU: Audio CD MENU: MP3 CD/USB All Random: [4] Button Randomly play all songs within the CD/USB. Press A.RDM again to turn off.

Information: [5] Button Display information for the current Press the Audio CD mode [MENU] Press the MP3 CD/USB mode song. button to set the Repeat, Random, [MENU] button to set the Repeat, Press the [MENU] button to turn off Information features. Folder Random, Folder Repeat, All info display. Random, Information, and Copy fea- tures. Repeat: [1] Button Copy: [6] Button Repeat the current song. This is used to copy the current song Repeat: [1] Button Press RPT again to turn off. into My Music. You can play the Repeat the current song. copied Music in My Music mode. Random: [2] Button Press RPT again to turn off. If another button is pressed while copying is in progress, a pop up ask- Randomly play songs within the cur- Folder Random: [2] Button ing you whether to cancel copying is rent CD. displayed. Press RDM again to turn off. Randomly play songs within the cur- rent folder. If another media is connected or inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX) Information: [3] Button Press F.RDM again to turn off. while copying is in progress, copying Display information for the current is canceled. song. Folder Repeat: [3] Button Music will not be played while copy- Press the [MENU] button to turn off Repeat songs within the current fold- ing is in progress. info display. er. Press F.RPT again to turn off.

4 178 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:06 PM Page 179

Features of your vehicle

MENU: iPod® Information: [3] Button MENU: AUX Displays information for the current song. Press the [MENU] button to turn off info display.

Search: [4] Button In iPod® mode, press the [MENU] Displays iPod® category list. AUX is used to play external MEDIA button to set the Repeat, Random, While in iPod® category sublists, currently connected with the AUX Information and Search features. press the [MENU] button to move up terminal. to the parent category. AUX mode will automatically start Repeat: [1] Button when an external device is connect- Repeat the current song. ed with the AUX terminal. Press RPT again to turn repeat off. If an external device is connected, you can also press the [MENU] but- ton to change to AUX mode. Random: [2] Button AUX mode cannot be started unless Plays all songs within the currently there is an external device connect- playing category in random order. ed to the AUX terminal. Press RDM again to turn off. ✽ NOTICE - Using the AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use.

4 179 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 180

Features of your vehicle

MENU: My Music Delete Selection: [6] Button Songs within My Music are selected and deleted.

Delete: [4] Button In My Music mode, press the Deletes currently playing file. [MENU] button to set the Repeat, In the play screen, pressing delete Random, Information, Delete, Delete will delete the currently playing song. ➀ All and Delete Selection features. Select the songs you wish to Deletes file from list. delete from the list. ➀ Select the file you wish to delete Repeat: [1] Button by using the TUNE knob. Repeats the currently playing song. ➁ Press the [MENU] button and Press RPT again to turn repeat off. select [Delete] from the menu to delete the selected file. Random: [2] Button Plays all songs in random order. Delete All: [5] Button ➁ After selecting, press [MENU] but- Press RDM again to turn random off. Deletes all songs of My Music. ton and select [Delete] from the menu. Information: [3] Button Displays information for the current song. Press the [MENU] button to turn off info display.

4 180 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 181

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using the My Music MENU: Bluetooth® Wireless • Even if memory is available, a Technology Audio WARNING - Distracted maximum of 6,000 songs can be If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth® Driving stored. Wireless Technology audio will start Driving while distracted can • The same song can be copied up to playing. result in a loss of vehicle control 1,000 times. Audio may not automatically start that may lead to an accident, • Memory info can be checked in playing in some mobile phones. severe personal injury, and the System menu of Setup. death. The driver’s primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and use of any handheld devices, other equipment, or vehicle sys- tems which take the driver’s eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehi- cle or which are not permissible • Play/Stop: by law should never be used dur- Press the TUNE knob to play and ing operation of the vehicle. pause the current song. The title/artist info may not be sup- ported in some mobile phones. When it is not supported, no title or artist will be displayed. • Previous/Next song Press [SEEK/TRACK] button to play previous or next song. The previous song/next song/play/ pause functions may not be support- ed in some mobile phones.

4 181 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 182

Features of your vehicle

Phone Mode (4) Activates voice recognition. Pairing on the Steering wheel (5) Places and transfers calls. controls Making a call using the Steering • Check call history and making wheel controls calls. - Shortly press the [CALL] button on the steering wheel controls. - The call history list will be dis- played on the screen. - Press the [CALL] button again to 1. Press the [CALL] button on the connect a call to the selected steering wheel controls. number. 2. Select [OK] to enter the Pair • Redialing the most recently called Phone screen. number. - Press and hold the [CALL] but- ❈ The actual features in the vehicle ton on the steering wheel con- may differ from the illustration. trols. (1) Mutes audio volume. - The most recently called number (2) Press the button to change audio is redialed. source. (6) Ends calls or cancels functions. FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 • Vehicle Name: Name of device as ➟ ➟ ➟ ® ➟ shown when searching from your SAT3 CD USB(iPod ) ❈ If call history does not exist, a ® AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology screen asking whether to down- device (3) Raises or lowers speaker volume. load call history is displayed. (The download feature may not be sup- • Passkey: Passkey used to pair the ported in some mobile phones) device

4 182 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 183

Features of your vehicle

3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless Some phones (i.e., iPhone®, Android TM MENU: Phone Technology device (i.e. Mobile and Blackberry® phones) may offer Phone), search and select your an option to allow acceptance of all car audio system. future Bluetooth® connection requests by default. Visit http://www.kia.com/ ❈ for additional information on pairing SSP: Secure Simple Pairing your Bluetooth®-enabled mobile Non SSP supported device: phone, and to view a phone compat- ibility list. 4. After a few moments, a screen is With a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology displayed where the passkey is device connected, press the entered. Enter the passkey “0000” ® [PHONE] button to display the to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Phone menu screen. Technology device with the car audio system. Favorites: [1] Button Up to 20 frequently used contacts can be saved for easy access. • If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are Call History: [2] Button currently connected, pressing the [CALL] button on the steering Displays the call history list screen. wheel control displays the following If you select the [History] but there is SSP supported device: screen. Select [Pair] to pair a new no call history data, a prompt is dis- 4. After a few moments, a screen is device or select [Connect] to con- played which asks to download call displayed that has the 6 digit nect a previously paired device. history data. passkey from any nearby SSP device that is found. Check the passkey on your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

4 183 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 184

Features of your vehicle

Contacts: [3] Button ✽ NOTICE Displays the Contacts list screen. • When an incoming call pop-up is If you select the [Contacts] but there displayed, most Audio and SETUP is no contacts data stored, a prompt mode features are disabled. Only is displayed which asks to download the call volume will operate. contacts data. • The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile Answering a Call phones. Setup: [4] Button Answering a call with a Bluetooth® Displays Phone related settings. Wireless Technology device connect- This feature may not be supported in ed will display the following screen. some mobile phones. For more infor- To accept the call, press [CALL] but- mation on download support, refer to ton on the steering wheel while the your mobile phone’s user manual. call is incoming. • Caller: Displays the other party’s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts. • Incoming Number: Displays the incoming number.

4 184 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 185

Features of your vehicle

Favorites Call History Contacts Press the [PHONE] button  Select Press the [PHONE] button  Select Press the [PHONE] button  Select [Fav]. [History]. [Contacts]. • Saved favorite contact: Connects A list of incoming, outgoing and The list of saved phone book entries call upon selection. missed calls is displayed. is displayed. • To add favorite: Downloaded con- • Call history may not be saved in tacts can be saved as favorite. the call history list in some mobile ✽ NOTICE phones. • To save Favorite, contacts should Find a contact in alphabetical order, be downloaded. • Calls received with hidden caller ID press the [MENU] button. will not be saved in the call history • Contact saved in Favorites will not list. be automatically updated if the contact has been updated in the • Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call phone. To update Favorites, delete ® the Favorite and create a new history stored or a Bluetooth Favorite. Wireless Technology phone is not connected. • Up to 50 received, dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History. • Time of received/dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History.

4 185 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 186

Features of your vehicle

• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to begin down- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology loading a contact list when the con- phone can be downloaded into the tact download feature has been car contacts. Contacts that have turned off within the Bluetooth® been downloaded to the car cannot Wireless Technology device. In be edited or deleted on the phone. addition, some devices may • Mobile phone contacts are man- require device authorization upon aged separately for each paired attempting to download contacts. If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology downloading does not normally device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- occur, check the Bluetooth® tacts each). Previously down- Wireless Technology device set- loaded data is maintained even if tings or for notifications on the the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology screen. device has been disconnected. • The contacts download feature (However, the contacts and call may not be supported in some history saved to the phone will be mobile phones. For more informa- deleted if a paired phone is delet- tion of supported Bluetooth® ed.) devices and function support, refer • It is possible to download contacts to your phone’s user manual. during Bluetooth® streaming audio. • When downloading contacts, the icon will be displayed within the status bar.

4 186 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 187

Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition Mode Contact List Best Practices Re-starting Voice Recognition • Use full names vs. short or single While system waits for a command Using Voice Recognition syllable names. (“John Smith” vs.  Shortly press the button on the “Dad”, “Smith Residence” vs. steering wheel controls. “Home”) The command wait state is immedi- • Avoid using special characters or ately ended and the beep tone will hyphens. (@, &, #, /, -, *, +, etc.) sound. After the “Beep”, say the • Avoid using acronyms. (“In Case of voice command. Emergency” vs. “ICE”) • Spell words completely, no abbre- Ending Voice Recognition Shortly press the button on the viations. (“Doctor Goodman” vs. While Voice Recognition is operating steering wheel controls. Say a com- “Dr. Goodman”)  Press and hold the button on mand. the steering wheel controls. If prompt feedback is in [On], then Skipping Prompt Messages • While using voice command, the system will say “Please say a While prompt message is being stat- pressing any steering wheel con- command after the beep (BEEP)”. ed  Shortly press the button on trols or a different button will end • If prompt feedback is in [On] mode, the steering wheel controls. voice command. then the system will only say The prompt message is immediately • When the system is waiting for a “(BEEP)”. ended and the beep tone will sound. voice command, say “cancel” or • To change Prompt Feedback After the “Beep”, say the voice com- “end” to end voice command. [On]/[Off], go to [SETUP] button  mand. • When the system is waiting for a [System]  [Prompt Feedback]. voice command, press and hold the button on the steering • For proper recognition, say the wheel to end voice command. command after the voice instruc- tion and beep tone.

4 187 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 188

Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips: The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names. When using Voice Recognition to place a call, speak in a moderate tone, with clear pronunciation. To maximize the use of Voice Recognition, consider these guide- lines when storing contacts: • Use full names vs. short or single syllable names. (“John Smith” vs. “Dad”, “Smith Residence” vs. “Home”) • Avoid using special characters or hyphens. (@, &, #, /, -, *, +, etc.) • Avoid using acronyms. (“In Case of Emergency” vs. “ICE”) • Spell words completely, no abbre- viations. (“Doctor Goodman” vs. “Dr. Goodman”)

4 188 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 189

Features of your vehicle

Illustration on Using Voice Recognition More Help Here are some examples of mode commands. Starting Voice Recognition You can say a radio type like ‘FM’, ‘AM’, or ‘Satellite’. Shortly pressing the button: You can also say a media source like ‘CD’, ‘USB’, ‘My Music’, or ‘iPod®’. Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like the beep. (BEEP) Beep~ ‘Contacts’, ‘Call History’, or ‘Dial Number’. You can find more detailed commands in the user's More Help manual. Please say a command after the beep. More Help Ending Voice Recognition Here are some examples of mode commands. Shortly pressing the button: You can say a radio type like ‘FM’, ‘AM’, or ‘Satellite’. You can also say a media source like ‘CD’, ‘USB’, ‘My Music’, or ‘iPod®’. Additionally, there are phone commands like Please say a command after ‘Contacts’, ‘Call History’, or ‘Dial Number’. the beep. (BEEP) Contacts You can find more detailed commands in the user's manual. Please say a command after the beep. Please say the contact name you want to call.

Skipping Voice Recognition Cancel Shortly pressing the button: Please say a... while guidance message is being stated

Shortly pressing the button: (BEEP) More Help

4 189 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 190

Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be available during certain operations) Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be used Call History Displays the Call History screen. anywhere in the system. Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying this Help Provides guidance on commands that can be used command, say the name of a contact saved in the within the current mode. Contacts to automatically connect the call. Call Calls saved in Contacts. Dial Number Displays the Dial number screen. After saying this Ex) Call “John Smith” command, you can say the number that you want Call Calls to the number that is saved as to call. on Mobile “Mobile” in Contacts. Redial Connects the last dialed call number. Ex) Call “John Smith” on Mobile Tutorial Provides guidance on how to use voice recognition Call Calls to the number that is saved as and Bluetooth® connections in Office “Office” in Contacts. Ex) Call “John Smith” in Office • When listening to the radio, displays the next radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟ Call Calls to the number that is saved as SAT3) at Home “Home” in Contacts • When listening to a different mode, displays the Ex) Call “John Smith” at Home Radio most recently played radio screen. Call Calls to the number that is saved as • When currently listening to the FM radio, main- on Other “Other” in Contacts tains the current state. Ex) Call “John Smith” on Other • When listening to a different mode, displays the Phone Provides guidance on Phone related commands. most recently played FM screen. After saying this command, say “Favorites”,“Call FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen. History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial Number” execute cor- responding functions. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen. AM Displays the AM screen. Favorites Displays the Favorite screen.

4 190 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 191

Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device. FM Preset 1~6. Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth® AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. device. FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding fre- Mute Mutes the sound. quency. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding fre- quency. SIRIUS (Satellite) • When listening to the SiriusXM®, maintains the current state. • When listening to a different mode, displays the most recently played SiriusXM® screen. SIRIUS (Satellite) Displays the selected SiriusXM® screen. 1~3 SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SiriusXM® channel. 0~223 Media Moves to the most recently played media screen. CD Plays music on the CD. USB Plays music on the USB device. iPod® Plays music on the iPod®. My Music Plays music saved in My Music.

4 191 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 192

Features of your vehicle

FM/AM Radio Commands Satellite Radio Commands Commands available during FM/AM Radio operation. Commands that can be used while listening to Satellite Command Function Radio. Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in preset 1~6. Command Function Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Channel 0~223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. Scan Scans receivable channels from the current Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. and plays for 10 seconds each. Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in preset 1~6. Information Displays the information of the current broadcast.

4 192 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 193

Features of your vehicle

Audio CD Commands MP3 CD/USB Commands Commands available during Audio CD operation. Commands available during MP3 CD/USB operation. Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current folder. Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order. order. Repeat Repeats the current track. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order. order. Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. Information Displays the information screen of the current file. Next Folder Plays the first file in the next folder. Previous Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder.

4 193 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 194

Features of your vehicle

iPod® Commands My Music Commands Commands available during iPod® operation. Commands available during My Music operation. Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current cate- Random Randomly plays all saved files. gory. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequential order. order. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequential order. order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an addi- tional confirmation process.

4 194 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 195

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone opera- tion Command Operation. Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song. Pause Pauses the current song.

4 195 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 196

Features of your vehicle

Setup Mode With the Sound Button

With the Display Button

Media Display When playing an MP3 file, select the desired display info from ‘Folder/File’ or ‘Album/Artist/Song’. Press the [SETUP] button  Select [Display].

Mode Pop up  [Mode Pop up]  Changes [On] Press the [SETUP] button Select selection mode. [Sound]. • During On state, press the [RADIO] or [MENU] button to display the mode change pop up screen.

4 196 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 197

Features of your vehicle

Position Voice Recognition Volume This menu allows you to set the Adjusts voice recognition volume. Fader, Balance. Select [Voice Recognition Vol.]. Select [Position]. • Return: While adjusting values, pressing the TUNE knob will Tone restore the parent menu. This menu allows you to set the • Fader, Balance: Selects the sound Bass, Middle, Treble. fader and balance. Select [Tone]. • Default: Restores default settings. • Return: While adjusting values, pressing the TUNE knob will restore Speed Dependent Volume Control the parent menu. This feature is used to automatically • Bass, Middle, Treble: Selects the control the volume level according to sound tone. the speed of the vehicle. • Default: Restores default settings. Select [Speed Dependent Vol.]  Set [Off/On].

4 197 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 198

Features of your vehicle

With the Phone Button • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Other devices cannot be paired features supported within the vehi- while a Bluetooth® Wireless cle are as follows. Some features Technology device is connected. may not be supported depending • Only Bluetooth® Wireless Technology on your Bluetooth® Wireless Handsfree and Bluetooth® audio Technology device. related features are supported. - Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree • Bluetooth® related operations are calls possible only within devices that Press the [SETUP] button  Select - Operations during a call (Switch support Handsfree or audio fea- [Phone]. to Private, Switch to call waiting, tures, such as a Bluetooth® MIC on/off) Wireless Technology mobile phone Pair Phone - Downloading Call History or a Bluetooth® audio device. The following steps are the same as - Downloading Mobile Contacts • If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless those described in the section ® Technology device becomes dis- - Bluetooth Wireless Technology connected due to being out of “Pairing on the Steering wheel con- device auto connection trols” on the previous page. communication range, turning the - Bluetooth® Audio Streaming device OFF, or a Bluetooth® • Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology communica- Technology devices can be paired tion error, corresponding Bluetooth® to the Car Handsfree system. Wireless Technology devices are • Only one Bluetooth® Wireless automatically searched and recon- Technology device can be con- nected. nected at a time.

4 198 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 199

Features of your vehicle

• If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device, reset the device by turning off and back on again. Upon reset- ting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device, the system will be restored. Phone List • After pairing is complete, a con- Press the [SETUP] button  Select tacts download request is sent [Phone]  Select [Phone List]. once to the mobile phone. Some mobile phones may require confir- 1) Connected Phone: Device that is mation upon receiving a download currently connected. request, ensure your mobile phone 2) Paired Phone: Device that is accepts the connection. Refer to paired but not connected. • Connecting a Device your phones user’s manual for From the paired phone list, select the additional information regarding device you want to connect and phone pairing and connections. select [Connect].

4 199 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 200

Features of your vehicle

• Changing Priority What is Priority? It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system. The “Change Priority” feature is used • Disconnecting a Device to set the connection priority of From the paired phone list, select paired phones. From the paired phone list, select the the phone you want to switch to the currently connected device and highest priority, then select [Change select [Disconnect]. Priority] from the Menu. The selected device will be changed to the high- est priority. Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a priori- ty phone.

4 200 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 201

Features of your vehicle

Pairing a New Device Press the [SETUP] button  Select [Phone]  Select [Pair Phone]. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system. • Deleting a Device For more information, refer to the “Pairing through Phone Setup” sec- Viewing Paired Phone List From the paired phone list, select the tion within Bluetooth® Wireless Press the [SETUP] button  Select device you want to delete and select Technology. [Phone]  Select [Phone List]. [Delete]. This feature is used to view mobile - When deleting the currently con- phones that have been paired with nected device, the device will auto- the audio system. Upon selecting a matically be disconnected to pro- paired phone, the setup menu is dis- ceed with the deleting process. played. - If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless For more information, refer to the Technology device is deleted, the “Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device’s call history and contacts Connection” section within Bluetooth® data will also be deleted. Wireless Technology. - To re-use a deleted device, you must pair the device again.

4 201 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 202

Features of your vehicle

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone: Connect/ Disconnects currently selected phone. 2) Change Priority: Sets currently selected phone to highest connec- tion priority. 3) Delete: Deletes the currently selected phone. Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume 4) Return: Moves to the previous Press the [SETUP] button  Select Press the [SETUP] button  Select screen. [Phone]  Select [Contacts Download]. [Phone]  Select [Outgoing Volume] • To learn more about whether your As the contacts are downloaded Use TUNE knob to adjust the outgo- mobile phone supports contact from the mobile phone, a download ing volume level. downloads, refer to your mobile progress bar is displayed. • While on a call, the volume can be phone user’s manual. • Upon downloading phone con- tacts, the previous corresponding changed by using the [SEEK/TRACK] • The contacts for only the connect- data is deleted. button. ed phone can be downloaded. • This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones. • Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down- loaded.

4 202 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 203

Features of your vehicle

With the System Button

Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory. Select [Memory Information]  [OK]. The currently used memory is dis- played on the left side while the total Turning Bluetooth System Off system memory is displayed on the Press the [SETUP] button  Select Press the [SETUP] button  Select right side. [System]. [Phone]  Select [Bluetooth System Off]. Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is turned off, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio sys- tem. • To turn Bluetooth® Wireless Technology back on, go to [SETUP] button  [Phone] and select “Yes”.

4 203 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 204

Features of your vehicle

Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes. Select [Prompt Feedback]  Set through TUNE knob. • On: This mode is for beginner Language users and provides detailed instructions during voice command This menu is used to set the display operation. and voice recognition language. • Off: This mode is for expert users Select [Language]. and omits some information during The system will reboot after the lan- voice command operation. (When guage is changed. using Expert mode, guidance • Language support by region. instructions can be heard through the [Help] or [Menu] commands. English, Français, Español

4 204 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 205

Features of your vehicle

iPod® is a registered trademark of Sirius, XM and all related marks Apple Inc. iPod® mobile digital and logos are trademarks of Sirius device sold separately. The XM Radio Inc. Android™ is a Bluetooth® word mark and logos trademark of Google, Inc. are registered trademarks owned BlackBerry is a registered trade- by Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any mark of Research In Motion use of such marks by Kia is under Limited (RIM). All other marks, license. SiriusXM services require channel names and logos are the a subscription sold separately, or property of their respective own- as a package, by Sirius XM Radio ers. All rights reserved. Inc. If you decide to continue serv- ice after your trial, the subscrip- tion plan you choose will automat- ically renew thereafter and you will be charged according to your chosen payment method at then- current rates. Fees and taxes apply. To cancel you must call SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM Customer Agreement for complete terms at www.sir- iusxm.com. SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data services are available only in the 48 contiguous states, DC and Puerto Rico (with cover- age limitations). SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada; see www.siriusxm.ca. All fees and programming subject to change.

4 205 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 206

Features of your vehicle

AUDIO (With Touch Screen)

■ Type B

B0H3G0000EU

4 206 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 207

Features of your vehicle

Feature of Your Audio (2) RADIO (6) SEEK/TRACK • Changes to FM/AM/SiriusXM mode. • When pressed briefly Head unit • Each time the button is pressed, - Radio mode: Plays previous/ the mode is changed in the order next frequency. of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ - Media (CD/USB/iPod®/My Music) SAT2 ➟ SAT3. modes: Changes the track, song(file). (3) MEDIA • When pressed and held • Changes to CD/USB(iPod®)/AUX/ - Radio mode: Continuously My Music/Bluetooth® Audio mode. changes the frequency. Upon • Each time the button is pressed, release, plays the current fre- the mode is changed in the order quency. of CD ➟ USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My - Media(CD/USB/iPod®/My Music) Music ➟ BT(Bluetooth®) Audio. modes: Rewinds or fast forwards the track or file. (4) PHONE - During a Handsfree call, controls ❈ The actual features in the vehicle • Changes to Phone mode. the call volume. may differ from the illustration. • When a phone is not connected, the connection screen is displayed. (1) EJECT • Ejects the disc. (5) POWER/VOL knob • Power knob: Press to turn power on/off. • Volume knob: Turn left/right to con- trol volume.

4 207 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 208

Features of your vehicle

(9) SCAN • Radio mode: Previews all receiv- able broadcasts for 5 seconds each. • Media (CD/USB/My Music) modes: Previews each song (file) for 10 seconds each.

(10) SETUP • Changes to Setup mode.

(11) TUNE knob • Radio mode: Turn to change (7) DISP broadcast frequencies. ® • Turns the monitor display on/off. • Media (CD/USB/iPod /My Music) modes: Turn to search Tracks/ channels/files. (8) MUTE • When the button is pressed, stops (12) CAT/FOLDER sound and “Audio Mute” is dis- played on LCD. • SiriusXM Radio: Category Search. • MP3 CD/USB mode: Search Folder.

4 208 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 209

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using Compact (Continued) (Continued) Discs • Clean fingerprints and dust off the • Do not use abnormally shaped • This device has been disc surface (coated side) with a discs (8cm, heart-shaped, octagon- manufactured to be com- soft cloth. shaped) as such discs could lead to patible with software • The use of CD-R/CD-RW discs malfunctions. bearing the following logo marks. attached with labels may result in • If the disc is straddled on the disc • Do not clean discs with chemical disc slot jams or difficulties in disc slot without removal for 10 sec- solutions, such as record sprays, removal. Such discs may also onds, the disc will automatically antistatic sprays, antistatic liq- result in noise while playing. be re-inserted into the disc player. uids, benzene, or thinners. • Some CD-R/CD-RW discs may • Only genuine audio CDs are sup- • After using a disc, put the disc not properly operate depending on ported. Other discs may result in back in its original case to prevent the disc manufacturer, production recognition failure. (e.g. copy CD- disc scratches. method and the recording method R, CDs with labels) • Hold discs by their edges or within used. If problems persist, trying the center hole to prevent damage using a different CD as continued to disc surfaces. use may result in malfunctions. • Do not introduce foreign sub- • The performance of this product stances into the disc insert/eject may differ depending on the CD- slot. Introducing foreign sub- RW Drive Software. stances could damage the device • Copy-protected CDs such as S- interior. type CDs may not function in the • Do not insert two discs simultane- device. DATA discs cannot be ously. played. (However, such discs may • When using CD-R/CD-RW discs, still operate but will do so abnor- differences in disc reading and mally.) playing times may occur depend- (Continued) ing on the disc manufacturer, pro- duction method and the recording method used. (Continued)

4 209 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 210

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using the USB (Continued) (Continued) Devices • Some USB devices may not be sup- • Do not use the USB I/F to charge • Connect the USB device after ported due to compatibility issues. batteries or USB accessories that turning on the engine. The USB • Avoid contact between the USB generate heat. Doing so may lead device may become damaged if it connector and bodily parts or for- to worsened performance or dam- is already connected when the eign objects. age to the audio system. ignition is turned on. The USB • Repeated connecting/disconnect- • The audio system may not recog- device may not operate properly if ing of USB devices within short nize the USB device if separately the car ignition is turned on or off periods of time may result in prod- purchased USB hubs and exten- with the USB device connected. uct malfunction. sion cables are being used. • Be careful for static electricity • A strange noise may occur when Connect the USB device directly when connecting/disconnecting disconnecting the USB. with the USB port of the vehicle. USB devices. • Make sure to connect/disconnect • When using mass storage USB • Encoded MP3 Players will not be external USB devices with the devices with separate logical recognized when connected as an audio power turned off. drives, only files saved to the root external device. • The amount of time required to drive can be played. • When connecting an external USB recognize the USB device may dif- • Files may not properly operate if device, the vehicle's audio system fer depending on the type, size or application programs are installed may not recognize the USB file formats stored on the USB. on the USBs. depending on what firmware is Such differences in time are not • The audio system may not operate used by USB device or what files indications of malfunctions. normally if MP3 Players, cellular are on the USB. • The vehicle audio system only sup- phones, digital cameras, or other • Only products formatted with ports USB devices designed to electronic devices (USB devices byte/sectors under 64Kbyte will be play music files. not recognized as portable disk recognized. • USB images and videos are not drives) are connected with the • This device recognizes USB supported. audio system. devices formatted in FAT 12/16/32 (Continued) (Continued) file formats. This device does not recognize files in NTFS file for- mat. (Continued) 4 210 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 211

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • Charging through the USB may • Avoid use of USB not work for some mobile devices. memory products that • The device may not support nor- can also be used as key mal operation when using a typi- chains or mobile phone cal USB memory device (minia- accessories. Use of such products ture, keychain, etc.). For best may cause damage to the USB results, use a typical USB device jack. that has a metal case. • Connecting an MP3 device or • The device may not support nor- phone through various channels, mal operation when using formats such as AUX/BT or Audio/ USB such as HDD Type, CF, or SD mode may result in pop noises or Memory. abnormal operation. • The device will not support files locked by DRM (Digital Rights Management.) • USB memory sticks used by con- necting an Adaptor (SD Type or CF Type) may not be properly rec- ognized. • The device may not operate prop- erly when using USB HDDs or USBs subject to connection fail- ures caused by vehicle vibrations. (e.g. i-stick type) (Continued)

4 211 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 212

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using an iPod® (Continued) (Continued) ® ® • When the EQ features of an exter- • If your iPhone is connected to • iPod is a registered trademark of ® ® Apple Inc. nal device, such as the iPod , and both the Bluetooth Wireless • In order to use the iPod® with the audio system are both active, Technology and USB, the sound EQ effects could overlap and may not be properly played. In your vehicle's audio system, you ® ® cause sound deterioration and dis- your iPhone , select the Dock con- must use a dedicated iPod cable. ® (the cable that is supplied when tortion. Whenever possible, turn nector or Bluetooth Wireless purchasing iPod®/iPhone® prod- off the EQ feature within the Technology to change the sound external device when it is connect- output (source). ucts) ® ® ed to the audio system. • iPod mode cannot be operated • If the iPod is connected to the ® ® vehicle while it is playing, a high • Noise may occur when an iPod or when the iPod cannot be recog- pitch sound could occur for AUX device is connected. When nized due to versions that do not approximately 1-2 seconds imme- such devices are not being used, support communication protocols. disconnect the device for storage. • For fifth generation iPod® Nano diately after connecting. If possi- ® ® ble, connect the iPod® to the vehi- • When the iPod or AUX device devices, the iPod may not be rec- ® power is connected to the power ognized when the battery level is cle with the iPod stopped/paused. ® • When the vehicle ignition is set to jack, playing the external device low. Please charge the iPod for ACC or ON, connecting the iPod® may result in noise. In such cases, use. ® disconnect the power connection • The search/play orders shown through the iPod cable will ® charge the iPod® through the car before use. within the iPod device may differ audio system. • Skipping or improper operation from the orders shown within the • When connecting with the iPod® may occur depending on the char- audio system. acteristics of your iPod®/iPhone® • If the iPod® malfunctions due to cable, make sure to fully insert the ® jack to prevent communication device. an iPod device defect, reset the (Continued) iPod® and try again. (To learn interference. ® (Continued) more, refer to your iPod manual) (Continued)

4 212 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 213

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) ✽ NOTICE - Using the (Continued) • Some iPod® products may not Bluetooth® Wireless • When returning to Bluetooth® sync with the System depending Technology Audio Wireless Technology Audio mode on the version. If the Media is Mode after ending a call, the mode may removed before the Media is rec- ® not automatically restart in some ognized, then the system may not • Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phones. Audio Mode can be used only properly restore the previously ® • Receiving an incoming call or operated mode. (iPad® charging is when a Bluetooth Wireless making an outgoing call while not supported.) Technology phone has been con- playing Bluetooth® Wireless ® nected. • Use an iPod cable shorter than 1 ® Technology Audio may result in meter in length such as the one • Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio interference. originally supplied with a new Audio Mode will not be available iPod®, longer cables may lead to when connecting mobile phones that do not support this feature. the audio system not recognizing ® the iPod®. • If a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone is being used to play music and receives an incoming or out- going phone call, then the music will stop. • Moving the Track up/down while playing Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio mode may result in pop noises with some mobile phones. • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology streaming audio may not be sup- ported in some mobile phones. (Continued)

4 213 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 214

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using the (Continued) (Continued) Bluetooth® Wireless • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The phone must be paired to the Technology Cellular features supported within the audio system to use Bluetooth® Phone vehicle are as follows. Some fea- Wireless Technology related fea- ® tures may not be supported tures. • Bluetooth Wireless Technology depending on your Bluetooth® • Pairing and connecting a Handsfree refers to a device which Wireless Technology device. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows the user to conveniently ® - Answering and placing enabled mobile phone will work make phone calls with Bluetooth Bluetooth® Wireless Technology only when the Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology mobile Handsfree calls Technology option within your phones through the audio system. ® - Menu operation during call mobile phone has been turned on. • Bluetooth Wireless Technology (Switch to Private, Switch to call (Methods of turning on the allows devices to be connected in a waiting, Outgoing volume) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology short distance, including hands- - Download Call History enabled feature may differ free devices, stereo headsets, wire- - Download Mobile Phone book depending on the mobile phone.) less remote controllers, etc. For - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Do not use a cellular phone or per- more information, visit the ® ® device auto connection form Bluetooth Wireless Bluetooth Wireless Technology - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Technology settings (e.g. pairing a website at www.Bluetooth.com. ® Audio phone) while driving. Before using Bluetooth Wireless • Before using Bluetooth® Wireless • Even if the phone supports Technology audio features. ® ® Technology related features of the Bluetooth Wireless Technology, • The Bluetooth word mark and audio system, refer your phone’s the phone will not be found during logos are registered trademarks ® User’s Manual for phone-side device searches if the phone has owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology been set to hidden state or the and any use of such marks by Kia operations. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is under license. Other trade- (Continued) has been deactivated. Disable the marks and trade names are those hidden state or activate the of their respective owners. A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is ® prior to searching/connecting with required to use Bluetooth Wireless the car audio system. Technology. (Continued) (Continued) 4 214 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 215

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • You will not be able to use the • While a phone is connected - To turn off the Bluetooth® hands-free feature when your through Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology feature in phone (in the car) is outside of the Technology your phone may dis- your car audio system, go to cellular service area. (e.g. in a tun- charge quicker than usual for [SETUP] button  [Phone] and nel, in an underground area, in a additional Bluetooth® Wireless [turn off] the Bluetooth® mountainous area, etc.) Technology-related operations. Wireless Technology feature. • If the cellular phone signal is poor • If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology or the vehicles interior noise is too tion (IGN/ACC ON), the connection may become intermit- loud, it may be difficult to hear the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology tently disconnected in some other person’s voice during a call. phone will be automatically con- mobile phones. Follow these steps • Do not place the phone near or nected. Even if you are outside, the to try again. inside metallic objects, otherwise Bluetooth® Wireless Technology 1) Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless communications with Bluetooth® phone will be automatically con- Technology function within the Wireless Technology system or cel- nected once you are in the vicinity mobile phone off/on and try lular service stations can be dis- of the vehicle. If you do not want again. turbed. to automatically connect your 2) Turn the mobile phone power • Placing the audio system within an Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Off/On and try again. electromagnetic environment may phone, try the following. 3) Completely remove the mobile result in noise interference. 1) Turn off the Bluetooth® Wireless phone battery, reboot, and then • Some cellular phones or other Technology feature in your try again. devices may cause interference mobile phone. 4) Reboot the audio system and try noise or malfunction to the audio 2) Turn off the Bluetooth® Wireless again. system. In this case, storing the Technology feature in your car 5) Delete all paired devices, pair and device in a different location may audio system. try again. resolve the condition. (Continued) • It is possible to pair up to five (Continued) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices to the car system. (Continued)

4 215 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 216

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) ✽ NOTICE WARNING • Phone contact names should be • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology saved in English or they may not Handsfree is a feature that enables • Excessive use or operations be displayed correctly. drivers to practice safe driving. while driving may lead to neg- • The Handsfree call volume and Connecting the car audio system ligent driving practices and be quality may differ depending on with a Bluetooth® Wireless the cause of accidents. the mobile phone. ® Technology phone allows the user • Do not operate the device • Only one Bluetooth Wireless to conveniently make calls, receive excessively while driving. Technology device can be connect- calls, and manage the phone book. ed at a time. • Viewing the screen for pro- Before using the Bluetooth® longed periods of time while • In some mobile phones, starting Wireless Technology, carefully the ignition while talking through driving is dangerous and may ® read the contents of this user’s lead to accidents. Bluetooth Wireless Technology manual. enabled handsfree call will result in the call becoming disconnected. (Switch the call back to your mobile phone when starting the ignition.) • If the mobile phone is not paired or connected, it is not possible to enter Phone mode. Once a phone is paired or connected, the guid- ance screen will be displayed. • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones. To learn more about mobile device compatibility, visit http://www. kia.com/us/en/content/owners/ bluetooth.

4 216 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 217

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Using Voice (Continued) Recognition • Phone related voice commands can ® • When using the voice recognition be used only when a Bluetooth feature, only commands listed Wireless Technology device is con- within the user’s manual are sup- nected. ported. • When making calls by stating a • Be aware that during the opera- name, the corresponding contact tion of the voice recognition sys- must be downloaded and stored within the audio system. tem, pressing any button other ® than the button will terminate • After downloading the Bluetooth the voice recognition mode. Wireless Technology phone book, • For optimal voice recognition per- it takes some time to convert the formance, position your head phone book data into voice infor- below the microphone above the mation. During this time, voice driver’s seat and maintain proper recognition may not properly position when speaking voice com- operate. mands. • Pronounce the voice commands • Within the following situations, naturally and clearly as if in a nor- voice recognition may not function mal conversation. properly due to external sound. - When the windows and sunroof are open - When the blower AC/heater is set to high - When entering and passing through tunnels - When driving on rugged and uneven roads - During severe rain (heavy rains, windstorms) (Continued) 4 217 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 218

Features of your vehicle

Radio Mode (1) Mode Display With the Radio Mode Button Displays current operating mode. Radio Mode Display Controls (2) Frequency Displays the current frequency.

(3) Preset Displays current preset number [1] ~ [6]. Pressing the [RADIO] button will change the operating mode in the (4) Preset Display order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ Displays preset buttons. SAT2 ➟ SAT3. If [Mode Pop up] is turned on within  (5) A.Store [SETUP] button [Display], then pressing the [RADIO] button will dis- Automatically saves frequencies with play the Radio Mode Pop up screen. superior reception to preset buttons. Turn the TUNE knob to move the focus. Press the knob to select.

4 218 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 219

Features of your vehicle

Seek A.Store(Auto Store) Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to Press the [A.Store] to automatically play the previous/next frequency. save receivable frequencies to pre- set buttons. Tune Turn the TUNE knob to select the Scan desired frequency. Press the [SCAN] button to preview frequencies with superior reception Selecting Presets/Saving Presets for 5 seconds each. Press the [Preset] to display the Press and hold the [SCAN] button to broadcast information for the fre- preview presets for 5 seconds each. quency saved to each button. Once scan is complete, the previous Press the [1] ~ [6] to play the desired frequency will be restored. While preset. Scan is operating, pressing the While listening to a frequency you [SCAN] button will cancel scanning. want to save as a preset, press and hold one of the [1] ~ [6] to save the current frequency to the selected preset.

4 219 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 220

Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM® Satellite Radio information • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- For information on extended sub- ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway scription terms, contact SiriusXM at Satellite Radio channels: overpasses, parking garages, 1-888-539-7474. dense tree foliage and thunder- Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio with a 3- storms can interfere with your month trial subscription to the Sirius reception. NOTE: Select package.You’ll get over 140 chan- SiriusXM services require a sub- nels, including commercial-free music, scription sold separately, or as a plus all your favorite sports, exclusive SiriusXM Satellite Radio service: package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. talk, entertainment, and a selection of SiriusXM is a subscription-based If you decide to continue service premium programming. For more infor- satellite radio service that broad- after your trial, the subscription mation and a complete list of SiriusXM casts music, sports, news and enter- plan you choose will automatical- channels, visit siriusxm.com in the United tainment programming to radio ly renew thereafter and you will be States, siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call receivers, which are available for charged according to your chosen SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474. installation in motor vehicles or facto- payment method at then-current ry installed, as well as for the home, rates. Fees and taxes apply. To cancel you must call SiriusXM at Satellite Radio reception factors: portable and wireless devices, and through an Internet connection on a 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM To receive the satellite signal, your vehi- personal computer. Customer Agreement for com- cle has been equipped with a satellite plete terms at www.siriusxm.com. radio antenna located on the roof of Vehicles that are equipped with a SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data your vehicle. The vehicle roof provides factory installed SiriusXM Satellite Radio system include: services are available only in the the best location for an unobstructed, 48 contiguous states, DC and open view of the sky, a requirement of • Hardware and an introductory trial Puerto Rico (with coverage limita- a satellite radio system. Like AM/FM, subscription term, which begins on there are several factors that can affect the date of sale or lease of the vehi- tions). SiriusXM satellite service satellite radio reception performance: cle. is also available in Canada; see www.siriusxm.ca. All fees and pro- • Antenna obstructions: For optimal • For a small upgrade fee, access to gramming subject to change. reception performance, keep the SiriusXM music channels, and Sirius, XM and all related marks antenna clear of snow and ice build- other select channels over the and logos are trademarks of Sirius up and keep luggage and other Internet using any computer con- material as far away from the anten- nected to the Internet (U.S. cus- XM Radio Inc. na as possible. tomers only). 4 220 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 221

Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM Radio Mode (1) Mode Display Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Displays current operating mode. Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3- Radio Mode Display Controls month trial subscription to SiriusXM so you have access to over 140 (2) Channel Information channels of music, information, and Displays the category, channel num- entertainment programming. ber, channel name, artist and title information. Activation In order to extend or reactivate your (3) Preset Sirius Select subscription, you will Displays current playing preset need to contact SiriusXM Customer number [1] ~ [6]. Care at 1-800-643-2112. Have your 12-digit RID (Radio Identification (4) Preset Display Number)/ESN (Electronic Serial Number) ready. To retrieve the RID/ Displays saved presets. ESN, turn on the radio, press the [RADIO] button, and tune to channel (5) Info zero. Displays detailed information about Please note that the vehicle will need the current broadcast. to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal.

4 221 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 222

Features of your vehicle

Seek Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to play the previous/next channel. ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, channels are changed within the current category.

Tune Turn the TUNE knob to select the Searching Categories Selecting Presets/Saving Presets desired channel. Select the category by using the Press the [Preset] to display the [CAT/FOLDER] button and press the broadcast information for the chan- Scan TUNE knob to select. nel saved to each button. Press the [SCAN] button to scan all Channels for the selected category Press the [1] ~ [6] to play the desired channels with superior reception for are played. preset. 5 seconds each. While listening to a channel you want Once scan is complete, the previous- ✽ Troubleshooting to save as a preset, press and hold ly played channel will be restored. one of the [1] ~ [6] to save the current 1. Antenna Error channel to the selected preset. During Scan, pressing the [SCAN] If this message is displayed, the button again will cancel the scan antenna or antenna cable is bro- operation and restore the previously ken or unplugged. Please consult played channel. with your Kia dealership. If the “Category” icon is displayed, 2. No Signal channels are changed within the cur- If this message is displayed, it rent category. means that the antenna is covered and that the SiriusXM Satellite Radio signal is not available. Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky.

4 222 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 223

Features of your vehicle

Media Mode Mode Display on the Status Bar

Media Mode Screen When a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology, iPod®, USB, or AUX device is con- nected or a CD is inserted, the cor- responding mode icon will be dis- played. Icon Title Bluetooth® Wireless Technology CD Pressing the [MEDIA] button will USB(iPod®) change the operating mode in the AUX order of CD ➟ USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio. If [Mode Pop up] is turned on within [SETUP] button  [Display], then pressing the [MEDIA] button will dis- play the Media Mode Pop up screen. Turn the TUNE knob to move the focus. Press the knob to select. The media Mode Pop up screen can be displayed only when there are two or more media modes turned on.

4 223 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 224

Features of your vehicle

MENU: Audio CD (1) Mode (8) Repeat Displays current operating mode. Turns the Repeat feature on/off. Audio CD Mode Display Controls (2) Operation State (9) List From Repeat/Shuffle/Scan, displays the Moves to the list screen. currently operating function. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to search for tracks. Once the desired (3) Track Info track is displayed, press the knob to select and play. Displays information about the cur- rent track.

(4) Play/Pause Changes the play/pause state.

(5) Play Time Displays the current play time.

(6) Info Shows detailed information about the current track.

(7) Shuffle Turns the Shuffle feature on/off.

4 224 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 225

Features of your vehicle

With the Audio CD Mode Rewinding/Fast-forwarding Tracks Playing/Pausing CD Tracks While playing, press and hold the Once an audio CD is inserted, the [SEEK/TRACK] button to rewind or mode will automatically start and fast-forward the current track. begin playing. While playing, press the [II] to pause Scan and press [] to play. Press the [SCAN] button to play the Only genuine audio CDs are sup- first 10 seconds of each file. ported. Other discs may result in Selecting from the List recognition failure. (e.g. copy CD-R, Turn the TUNE knob left/right to CDs with labels) search for the desired track. The artist and title information are Once you find the desired track, displayed on the screen if track infor- press the TUNE knob to start play- mation is included within the audio ing. CD.

Changing Tracks Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to move to the previous or next track. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- ton after the track has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current track from the beginning. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- ton before the track has been playing for 1 second will start the previous track.

4 225 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 226

Features of your vehicle

MENU: MP3 CD (1) Mode (7) Info Displays current operating mode. Shows detailed information about MP3 CD Mode Display Controls the current file. (2) Operation State When the ‘Folder File’ option is set as the default display within Display From Repeat/Shuffle/Scan, displays setup, the album/artist/file informa- the currently operating function. tion are displayed as detailed file information. (3) File Index When the ‘Album Artist Song’ option Displays the current file number. is set as the default display, the fold- er name/file name are displayed as detailed file information. (4) File Info The title, artist and album info are Displays information about the cur- displayed only when such informa- rent file. tion is recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag. (5) Play/Pause Changes the play/pause state.

(6) Play Time Displays the current play time.

4 226 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 227

Features of your vehicle

(8) Shuffle (10) Copy With the MP3 CD Mode Turns the Shuffle feature on/off. Copies the current file into My Music. Playing/Pausing MP3 Files Each time the button is pressed, the Selecting another feature during Once an MP3 disc is inserted, the feature changes in the order of copying will display a pop-up asking mode will automatically start and Shuffle Folder ➟ Shuffle All ➟ Off. whether you wish to cancel copying. begin playing. • Shuffle Folder: Plays all files within To cancel, select “Yes”. While playing, press the [II] to pause the current folder in shuffle order. and press [] to play. • Shuffle All: Plays all files in shuffle (11) List If there are numerous files and fold- order. Moves to the list screen. ers within the disc, reading time could take more than 10 seconds Turn the TUNE knob left/right to (9) Repeat and the list may not be displayed or search for files. Once the desired file song searches may not operate. Turns the Repeat feature on/off. is displayed, press the knob to select Once loading is complete, try again. Each time the button is pressed, the and play. feature changes in the order of Repeat ➟ Repeat Folder ➟ Off. Changing Files • Repeat: Repeats the current file. Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to move to the previous or next file. • Repeat Folder: Repeats all files ∨ within the current Folder. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ] but- ton after the file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the beginning. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- ton before the file has been playing for 1 second will start the previous file.

4 227 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 228

Features of your vehicle

Selecting from the List Searching Folders Turn the TUNE knob left/right to Press the [CAT/FOLDER] button to search for the desired file. select and search folders. Once you find the desired file, press Once the desired folder is displayed, the TUNE knob to start playing. press the TUNE knob to select. The first file within the selected fold- Rewinding/Fast-forwarding Files er will begin playing. While playing, press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK] button to rewind or fast-forward the current file.

Scan Press the [SCAN] button to play the first 10 seconds of each file.

4 228 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 229

Features of your vehicle

MENU: USB (1) Mode (7) Info Displays current operating mode. Displays detailed information for the USB Mode Display Controls current file. (2) Operation State When the ‘Folder File’ option is set as the default display within Display From Repeat/Shuffle/Scan, displays the setup, the album/artist/file informa- currently operating function. tion are displayed as detailed file information. (3) File Index When the ‘Album Artist Song’ option Displays the current file number. is set as the default display, the fold- er name/file name are displayed as detailed file information. (4) File Info The title, artist and album info are Displays information about the cur- displayed only when such informa rent file. tion are recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag. (5) Play/Pause Changes the play/pause state.

(6) Play Time Displays the current play time.

4 229 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 230

Features of your vehicle

(8) Shuffle (10) Copy With the USB Mode Turns the Shuffle feature on/off. Copies the current file into My Music. Playing/Pausing USB Files Each time the button is pressed, the Selecting another feature during Once a USB is connected, the mode feature changes in the order of copying will display a pop-up asking will automatically start and begin Shuffle Folder ➟ Shuffle All ➟ Off. whether you wish to cancel copying. playing a USB file. • Shuffle Folder: Plays the files in the To cancel, select “Yes”. While playing, press the [II] to pause current folder in shuffle order. and press [] to play. • Shuffle All: Plays all files in shuffle (11) List Loading may require additional time order. Moves to the list screen. if there are many files and folders within the USB and may result in Turn the TUNE knob left/right to faulty list display or file search. search for files. Once the desired file (9) Repeat Normal operations will resume once is displayed, press the knob to select Turns the Repeat feature on/off. loading is complete. and play. Each time the button is pressed, the The device may not support normal feature changes in the order of operation when using a USB memo- Repeat➟ Repeat Folder ➟ Off. ry type besides (Metal Cover Type) • Repeat: Repeats the current file. USB Memory. • Repeat Folder: Repeats all files within the current folder.

4 230 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 231

Features of your vehicle

Changing Files Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to move to the previous or next file. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- ton after the file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the beginning. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- ton before the file has been playing Selecting from the List Searching Folders for 1 second will start the previous file. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to Press the [CAT/FOLDER] button to search for the desired file. select and search folders. Once you find the desired file, press Once the desired folder is displayed, the TUNE knob to start playing. press the TUNE knob to select. The first file within the selected fold- Rewinding/Fast-forwarding Files er will begin playing. While playing, press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK] button to rewind or fast-forward the current file.

Scan Press the [SCAN] button to play the first 10 seconds of each file.

4 231 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 232

Features of your vehicle

MENU: iPod® (1) Mode (7) Shuffle Displays current operating mode. Turns the Shuffle feature on/off. iPod® Mode Display Controls Each time the button is pressed, the (2) Operation State feature changes in the order of Shuffle All ➟ Off. From Repeat/Shuffle, displays the cur- rently operating function. • Shuffle All: Plays all songs in shuffle order. (3) Song Index (8) Repeat Displays the current song/total num- ber of songs. Turns the Repeat feature on/off. • Repeat: Repeats the current song (4) Song Info Displays information about the cur- (9) List rent song. Moves to the list screen. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to (5) Play/Pause search for the desired category. Changes the play/pause state. Once you find the desired category, press the TUNE knob to select and play. (6) Play Time Displays the current play time.

4 232 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 233

Features of your vehicle

With the iPod® Mode Rewinding/Fast-forwarding Songs Category Menu Playing/Pausing iPod® Songs While playing, press and hold the (1) Displays the play screen. Once an iPod® is connected, the [SEEK/TRACK] button to rewind or (2) Moves to the iPod® root category mode will automatically start and fast-forward the current song. screen. begin playing an iPod® song. (3) Moves to the previous category. While playing, press the [II] to pause If the search mode is accessed while and press [] to play. playing a song, the most recently iPod® products with unsupported searched category is displayed. communication protocols may not Search steps upon initial connection properly operate in the audio system. may differ depending on the type of iPod® device. Changing Songs Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to move to the previous or next song. Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- Searching Categories ton after the song has been playing Turn the TUNE knob left/right to for 2 seconds will start the current search for the desired category. song from the beginning. Once you find the desired category, Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- press the TUNE knob to select and ton before the song has been playing play. for 1 second will start the previous There are eight categories that can be song. searched, including Playlists, Artists, Slight time differences may exist Albums, Genres, Songs, Composers, depending your iPod® product. Audiobooks and Podcasts.

4 233 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 234

Features of your vehicle

MENU: AUX Connecting an External Device External audio players (Camcorders, AUX Mode Display Controls car VCR, etc.) can be played through a dedicated cable. If an external device connector is connected with the AUX terminal, then AUX mode will automatically operate. Once the connector is dis- connected, the previous mode will be restored. AUX mode can be used only when an external audio player (camcorder, Press the [MEDIA] button  Select car VCR, etc.) has been connected. [AUX]. The AUX volume can be controlled An external device can be connected separately from other audio modes. to play music. Connecting a connector jack to the AUX terminal without an external device will convert the system to AUX mode, but only output noise. When an external device is not being used, also remove the connector jack. When the external device power is connected to the power jack, playing the external device may output noise. In such cases, disconnect the power connection before use. Fully insert the AUX cable to the AUX jack upon use.

4 234 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 235

Features of your vehicle

MENU: My Music (1) Mode (7) Info Displays current operating mode. Displays detailed information for the My Music Mode Display Controls current file. (2) Operation State The title, artist and album info are displayed only when such informa- From Repeat/Shuffle/Scan, displays the tion is recorded within the MP3 file currently operating function. ID3 tag.

(3) File Index (8) Shuffle Displays the current file/total number Turns the Shuffle feature on/off. of files.

(9) Repeat (4) File Info Turns the Repeat feature on/off. Displays information about the cur- rent file. (10) Delete (5) Play/Pause Deletes the current file. Changes the play/pause state. (11) List (6) Play Time Moves to the list screen. Displays the current play time. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to search for files. Once the desired file is displayed, press the knob to select and play.

4 235 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 236

Features of your vehicle

With the My Music Mode List Menu Playing/Pausing My Music Files (1) Moves to the previous screen. While playing, press the [II] to pause (2) Selects all files. and press [] to play. (3) Unselects all selected files. If there are no files saved within My (4) Deletes selected files. Music, the [My Music] will be dis- After selecting the files you want to abled. delete, press the [Delete] to delete the selected files. Changing Files Selecting from the List If there is memory available, up to Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to 6,000 files can be saved. Identical move to the previous or next file. Turn the TUNE knob left/right to files cannot be copied more than Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- search for the desired file. 1,000 times. Once you find the desired file, press ton after the file has been playing for To check memory information, go to 2 seconds will start the current file the TUNE knob to start playing.   From the List screen, it is possible to [SETUP] button [System] from the beginning. [Memory Information] Pressing the [SEEK/TRACK ∨] but- delete files you previously saved into ton before the file has been playing My Music. for 1 second will start the previous Rewinding/Fast-forwarding Files file. While playing, press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK] button to rewind or fast-forward the current file.

Scan Press the [SCAN] button to play the first 10 seconds of each file.

4 236 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 237

Features of your vehicle

MENU: Bluetooth® Wireless Changing Files Technology Audio Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to move to the previous or next file. Using Bluetooth®Wireless Technology Audio Mode Setting Connection If a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device has not been connected, press the [SETUP] button  [Phone] to dis- play the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology connection screen. It is possible to use the pair phone, connect/disconnect and delete fea- tures from your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone. Playing/Pausing Bluetooth® Wireless If music is not yet playing from your Technology Audio mobile device after converting to Once a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device is connected, the mode will Audio mode, pressing the play button automatically start. once may start playing the mode.  Check to see that music is playing While playing, press the [ II]to from the Bluetooth® Wireless pause and press [II] to play. Technology device after converting The play/pause feature may operate to Bluetooth® Wireless Technology differently depending on the mobile Audio Mode. phone.

4 237 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 238

Features of your vehicle

Phone Mode (4) When pressed shortly (6) When pressed shortly - Radio mode: Searches broad- - When pressed in the phone Making a call using the Steering cast frequencies saved to pre- screen, displays call history wheel controls sets. screen. - Media(CD/USB/iPod®/My Music/ - When pressed in the dial screen, BT Audio) modes: Changes the makes a call. track, file or chapter. - When pressed in the incoming When pressed and held call screen, answers the call. - Radio mode, automatically - When pressed during call wait- searches broadcast frequencies ing, switches to waiting call (Call and channels. Waiting). - Media(CD/USB/iPod®/My Music) When pressed and held modes, rewinds or fast forward - When pressed in the Bluetooth® the track or song(file). Wireless Technology Handsfree - BT Audio mode may not be sup- wait mode, redials the last call. ❈ The actual features in the vehicle ported in some mobile phones. - When pressed during a Bluetooth® may differ from the illustration. (5) When pressed shortly Wireless Technology Handsfree (1) Mutes audio volume. - Starts voice recognition. call, switches call back to mobile phone. (Private) (2) Each time this button is pressed, - When selecting during a voice the mode is changed in the order of prompt, stops the prompt and - When pressed while calling on FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 converts to voice command wait- the mobile phone, switches call ➟ SAT3 ➟ CD ➟ USB(iPod®) ➟ ing state. back to Bluetooth® Wireless AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio. Technology Handsfree. (Operates When pressed and held only when Bluetooth® Wireless If the media is not connected or a - Ends voice recognition. Technology Handsfree is con- disc is not inserted, correspon- nected) ding modes will be disabled. (7) Ends phone call. (3) Used to control volume.

4 238 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 239

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

When No Devices have been Paired

• Vehicle Name: Name of device as SSP supported device: shown when searching from your ➃ ® After a few moments, a screen is Bluetooth Wireless Technology displayed 6 digits passkey. device Check the passkey on your ➀ • Passkey: Passkey used to pair the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Press the [PHONE] button or the device [CALL] button on the steering device and confirm. wheel controls. The following ➄ ➂ ® Once pairing is complete, the fol screen is displayed. From your Bluetooth Wireless lowing screen is displayed. ➁ Technology device (i.e. Mobile Press the [OK] to enter the Pair Phone), search and select your Phone screen. car audio system.

❈ SSP: Secure Simple Pairing Non SSP supported device: ➃ After a few moments, a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered. Enter the passkey “0000” to pair your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device with the car audio system. 4 239 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 240

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Pairing through [PHONE] Setup Paired Phone List Press the [SETUP] button  Select Press the [SETUP] button  Select [Phone]. [Phone]  Select [Pair Phone List]. • Connected Phone: Device that is currently connected. • Paired Phone: Device that is paired but not connected.

If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are cur- rently connected, pressing the Pair Phone [PHONE] button or the [CALL] but- The following steps are the same as ton on the steering wheel control dis- those described in the section “When plays the following screen. Press the No Devices have been Paired” on the [Pair] to pair a new device or press the previous page. [Connect] to connect a previously Connecting a Device paired device. From the paired phone list, select the device you want to connect and press the [Connect](1).

4 240 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 241

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Changing Priority • When deleting the currently con- It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth® nected device, the device will auto- Wireless Technology devices with the matically be disconnected to proceed car audio system. The “Change with the deleting process. Priority” feature is used to set the • If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless connection priority of paired phones. Technology device is deleted, the From the paired phone list, select device’s call history and contacts the phone you want to switch to the data will also be deleted. highest priority, then press the Disconnecting a Device • To re-use a deleted device, you must [Change priority](4) from the Menu. From the paired phone list, select the pair the device again. The selected device will be changed currently connected device and to the highest priority. press the [Disconnect](2).

Deleting a Device From the paired phone list, select the device you want to delete and press the [Delete](3).

4 241 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 242

Features of your vehicle

Phone Menu Screen ✽ NOTICE • If you press the [Call History] but there is no call history data, a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data. • If you press the [Contacts] but there is no contact data stored, a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data. • This feature may not be supported in Favorites Phone Menus some mobile phones. For more infor- • Saved favorite contact: Connects With a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology mation on download support, refer call upon selection. device connected, press the to your mobile phone user’s manual. • To add favorite: Downloaded con- [PHONE] button to display the tacts be saved as favorite. Phone menu screen. • Delete All: Deletes all stored • Favorites: Up to 20 frequently used favorite contacts. contacts can be saved for easy access. ✽ NOTICE • Call History: Displays the call histo- ry list screen. • To save Favorite, contacts should be downloaded. • Contacts: Displays the Contacts • Contact saved in Favorites will not be list screen. automatically updated if the contact • Dial Number: Displays the dial has been updated in the phone. To screen where numbers can be update Favorites, delete the Favorite dialed to make calls. and create a new Favorite. • Setup: Displays Phone related set- tings.

4 242 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 243

Features of your vehicle

• Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call history stored or a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone is not connected. • Up to 50 received, dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History. • Time of received/dialed calls and Call History call time information are not saved. A list of incoming, outgoing and missed calls is displayed. Press the [Download] to download the call history. • Call History: - Displays recent calls (call history). - Connects call upon selection. • Download: Download Recent Call Contacts History. The list of saved phone book entries • Call history may not be saved in is displayed. Press the [Download] to the call history list in some mobile download the call history. phones. • Contacts List: • Calls received with hidden caller ID - Displays downloaded contact will not be saved in the call history entries. list. - Connects call upon selection. • Sort by: Find a contact in alphabet- ical order. • Download: Download contact entries. 4 243 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 244

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) • Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to begin download- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ing a contact list when the contact download feature has been turned phone can be downloaded into the ® car contacts. Contacts that have been off within the Bluetooth Wireless downloaded to the car cannot be Technology device. In addition, some edited or deleted on the phone. devices may require device authori- • Mobile phone contacts are managed zation upon attempting to download ® contacts. If downloading does not separately for each paired Bluetooth ® Wireless Technology device (max 5 normally occur, check the Bluetooth Calling by Dialing a Number devices x 1,000 contacts each). Wireless Technology device settings or the screen state. • Dial Pad: Used to enter phone Previously downloaded data is main- number. tained even if the Bluetooth® Wireless • The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile • Call: If a number has been entered, Technology device has been discon- calls the number. If no number has nected. (However, the contacts and phones. For more information of supported Bluetooth® devices and been entered, switches to call his- call history saved to the phone will be tory screen. deleted if a paired phone is deleted.) function support, refer to your • It is possible to download contacts phone’s user manual. • End: Deletes the entered phone during Bluetooth® streaming audio. number. • When downloading contacts, the • Delete: Deletes entered numbers icon will be displayed within the sta- one digit at a time. tus bar. (Continued)

4 244 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 245

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • When an incoming call pop-up is dis- played, most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled. Only the call volume will operate. •The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones. Answering a Call During a Handsfree Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth® • Caller: Displays the other party’s Wireless Technology device connect- name if the incoming caller is ed will display the following screen. saved within your contacts. • Caller: Displays the other party’s • Incoming Number: Displays the name when the incoming caller is incoming number. saved within your contacts. • Call time: Displays the call time. • Incoming Number: Displays the • End: Ends call. incoming number. • Private: Converts to Private mode. • Accept: Accepts the incoming call. • Out Vol.: Sets call volume as heard • Reject: Rejects the incoming call. by the other party. • Mute: Turns Mic Mute On/Off.

✽ NOTICE If the mic is muted, the other party will not be able to hear your voice.

4 245 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 246

Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition Mode ✽ NOTICE Skipping Prompt Messages Contact List Best Practices While prompt message is being stat- Using Voice Recognition 1) Do not store single-name entries. ed  Shortly press the button on (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim” etc.) the steering wheel controls. Instead, always use full names The prompt message is immediately (including first and last names) ended and the beep tone will sound. for all contacts. (e.g., use “Jacob After the “Beep”, say the voice com- Stevenson” instead of “Dad”) mand. 2) Do not use abbreviations. (i.e., use “Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or “Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”) Re-starting Voice Recognition 3) Do not use acronyms. (i.e., use While system waits for a command “County Finance Department”  Shortly press the button on the Starting Voice Recognition instead of “CFD”) steering wheel controls. Shortly press the button on the 4) Do not use special characters. The command wait state is immedi- steering wheel controls. Say a com- (e.g., “@”, “hyphen -”, “aster- ately ended and the beep tone will mand. isk*”, “ampersand &”) sound. After the “Beep”, say the If prompt feedback is in [ON], then 5) If a name is not recognized from voice command. the system will say “Please say a the contact list, change it to a command after the beep (BEEP)”. more descriptive name. (e.g., use • If prompt feedback is in [ON] “Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa mode, then the system will only Joe”) say “(BEEP)”. • To change Prompt Feedback [ON]/[OFF], go to [SETUP] button  [System]  [Prompt Feedback]. For proper recognition, say the com- mand after the voice instruction and beep tone.

4 246 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 247

Features of your vehicle

Illustration on Using Voice Recognition More Help Here are some examples of mode commands. Starting Voice Recognition You can say a radio type like ‘FM’, ‘AM’, or ‘Satellite’. Shortly pressing the button: You can also say a media source like ‘CD’, ‘USB’, ‘My Music’, or ‘iPod®’. Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like the beep. (BEEP) Beep~ ‘Contacts’, ‘Call History’, or ‘Dial Number’. You can find more detailed commands in the user's More Help manual. Please say a command after the beep. More Help Ending Voice Recognition Here are some examples of mode commands. Shortly pressing the button: You can say a radio type like ‘FM’, ‘AM’, or ‘Satellite’. You can also say a media source like ‘CD’, ‘USB’, ‘My Music’, or ‘iPod®’. Additionally, there are phone commands like Please say a command after ‘Contacts’, ‘Call History’, or ‘Dial Number’. the beep. (BEEP) Contacts You can find more detailed commands in the user's manual. Please say a command after the beep. Please say the contact name you want to call.

Skipping Voice Recognition Cancel Shortly pressing the button: Please say a... while guidance message is being stated

Shortly pressing the button: (BEEP) More Help

4 247 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 248

Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be available during certain operations) Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be used Call History Displays the Call History screen. anywhere in the system. Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying this Help Provides guidance on commands that can be used command, say the name of a contact saved in the within the current mode. Contacts to automatically connect the call. Call Calls saved in Contacts. Dial Number Displays the Dial number screen. After saying this Ex) Call “John Smith” command, you can say the number that you want Call Calls to the number that is saved as to call. on Mobile “Mobile” in Contacts. Redial Connects the last dialed call number. Ex) Call “John Smith” on Mobile Tutorial Provides guidance on how to use voice recognition Call Calls to the number that is saved as and Bluetooth® connections in Office “Office” in Contacts. Ex) Call “John Smith” in Office • When listening to the radio, displays the next radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟ Call Calls to the number that is saved as SAT3➟FM1) at Home “Home” in Contacts • When listening to a different mode, displays the Ex) Call “John Smith” at Home Radio most recently played radio screen. Call Calls to the number that is saved as • When currently listening to the FM radio, main- on Other “Other” in Contacts tains the current state. Ex) Call “John Smith” on Other • When listening to a different mode, displays the Phone Provides guidance on Phone related commands. most recently played FM screen. After saying this command, say “Favorites”,“Call FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen. History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial Number” execute cor- responding functions. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen. AM Displays the AM screen. Favorites Displays the Favorite screen.

4 248 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 249

Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device. FM Preset 1~6. Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth® AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. device. FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding fre- Mute Mutes the sound. quency. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding fre- quency. SIRIUS (Satellite) • When listening to the SiriusXM®, maintains the current state. • When listening to a different mode, displays the most recently played SiriusXM® screen. SIRIUS (Satellite) Displays the selected SiriusXM® screen. 1~3 SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SiriusXM® channel. 0~223 Media Moves to the most recently played media screen. CD Plays music on the CD. USB Plays music on the USB device. iPod® Plays music on the iPod®. My Music Plays music saved in My Music.

4 249 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 250

Features of your vehicle

FM/AM Radio Commands Satellite Radio Commands Commands available during FM/AM Radio operation. Commands that can be used while listening to Satellite Command Function Radio. Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Command Function Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Channel 0~223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. Scan Scans receivable channels from the current Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. and plays for 10 seconds each. Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6. Information Displays the information of the current broadcast.

4 250 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 251

Features of your vehicle

Audio CD Commands MP3 CD/USB Commands Commands available during Audio CD operation. Commands available during MP3 CD/USB operation. Command Function Command Function Shuffle Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Shuffle Randomly plays the files within the current folder. Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequential Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order. order. Repeat Repeats the current track. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order. order. Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. Information Displays the information screen of the current file. Next Folder Plays the first file in the next folder. Previous Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder.

4 251 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 252

Features of your vehicle

iPod® Commands My Music Commands Commands available during iPod® operation. Commands available during My Music operation. Command Function Command Function Shuffle Randomly plays the songs within the current cate- Shuffle Randomly plays all saved files. gory. Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequential order. order. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequential order. order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an addi- tional confirmation process.

4 252 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 253

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone opera- tion Command Operation. Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song. Pause Pauses the current song.

4 253 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 254

Features of your vehicle

Setup Mode With the Display Button Press the [SETUP] button  Select [Display]. You can select and control options related to [Brightness], [Mode Pop up] and [Media Display].

Mode Pop up This feature is used to display the Mode Pop up screen when entering Press the [SETUP] button to display radio and media modes. the Setup screen. When this feature is turned on, You can select and control options pressing the [RADIO] or [MEDIA] related to [Display], [Sound], [Phone] button will display the Mode Pop up screen. and [System]. Adjusting the Brightness Use the [Left/Right] to adjust the screen brightness or set the Brightness ✽ NOTICE on Automatic, Day or Night mode. The media Mode Pop up screen can Press the [Default] to reset. be displayed only when two or more • Automatic: Adjusts the brightness media modes have been connected. automatically. • Day: Always maintains the bright- ness on high. • Night: Always maintains the bright- ness on low.

4 254 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 255

Features of your vehicle

With the Sound Button Press the [SETUP] button  Select [Sound]. You can select and control options related to [Sound Setting], [Speed Dependent Vol.], [Voice Recognition Vol.] and [Touch Screen Beep].

Media Display This feature is used to change the information displayed within USB and MP3 CD modes. • Folder File: Displays file name and folder name. • Album Artist Song: Displays album name/artist name/song name. Sound Setting Use the [Up/Down/Left/Right] to adjust the Fader/Balance settings. Use the [Left/Right] to adjust the Bass/Middle/Treble settings. Press the [Default] to reset.

4 255 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 256

Features of your vehicle

SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume Voice Recognition Volume Touch Screen Beep Control) Use on screen [-], [+] to adjust the This feature is used to turn the touch The volume level is controlled auto- Voice Recognition volume. screen beep on/off. matically according to the vehicle speed. SDVC can be set by selecting from On/Off.

4 256 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 257

Features of your vehicle

With the Phone Button Press the [SETUP] button  Select [Phone]. You can select and control options related to [Pair Phone], [Paired Phone List], [Contacts Download], [Outgoing Volume] and [Bluetooth System Off]. Viewing Paired Phone List This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system. Upon selecting a paired phone, the setup menu is dis- played. For more information, refer to the “Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Connection” section within Bluetooth® Pairing a New Device Wireless Technology. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology (1) Moves to the previous screen. devices can be paired with the audio system. (2) Connect/Disconnect Phone: Connect/ Disconnects currently selected For more information, refer to the phone. “Pairing through Phone Setup” section within Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. (3) Delete: Deletes the currently selected phone. (4) Change priority: Sets currently selected phone to highest con- nection priority.

4 257 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 258

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Before Downloading Contacts • Only contacts within connected phones can be downloaded. Also check to see that your mobile phone supports the download fea- ture. • To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contact Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume downloads, refer to your mobile As the contacts are downloaded Use the [-], [+] to adjust the outgoing phone user’s manual. from the mobile phone, a download volume level. • The contacts for only the connect- progress bar is displayed. While on a call, the volume can be ed phone can be downloaded. • Upon downloading phone con- changed by using the [SEEK/TRACK] tacts, the previous corresponding button. data is deleted. • This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones. • Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down- loaded.

4 258 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 259

Features of your vehicle

With the System Button Press the [SETUP] button  Select [System]. You can select and control options related to [Memory Information], [Prompt Feedback] and [Language].

Memory Information This feature displays information related to system memory. • Using: Displays capacity currently in use. • Capacity: Displays total capacity.

Turning Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is turned off, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio sys- tem. To turn Bluetooth® Wireless Technology back on, go to [SETUP] button  [Phone] and press “Yes”.

4 259 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 260

Features of your vehicle

Prompt Feedback Language This feature is used to select the This feature is used to change the desired prompt feedback option from system and voice recognition lan- ON and OFF. guage. • ON: When using voice recognition, If the language is changed, the sys- provides detailed guidance prompts. tem will restart and apply the select- • OFF: When using voice recognition, ed language. omits some guidance prompts.

4 260 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 261

Features of your vehicle

iPod® is a registered trademark of Sirius, XM and all related marks Apple Inc. iPod® mobile digital and logos are trademarks of Sirius device sold separately. The XM Radio Inc. Android™ is a Bluetooth® word mark and logos trademark of Google, Inc. are registered trademarks owned BlackBerry is a registered trade- by Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any mark of Research In Motion use of such marks by Kia is under Limited (RIM). All other marks, license. SiriusXM services require channel names and logos are the a subscription sold separately, or property of their respective own- as a package, by Sirius XM Radio ers. All rights reserved. Inc. If you decide to continue serv- ice after your trial, the subscrip- tion plan you choose will automat- ically renew thereafter and you will be charged according to your chosen payment method at then- current rates. Fees and taxes apply. To cancel you must call SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM Customer Agreement for complete terms at www.sir- iusxm.com. SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data services are available only in the 48 contiguous states, DC and Puerto Rico (with cover- age limitations). SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada; see www.siriusxm.ca. All fees and programming subject to change.

4 261 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 262

Features of your vehicle

Declaration of Conformity

FCC

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi- dential installation.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel- evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to cor- rect the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this equipment.

4 262 YDM USA 4b (AUDIO).QXP 5/1/2016 1:07 PM Page 263

Features of your vehicle

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, includ- ing interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minmum 20cm between the and your body.This transmitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the FCC.

4 263 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 1

Driving your vehicle

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak...... 5-3 Brake system...... 5-32 Before driving ...... 5-4 • Power brakes ...... 5-32 • Before entering vehicle ...... 5-4 • Parking brake ...... 5-33 • Necessary inspections ...... 5-4 • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-35 • Before starting ...... 5-4 • Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-37 key positions ...... 5-6 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-41 • Illuminated ignition switch...... 5-6 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-41 • Ignition switch position...... 5-6 • Good braking practices...... 5-43 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-8 Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)/ • Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ...... 5-8 Forward collision warning (FCW) ...... 5-45 • ENGINE START/STOP button position...... 5-8 • System setting and activation...... 5-45 Starting the engine ...... 5-11 • AEB warning message and system control...... 5-47 • Starting the engine with an ignition key ...... 5-11 • Brake operation...... 5-48 • Starting the engine with a smart key...... 5-12 • Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in 5 Manual Transaxle...... 5-14 front (front radar)...... 5-49 • System malfunction...... 5-50 • Manual transaxle operation ...... 5-14 • Limitation of the system ...... 5-51 • Good driving practices ...... 5-16 • Recognizing pedestrians ...... 5-54 Automatic transaxle...... 5-17 Cruise Control system ...... 5-56 • Automatic transaxle operation...... 5-17 • Cruise control switch ...... 5-56 • Good driving practices ...... 5-22 • To set cruise control speed: ...... 5-57 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)...... 5-23 • To increase cruise control set speed: ...... 5-58 • Dual clutch transmission operation ...... 5-23 • To decrease the cruising speed: ...... 5-58 • Paddle shifter...... 5-29 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . . 5-58 • Good driving practices ...... 5-31 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-59 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 2

• To resume cruising speed at more than Winter driving ...... 5-86 approximately 25 mph (40 km/h):...... 5-59 • Snowy or Icy conditions ...... 5-86 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 5-60 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 5-88 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-61 • Check battery and cables ...... 5-88 • DRIVE mode ...... 5-61 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-88 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ...... 5-64 • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 5-88 • LKAS operation...... 5-65 • To keep locks from freezing ...... 5-89 • LKAS malfunction ...... 5-70 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system . . 5-89 • LKAS function change ...... 5-71 • Don't let your parking brake freeze ...... 5-89 Blind spot detection system (BSD) ...... 5-72 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-89 • BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / • Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-89 LCA (Lane Change Assist)...... 5-73 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-90 5 • RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)...... 5-76 • Tire and loading information label ...... 5-90 • Limitations condition ...... 5-77 • Certification label ...... 5-93 Economical operation ...... 5-80 Vehicle weight ...... 5-95 Special driving conditions ...... 5-82 • Base curb weight ...... 5-95 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-82 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 5-95 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-82 • Cargo weight ...... 5-95 • Smooth cornering ...... 5-83 • GAW (Gross axle weight) ...... 5-95 • Driving at night ...... 5-83 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...... 5-95 • Driving in the rain...... 5-84 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ...... 5-95 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-84 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ...... 5-95 • Driving off-road...... 5-85 • Highway driving ...... 5-85 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 3

Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Open WARNING - California trunk/tailgate proposition The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is Do not drive with the trunk/tail- 65 raised to change the oil or for any gate open. Engine exhaust and a wide vari- other purpose. If you Poisonous exhaust gases can ety of automobile components hear a change in the sound of the enter the passenger compart- and parts, including compo- exhaust or if you drive over some- ment. If you must drive with the nents found in the interior fur- thing that strikes the underneath side trunk/tailgate open proceed as nishings in a vehicle, contain or of the vehicle, have the exhaust sys- follows: emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can- tem checked as soon as possible by 1.Close all windows. an authorized Kia dealer. cer and birth defects and repro- 2.Open side vents. ductive harm. In addition, cer- 3.Set the air intake control at tain fluids contained in vehicles "Fresh", the air flow control at and certain products of compo- - Engine WARNING "Floor" or "Face" and the fan nent wear contain or emit chem- exhaust at the highest speed. icals known to the State of Do not inhale exhaust fumes or California to cause cancer and leave your engine running in an birth defects or other reproduc- enclosed area for a prolonged tive harm. time. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause uncon- sciousness and death by asphyxiation.

53 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 4

Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Before starting - Distracted • Be sure that all windows, outside WARNING • Close and lock all doors. driving mirror(s), and outside lights are • Position the seat so that all con- clean. Focus on the road while driving. trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. The driver's primary responsi- • Buckle your seat belt. bility is in the safe and legal • Check under the vehicle for any • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. operation of the vehicle. Use of any hand held devices, other rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles equipment or vehicle systems • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. that distract the driver should • Check all gauges. not be used during vehicle Necessary inspections operation. • Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is Fluid levels, such as engine oil, turned to the ON position. engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Release the parking brake and washer fluid should be checked on a make sure the brake warning light regular basis, with the exact interval goes off. depending on the fluid. Further details are provided in Chapter 7, For safe operation, be sure you are “Maintenance”. familiar with your vehicle and its equipment.

45 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 5

Driving your vehicle

WARNING WARNING - Loose object WARNING - Fire risk - Check surrounding Securely store items in your When you intend to park or stop Always check the surrounding vehicle. When you make a sud- the vehicle with the engine on, areas near your vehicle for peo- den stop or turn the steering be careful not to depress the ple, especially children, before wheel rapidly, loose objects accelerator pedal for a long putting a vehicle into D (Drive) may drop on the floor and it period of time. It may overheat or R (Reverse). could interfere with the opera- the engine or exhaust system tion of the foot pedals, possibly and cause a fire. causing an accident. WARNING - Driving while intoxicated Do not drive while intoxicated. Drinking and driving is danger- ous. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Driving while under the influ- ence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driv- ing drunk.

55 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 6

Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position The anti-theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake. (if equipped) LOCK Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P (Park) for the auto- matic transaxle, set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off.

OYDDDR3001 OYDDDR3002 Whenever a front door is opened, the The steering wheel locks to protect ignition switch will illuminate for your against theft. (If equipped) convenience, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The The ignition key can be removed only light will go off immediately when the in the LOCK position. When turning ignition switch is turned on. It will the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- also go off after about 30 seconds tion, push the key inward at the ACC after the door is closed. position and turn the key toward the LOCK position.

65 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 7

Driving your vehicle

ACC (Accessory) START The steering wheel is unlocked (If Turn the ignition switch to the START WARNING - Ignition equipped) and electrical accessories position to start the engine. The switch are operative. engine will crank until you release Never turn the ignition switch to If difficulty is experienced turning the the key; then it returns to the ON LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ignition switch to the ACC position, position. The brake warning light can is moving. This would result in turn the key while turning the steer- be checked in this position. loss of directional control and ing wheel right and left to release the braking function, which could tension. cause an accident.

ON The warning lights can be checked WARNING - Steering before the engine is started. This is wheel the normal running position after the engine is started. Never reach for any controls through the steering wheel Do not leave the ignition switch ON if while the vehicle is in motion. the engine is not running to prevent The presence of your hand or battery discharge. arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control.

57 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 8

Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine White without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift To turn off the engine (START/STOP lever in the N (Neutral) position position) or vehicle power (ON posi- (if smart key equipped). tion), press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift OYDDDR3005 lever in the P (Park) position. When Whenever the front door is opened, you press the ENGINE the ENGINE START/STOP button START/STOP button without the shift will illuminate for your convenience. lever in the P (Park) position, the The light will go off after about 30 ENGINE START/STOP button will seconds after the door is closed. not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position.

85 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 9

Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Yellow Green Not illuminated

Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/STOP button with the shift The steering wheel unlocks and The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N electrical accessories are opera- before the engine is started. Do not (Nuetral) position. For your safety, tional. leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. If the ENGINE START/STOP button button in the ON position for a long is in the ACC position for more than time. The battery may discharge, If you press the ENGINE 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- because the engine is not running. START/STOP button without matically to prevent battery dis- depressing the brake pedal, the charge. engine will not start and the button will change as follows: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF

59 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 10

Driving your vehicle

If you leave the ENGINE START/ STOP button in the ACC or ON posi- tion for a long time, the battery will discharge.

WARNING - Starting vehicle Never press the ENGINE START/STOP button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This would result in loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.

5 10 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 11

Driving your vehicle

STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an If the engine stalls while the vehicle WARNING - Proper ignition key (if equipped) is in motion, do not attempt to move footwear the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- 1.Make sure the parking brake is tion. If traffic and road conditions per- Always wear appropriate shoes applied. when operating your vehicle. mit, you may put the shift lever in the 2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski N (Neutral) position while the vehicle clutch pedal fully and shift the boots, sandals, etc.) may inter- is still moving and turn the ignition transaxle into Neutral. Keep the fere with your ability to use the switch to the START position in an clutch pedal and brake pedal brake and accelerator pedals. attempt to restart the engine. depressed while turning the igni- tion switch to the start position. CAUTION - Starter Automatic Transaxle - Place the transaxle shift lever in P (Park). Do not engage the starter for Depress the brake pedal fully. more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, You can also start the engine when wait 5 to 10 seconds before re- the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) engaging the starter. Improper position. use of the starter may damage 3.Turn the ignition switch to START it. and hold it there until the engine starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. It should be started without depressing the accelerator. 4.Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta- tionary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)

511 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 12

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine with a Whether the engine is cold or warm, smart key (if equipped) it should be started without depress- WARNING - Unintended ing the accelerator. vehicle movement 1.Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle. • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- Never leave the smart key in the cle, but is far away from you, the vehicle with children or vehicle 2.Make sure the parking brake is engine may not start. occupants who are unfamiliar firmly applied • When the ENGINE START/STOP with the vehicle operation. 3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P button is in the ACC position or Pushing the ENGINE START/ (Park). above, if any door is opened, the STOP button while the smart 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP system checks for the smart key. If key is in the vehicle may result button while depressing the brake the smart key is not in the vehi- in unintended engine activation pedal. KEY and/or unintended vehicle cle,the “ OUT ” or “ ” indicator will 5.In extremely cold weather (below blink or the warning "Key not in movement. 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has vehicle" will illuminate on the LCD not been operated for several days, display. And if all doors are closed, let the engine warm up without the chime will sound for 5 seconds. depressing the accelerator. The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving. Always have the smart key with you. The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle.

5 12 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 13

Driving your vehicle

Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 sec- onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.

OYDDDR3006 • If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the engine start/stop button with the smart key. • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you can not start the engine nor- mally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If it is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The engine can start with- out depressing the brake pedal. But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine.

513 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 14

Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Manual transaxle operation CAUTION - Downshifting The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears. Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear This shift pattern is imprinted on the when the engine is running at shift knob. The transaxle is fully syn- high speed (5,000 RPM or high- chronized in all forward gears so er). Such a downshifting may shifting to either a higher or a lower damage the engine, clutch and gear is easily accomplished. the transaxle. Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting, then release it slowly. If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch, the engine will The shift lever can be moved without- not start when starting the engine pressing the button. without depressing the clutch pedal.

The button (1) should be pressed when The shift lever must be returned to moving the shift lever into reverse. the neutral position before shifting into R (Reverse). The button (1) OYDDDR2101 located below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

5 14 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 15

Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may Using the clutch be difficult until the transaxle lubri- WARNING - Automatic The clutch should be depressed all cant is warmed up. This is normal transaxle the way to the floor before shifting, and not harmful to the transaxle. Before leaving the driver's seat, then released slowly. The clutch • If you've come to a complete stop always make sure the shift lever pedal should always be fully and it's hard to shift into 1st or R is in the P (Park) position; then released while driving. Do not rest (Reverse), leave the shift lever at set the parking brake fully and your foot on the clutch pedal while neutral position and release the shut the engine off. Do not use driving. This can cause unnecessary clutch. Depress the clutch pedal the P position in place of the wear. Do not partially engage the and then shift into 1st or R parking brake. clutch to hold the vehicle on an (Reverse) gear position. Always make sure the shift incline. This causes unnecessary lever is latched in the P position wear. Use the foot brake or parking and set the parking brake fully. brake to hold the vehicle on an CAUTION - Premature incline. Do not operate the clutch wear Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these pedal rapidly and repeatedly. Do not use the shift lever as a precautions are not followed. handrest during driving, as this can result in premature wear of Downshifting the transaxle shift forks. When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills, downshift before the engine starts to labor. Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again. When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.

515 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 16

Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when • Never take the vehicle out of gear driving on a slippery surface. Be and coast down a hill. This is especially careful when braking, extremely hazardous. Always leave accelerating or shifting gears. On a the vehicle in gear. slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can drive wheels to lose traction and cause them to overheat and mal- the vehicle to go out of control. function. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, shift to a • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an lower gear. When you do this, unbelted occupant is significantly engine braking will help slow down more likely to be seriously injured the vehicle. or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid • Never exceed posted speed limits. over-revving the engine, which can cause damage. WARNING - Vehicle • Slow down when you encounter handling cross winds. This gives you much Avoid high speeds when cor- better control of your vehicle. nering or turning. High speed • Be sure the vehicle is completely cornering and turning increas- stopped before you attempt to shift es the risk of vehicle rollover into R (Reverse).The transaxle can due to loss of vehicle control. be damaged if you do not. Rollover accidents are extreme- ly violent and unpredictable.

5 16 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 17

Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for- ward speeds and one reverse speed. Shift lever The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the Button position of the shift lever. ✽ + (UP) NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

- (DOWN)

To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button. Press the button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OYD056058L

517 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 18

Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION - Transaxle The indicator light in the instrument (Neutral) to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your cluster displays the shift lever posi- gear. transaxle, do not accelerate the tion when the ignition switch is in the engine in R (Reverse) or any for- ON position. ward gear position with the WARNING - Automatic brakes on.The transaxle may be Transaxle damaged if you shift into P P (Park) Before leaving the driver's seat, (Park) while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop always make sure the shift lever motion. before shifting into P (Park). This is engaged in P (Park), set the position locks the transaxle and pre- vents the front wheels from rotating. parking brake fully and shut the When stopped on an upgrade, do not engine off. Unexpected and hold the vehicle with engine power. sudden vehicle movement may Use the service brake or the parking Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi- occur if these precautions are brake. cle is in motion will cause the drive not followed. wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

5 18 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 19

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) D (Drive) Use this position to drive the vehicle This is the normal forward driving backward. position. The transaxle will automati- + (UP) manual cally shift through a 6-gear mode sequence, providing the best fuel CAUTION - Shifting economy and power. Always come to a complete stop + (DOWN) before shifting into or out of R For extra power when passing anoth- (Reverse); you may damage the er vehicle or climbing grades, transaxle if you shift into R depress the accelerator fully, at (Reverse) while the vehicle is in which time the transaxle will auto- motion, except when “Rocking matically downshift to the next lower OYD056057 the Vehicle” explained in this gear. Manual mode section. Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion, manual mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D N (Neutral) (Drive) position into the manual gate. The wheels and transaxle are not To return to D (Drive) range opera- engaged. The vehicle will roll freely tion, push the shift lever back into the even on the slightest incline unless main gate. the parking brake or service brakes are applied. In manual mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual transaxle, the manual mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed.

519 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 20

Driving your vehicle

Up (+) : Push the lever forward • To maintain the required levels of Paddle shifter (if equipped) once to shift up one gear. vehicle performance and safety, Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards the system may not execute cer- once to shift down one tain gearshifts when the shift lever gear. is operated. • When driving on a slippery road, push the shift lever forward into the • In manual mode, the driver must +(up) position. This causes the execute upshifts in accordance transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear with road conditions, taking care to which is better for smooth driving keep the engine speed below the on a slippery road. Push the shift red zone. lever to the -(down) side to shift • In manual mode, only the 6 forward back to the 1st gear. gears can be selected. To reverse OYDDDR2111 or park the vehicle, move the shift The paddle shifter is available when lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) the shift lever is in the D position or position as required. the sport mode. • In manual mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehi- cle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • In manual mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto- matically.

5 20 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 21

Driving your vehicle

With the shift lever in the D position Shift lock system (if equipped) The paddle shifter can operate when For your safety, the automatic the vehicle speed is more than 6.2 transaxle has a shift lock system mph. which prevents shifting the transaxle Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once out of P (Park) unless the brake to shift up or down one gear and the pedal is depressed. system changes from automatic To shift the transaxle from P (Park) mode to manual mode. into R (Reverse): If the vehicle speed is lower than 6.2 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. mph, if you depress the accelerator 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition pedal for more than 7 seconds or if switch to the ON position. you shift the shift lever from D to OYD056060L sports mode and shift it from sports 3.Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override mode to D again, the system change If the brake pedal is repeatedly (with smart key system) from manual mode to automatic depressed and released with the If the shift lever cannot be moved mode. shift lever in the P (Park) position, a from the P (Park) position into the R chattering noise near the shift lever (Reverse) position with the brake may be heard. This is a normal con- With the shift lever in the sports mode pedal depressed, continue depress- dition. ing the brake, then do the following: Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear. 1. Carefully remove the cap covering WARNING - Shifting from the shift-lock access hole (1). park 2. Insert screwdriver into the access If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle Always fully depress the brake hold and press down on the shifters at the same time, you can't screwdriver. shift the gear. pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into 3. Move the shift lever. another position to avoid inad- 4. Have your vehicle inspected by an vertent motion of the vehicle. authorized Kia dealer immediately.

521 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:15 PM Page 22

Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system Moving up a steep grade from a (if equipped) standing start The ignition key cannot be removed To move up a steep grade from a unless the shift lever is in the P standing start, depress the brake (Park) position. pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep- Good driving practices ness of the grade, and release the • Never move the shift lever from P parking brake. Depress the accelera- (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other tor gradually while releasing the position with the accelerator pedal service brakes. depressed. • Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged. • Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving. • Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.

5 22 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 23

Driving your vehicle

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (DCT) (IF EQUIPPED) Dual clutch transmission oper- ation The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) posi- tion.

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OYD056058L

523 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 24

Driving your vehicle

• The Dual Clutch Transmission • When rapidly accelerating at low WARNING gives the driving feel of a manual vehicle speed, engine could rev at To reduce the risk of serious transmission, yet provides the higher rpm than with a comparable injury or death: ease of a fully automatic transmis- Automatic Transmission. sion. Unlike a traditional automatic • ALWAYS check the surround- • For smooth launch uphill, press transmission, the gear shifting can ing areas near your vehicle for down the accelerator pedal be felt (and heard) on the dual people, especially children, smoothly depending on the current clutch transmission before shifting a vehicle into conditions. D (Drive) or R (Reverse). - Think of it as an automatically • If you release your foot from the shifting manual transmission. • Before leaving the driver’s accelerator pedal at a low vehicle seat, always make sure the - Shift into Drive range and get fully speed, you may feel strong engine shift lever is in the P (Park) automatic shifting, similar to a con- brake, which is similar to a manual position, then set the parking ventional automatic transmission. transmission. brake, and place the ignition • Dual clutch transmission adopts • When driving downhill, you may switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- dry-type dual clutch, which is dif- use Sports Mode and press the tion. Unexpected and sudden ferent from the torque converter of paddle shifters to downshift to a vehicle movement can occur an automatic transmission, and lower gear in order to control your if these precautions are not shows better acceleration perform- speed without using the brake followed. ance during driving. But, initial pedal excessively. • Do not use engine braking launch from a stop might be little • When you turn the engine on and (shifting from a high gear to bit slower than with an Automatic off, you may hear clicking sounds lower gear) rapidly on slip- Transmission. as the system goes through a self pery roads. The vehicle may • The dry-type clutch transfers torque test. This is a normal sound for the slip causing an accident. and provides a direct driving feeling Dual Clutch Transmission. which may feel different from a con- ventional automatic transmission with a torque converter.This may be more noticeable when starting from a stop or low vehicle speed.

5 24 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 25

Driving your vehicle

• To hold the vehicle on a hill use the • Ignoring the warnings can lead to • Gear shifts may be more notice- foot brake or the parking brake. If damage to the transmission. able than a conventional automatic the vehicle is held by applying the • If the display continues to blink, for transmission. This is a normal accelerator pedal on a hill the your safety, we recommend that characteristic of this type of dual clutch and transmission will be you contact an authorized Kia clutch transmission. overheated resulting in damage. dealer. • An overheated Dual clutch trans- At this time, a warning message • Under certain conditions such as mission may change the gear shift- (“Steep grade! Press brake pedal”) repeated launch on steep grades, ing characteristics, and will illumi- will appear on the LCD display and the clutch in the transmission could nate a warning message on the you may feel a vibration. overheat. LCD display if the kickdown mech- anism is excessively used. • If the clutch becomes overheated When the clutch is overheated, the by excessive use of the clutch to safe protection mode engages. If • Do not use the kickdown mecha- hold on a hill, you may notice a the safe protection mode engages, nism to return to normal driving. shuddering feeling and a blinking the gear position indicator on the Also, temporarily stop the vehicle display on the instrument cluster. cluster blinks with a chime sound. at a safe location, when the warn- When this occurs, the clutch is dis- ing message illuminates on the abled until the clutch cools to nor- At this time, a warning message LCD display. mal temperatures. If this occurs, (“Trans Hot! Park with engine on”), (“Trans Cooling. Remain parked for • During the first 1,000miles pull over to a safe location, shift (1,500km), you may feel that the into P (Park) and apply the foot 00 min.”), (“Trans cooled. Resume driving”) will appear on the LCD vehicle may not be smooth when brake with the engine for a certain accelerating at low speed. During time until the warning on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth. this break-in period, the shift quali- screen disappears. ty and performance of your new • If the LCD warning is active, the If you ignore this warning, the driv- vehicle is continuously optimized. foot brake must be applied. ing condition may become worse. To return the normal driving condi- tion, stop the vehicle and apply the foot brake for a few minutes before driving off.

525 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 26

Driving your vehicle

• Always come to a complete stop The indicator in the instrument clus- before shifting into D (Drive) or R ter displays the shift lever position WARNING (Reverse). when the ignition switch is in the ON • Shifting into P (Park) while the • Do not put the shift lever in N position. vehicle is in motion may (Neutral) while driving. cause you to lose control of P (Park) the vehicle. CAUTION Always come to a complete stop • After the vehicle has stopped, - Holding the Vehicle Using before shifting into P (Park). always make sure the shift Accelerator Pedal lever is in P (Park), apply the To shift from P (Park), you must parking brake, and turn the Do not attempt to hold your depress firmly on the brake pedal engine off. vehicle on a hill by applying the and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal. This can accelerator pedal. • Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. cause your clutch and transmis- The shift lever must be in P (Park) sion to be damaged as a result before turning the engine off. of overheating.

5 26 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 27

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) N (Neutral) Use this position to drive the vehicle The wheels and transmission are not WARNING backward. engaged. Do not drive with the shift lever Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart in N (Neutral). CAUTION a stalled engine, or if it is necessary The engine brake will not work Always come to a complete stop to stop with the engine ON. Shift into and may lead to an accident. before shifting into or out of R P (Park) if you need to leave your (Reverse); you may damage the vehicle for any reason. transmission if you shift into R Always depress the brake pedal (Reverse) while the vehicle is in when you are shifting from N motion. (Neutral) to another gear.

WARNING Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.

527 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 28

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive) ✽ NOTICE This is the normal driving position. + (UP) • Only the seven forward gears can The transmission will automatically be selected. To reverse or park the shift through a seven-gear vehicle, move the shift lever to the sequence, providing the best fuel R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as economy and power. manual required. mode For extra power when passing anoth- - (DOWN) • Downshifts are made automatical- er vehicle or driving uphill depress ly when the vehicle slows down. the accelerator pedal further until When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is you feel the transmission downshift automatically selected. to a lower gear. • When the engine rpm approaches OYD056057 the red zone the transmission will Manual mode upshift automatically. Whether the vehicle is stationary or • If the driver presses the lever to + in motion, manual mode is selected (Up) or - (Down) position, the trans- by pushing the shift lever from the D mission may not make the request- (Drive) position into the manual gate. ed gear change if the next gear is To return to D (Drive) range opera- outside of the allowable engine rpm tion, push the shift lever back into the range. The driver must execute main gate. upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the In manual mode, moving the shift lever engine rpms below the red zone. backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. + (Up) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. - (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.

5 28 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 29

Driving your vehicle

Paddle shifter (if equipped) With the shift lever in the D posi- With the shift lever in the manual tion mode The paddle shifter will operate when Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once the vehicle speed is more than to shift up or down one gear. 10km/h. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once ✽ NOTICE to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle mode to manual mode. shifters at the same time, you cannot shift the gear. When the vehicle speed is lower than 10km/h, if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 OYDDDR2111 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D (Drive) to manual mode and The paddle shifter is available when shift it from manual mode to D the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi- (Drive) again, the system changes tion or the manual mode. from manual mode to automatic mode.

529 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 30

Driving your vehicle

Shift lock system 1. Place the ignition switch in the For your safety, the Dual clutch trans- LOCK/OFF position. mission has a shift lock system which 2. Apply the parking brake. prevents shifting the transaxle from P 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov- (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the ering the shift-lock release access brake pedal is depressed. hole. To shift the transaxle from P (Park) 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw- into R (Reverse): driver) into the access hole and 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. press down on the tool. 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition 5. Move the shift lever. switch to the ON position. OYD056060L 6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock 3. Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override override access hole then install the cap. If the brake pedal is repeatedly If the shift lever cannot be moved depressed and released with the shift from the P (Park) position into R 7. We recommend that the system lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- (Reverse) position with the brake be inspected by an authorized Kia tering noise & vibration near the shift pedal depressed, continue depress- dealer. lever may be heard. This is a normal ing the brake, then do the following: condition. Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) WARNING The ignition key cannot be removed Always fully depress the brake unless the shift lever is in the P pedal before and while shifting (Park) position. out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inad- vertent movement of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the car.

5 30 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 31

Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do Moving up a steep grade from a • Never move the shift lever from P not depend on placing the standing start (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other transaxle in P (Park) to keep the To move up a steep grade from a position with the accelerator pedal car from moving. standing start, depress the brake depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when pedal, shift the shift lever to D • Never move the shift lever into P driving on a slippery surface. Be (Drive). Select the appropriate gear (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. especially careful when braking, depending on load weight and steep- accelerating or shifting gears. On a ness of the grade, and release the • Be sure the car is completely slippery surface, an abrupt change parking brake. Depress the accelera- stopped before you attempt to shift in vehicle speed can cause the tor gradually while releasing the into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). drive wheels to lose traction and service brakes. • Never take the car out of gear and the vehicle to go out of control. coast down a hill. This may be • Optimum vehicle performance and extremely hazardous. Always leave economy is obtained by smoothly the car in gear when moving. depressing and releasing the • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can accelerator pedal. cause them to overheat and mal- function. Instead, when you are ✽ driving down a long hill, slow down NOTICE - Kickdown and shift to a lower gear. When you Mechanism do this, engine braking will help Use the kickdown mechanism for slow the car. maximum acceleration. Depress the • Slow down before shifting to a accelerator pedal beyond the pres- lower gear. Otherwise, the lower sure point. The dual clutch trans- gear may not be engaged. mission will shift to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

531 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 32

Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes To dry the brakes, apply them lightly CAUTION - Brake pedal Your vehicle has power-assisted while maintaining a safe forward brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- speed until brake performance through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will returns to normal. create abnormally high brake In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause In the event of brake failure brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad stalled engine or some other reason, wear. If service brakes fail to operate while you can still stop your vehicle by the vehicle is in motion, you can applying greater force to the brake make an emergency stop with the pedal than you normally would. The parking brake. The stopping dis- stopping distance, however, will be WARNING - Steep hill tance, however, will be much greater longer. braking than normal. When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a WARNING - Parking brake is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake Avoid applying the parking pedal when the power assist has application will cause the brake to stop the vehicle while it been interrupted. brakes to overheat and could is moving except in an emer- Pump the brake pedal only when result in a temporary loss of gency situation. Applying the necessary to maintain steering con- braking performance. parking brake while the vehicle trol on slippery surfaces. is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s of the vehicle. If you must use ability to safely slow down; the vehi- the parking brake to stop the cle may also pull to one side when vehicle, use great caution in the brakes are applied. Applying the applying the brake. brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way.

5 32 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 33

Driving your vehicle

Disc brakes wear indicator Parking brake WARNING - Brake wear When your brake pads are worn and Applying the parking brake new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched wear a high-pitched warning sound from sounds from your brakes. If you your front brakes or rear brakes (if ignore this audible warning, you equipped). You may hear this sound will eventually lose braking per- come and go or it may occur when- formance, which could lead to a ever you depress the brake pedal. serious accident. Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. OYD056037L

CAUTION - Replace brake To engage the parking brake, first pads apply the foot brake and then without Do not continue to drive with pressing the release button in, pull worn brake pads. Continuing to the parking brake lever up as far as drive with worn brake pads can possible. In addition it is recommend- damage the braking system and ed that when parking the vehicle on result in costly brake repairs. a gradient, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or Always replace the front or rear in the P (Park) position for automatic brake pads as pairs. transaxle vehicles.

533 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 34

Driving your vehicle

Releasing the parking brake CAUTION - Parking brake WARNING - Parking brake Driving with the parking brake use applied will cause excessive • Never allow a passenger to brake pad (or lining) and brake touch the parking brake. If the rotor wear. parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement OYD056038L of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedestrians. To release the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly. Secondly, press the release button (1) and lower the parking brake lever (2) while holding the button.

5 34 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 35

Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, stop driving the Anti-lock brake system (ABS) vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- sible, use extreme caution while dents due to improper or dangerous operating the vehicle and only con- driving maneuvers. Even though tinue to drive the vehicle until you vehicle control is improved during can reach a safe location or repair emergency braking, always maintain shop. a safe distance between you and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions.

W-75 The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following cir- Check the brake warning light by cumstances: turning the ignition switch ON (do not • When driving on rough, gravel or start the engine). This light will illumi- snow-covered roads nate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the • When driving with tire chains START or ON position. installed Before driving, be sure the parking • When driving on roads where the brake is fully released and the brake road surface is pitted or has differ- warning light is off. ent surface heights. If the brake warning light remains on Driving in these conditions increases after the parking brake is released the stopping distance for your vehi- while the engine is running, there cle. may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is nec- essary.

535 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 36

Driving your vehicle

The ABS continuously senses the ✽ NOTICE speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi- repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly. wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- responding sensation in the brake tem, your vehicle still requires suf- pedal. This is normal and it means ficient stopping distance. Always your ABS is active. maintain a safe distance from the W-78 In order to obtain the maximum ben- vehicle in front of you. The ABS warning light will stay on for efit from your ABS in an emergency • Always slow down when cornering. approximately 3 seconds after the situation, do not attempt to modulate The anti-lock brake system cannot ignition switch is ON. During that your brake pressure and do not try to prevent accidents resulting from time, the ABS will go through self- pump your brakes. Press your brake excessive speeds. diagnosis and the light will go off if pedal as hard as possible or as hard • On loose or uneven road surfaces, everything is normal. If the light stays as the situation allows the ABS to operation of the anti-lock brake on, you may have a problem with control the force being delivered to system may result in a longer stop- your ABS but your regular brakes will the brakes. ping distance than for vehicles work normally. Contact an authorized equipped with a conventional Kia dealer as soon as possible. brake system.

5 36 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 37

Driving your vehicle

• When you drive on a road with Electronic stability control Electronic stability control (ESC) will poor traction, such as an icy road, (ESC) not prevent accidents. Excessive and operated your brakes continu- speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers ously, the ABS will be active con- and hydroplaning on wet surfaces tinuously and the ABS warning can still result in serious accidents. light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- Only a safe and attentive driver can cle over to a safe place and stop prevent accidents by avoiding the engine. maneuvers that cause the vehicle to • Restart the engine. If the ABS lose traction. Even with ESC warning light is off, then your ABS installed, always follow all the normal is normal. Otherwise, you may precautions for driving - including have a problem with the ABS. driving at safe speeds for the condi- Contact an authorized Kia dealer tions. as soon as possible. The Electronic Stability Control OYDDDR2107 (ESC) system is an electronic sys- tem designed to help the driver main- ✽ NOTICE The Electronic Stability control (ESC) system is designed to stabi- tain vehicle control under adverse When you jump start your vehicle lize the vehicle during cornering conditions. It is not a substitute for because of a drained battery, the maneuvers. ESC checks where you safe driving practices. Factors includ- engine may not run as smoothly and are steering and where the vehicle is ing speed, road conditions and driv- the ABS warning light may turn on actually going. ESC applies the er steering input can all affect at the same time. This happens brakes on individual wheels and whether ESC will be effective in pre- because of the low battery voltage. It intervenes with the engine manage- venting a loss of control. It is still your does not mean your ABS has mal- ment system to stabilize the vehicle. responsibility to drive and corner at functioned. reasonable speeds and to leave a • Do not pump your brakes! sufficient margin of safety. • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

537 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 38

Driving your vehicle

When you apply your brakes under ESC operation When operating conditions which may lock the ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ • When the ignition is turned tion, ESC indicator light sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- blinks. responding sensation in the brake - ON, ESC and ESC OFF • When the Electronic pedal. This is normal and it means indicator lights illuminate Stability Control is operat- your ESC is active. for approximately 3 sec- onds, then ESC is turned ing properly, you can feel a on. slight pulsation in the vehi- ✽ NOTICE • Press the ESC OFF but- cle. This is only the effect For maximum protection, always ton for at least half a sec- of brake control and indi- wear your seat belt. No system, no ond after turning the igni- cates nothing unusual. matter how advanced, can compen- tion ON to turn ESC off. • When moving out of the sate for all driver error and/or driv- (ESC OFF indicator will mud or slippery road, ing conditions. Always drive respon- illuminate). To turn the pressing the accelerator sibly. ESC on, press the ESC pedal may not cause the OFF button (ESC OFF engine rpm (revolutions indicator light will go off). per minute) to increase. • When starting the engine, you may hear a slight tick- ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a prob- lem.

5 38 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 39

Driving your vehicle

ESC operation off • ESC off state 2 Indicator light ESC OFF state To cancel ESC operation, ■ ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC press the ESC OFF button off states. (ESC OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator If the engine stops when light (ESC OFF ) illuminates ESC is off, ESC remains off. and ESC OFF warning chime Upon restarting the engine, will sound. At this state, the ■ ESC OFF indicator light the ESC will automatically engine control function and turn on again. brake control function do not operate. It means the car sta- • ESC off state 1 bility control function does not To cancel ESC operation, operate any more. press the ESC OFF button When the ignition switch is turned (ESC OFF ) shortly (ESC ON, the indicator light illuminates, OFF indicator light (ESC then goes off if ESC system is oper- OFF ) illuminates). At this ating normally. state, the engine control The ESC indicator light blinks when- function does not operate. It ever ESC is operating. means the traction control function does not operate. The ESC indicator light blinks when- Brake control function only ever ESC is operating or illuminates operates. when ESC fails to operate. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

539 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 40

Driving your vehicle

Driving with varying tire or wheel ESC OFF usage sizes may cause the ESC system to When driving WARNING - Operating malfunction. When replacing tires, ESC • It’s a good idea to keep the ESC make sure they are the same size as Never press the ESC OFF but- your original tires. turned on for daily driving whenev- er possible. ton while ESC is operating. • To turn ESC off while driving, press If the ESC is turned off while WARNING - Electronic sta- the ESC OFF button while driving ESC is operating, the vehicle bility control on a flat road surface. may go out of control. Drive carefully even though Never press the ESC OFF button your vehicle has Electronic while ESC is operating (ESC indica- Stability Control. It can only tor light blinks). assist you in maintaining con- If ESC is turned off while ESC is trol under certain circum- operating, the vehicle may slip out of stances. control.

5 40 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 41

Driving your vehicle

Hill-start assist control (HAC) Vehicle stability management - Maintaining Hill start Assist Control is a comfort WARNING (VSM) Brake Pressure on Incline function. The main intent is to pre- This system provides further vent the vehicle from rolling back- HAC does not replace the need enhancements to vehicle stability wards while driving uphill on an to apply brakes while stopped on and steering responses when a vehi- inclined surface. HAC holds the brak- an incline. While stopped, make cle is driving on a slippery road or a ing pressure builtup by driver during sure you maintain brake pres- vehicle detected changes in coeffi- stopping procedure for 2 seconds sure sufficient to prevent your cient of friction between right wheels after releasing brake pedal. vehicle from rolling backward and left wheels when braking. During the pressure-hold period, the and causing an accident. Don’t driver has enough time to press the release the brake pedal until you accelerator pedal to drive off. are ready to accelerate forward. VSM operation The braking pressure is reduced as When the VSM is in operation, ESC indicator light ( ) blinks. soon as the system detects the dri- • The HAC does not operate when When the vehicle stability manage- ver’s intention to drive off. the transaxle shift lever is in the P ment is operating properly, you can (Park) or N (Neutral) position. feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle • The HAC activates even though and/or abnormal steering responses the ESP is off but it does not acti- (EPS). This is only the effect of brake vate when the ESP has malfunc- and EPS control and indicates noth- tioned. ing unusual.

541 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 42

Driving your vehicle

The VSM does not operate when: VSM operation off • The VSM is designed to function • Driving on bank roads such as gra- If you press the ESC OFF button to above approximately 18 mph (30 dient or incline turn off the ESC, the VSM will also km/h) when a vehicle is braking on a split-mu road. The split-mu road • Driving rearward cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light ( ) illuminates. is made of surfaces which have dif- • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) ferent friction forces. remains on the instrument To turn on the VSM, press the button • The Vehicle Stability Management cluster again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes out. system is not a substitute for safe • EPS indicator light remains on the driving practices but a supplemen- instrument cluster tary function only. It is the respon- Malfunction indicator sibility of the driver to always check The VSM can be deactivated even if the speed and the distance to the you don’t cancel the VSM operation vehicle ahead. Always hold the by pressing the ESC OFF button. It steering wheel firmly while driving. indicates that a malfunction has • Your vehicle is designed to activate been detected somewhere in the according to the driver’s intention, Electric Power Steering system or even with installed VSM. Always VSM system. If the ESC indicator follow all the normal precautions light ( ) or EPS warning light for driving at safe speeds for the remains on, take your vehi- conditions – including driving in cle to an authorized Kia dealer and inclement weather and on a slip- have the system checked. pery road. • The VSM is designed to function above approximately 9 mph (15 km/h) on curves.

5 42 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 43

Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. - Tire/Wheel WARNING • Check to be sure the parking brake Resting your foot on the brake size is not engaged and that the park- pedal while driving can be danger- When replacing tires and ing brake indicator light is out ous because the brakes might wheels, make sure they are the before driving away. overheat and lose their effective- same size as the original tires ness. It also increases the wear of • Driving through water may get the the brake components. and wheels installed. Driving brakes wet. They can also get wet with varying tire or wheel sizes when the vehicle is washed. Wet • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- may affect the vehicle's han- brakes can be dangerous! Your ing, apply the brakes gently and dling. vehicle will not stop as quickly if the keep the vehicle pointed straight brakes are wet. Wet brakes may ahead while you slow down. When cause the vehicle to pull to one you are moving slowly enough for it side. to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action • If your vehicle is equipped with an returns to normal, taking care to automatic transaxle, don't let your keep the vehicle under control at vehicle creep forward. To avoid all times. If the braking action does creeping forward, keep your foot not return to normal, stop as soon firmly on the brake pedal when the as it is safe to do so and call an vehicle is stopped. authorized Kia dealer for assis- tance. • Don't coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed.

543 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 44

Driving your vehicle

• Be cautious when parking on a hill. • Do not hold the vehicle on the Firmly engage the parking brake upgrade with the accelerator and place the shift lever in P (auto- pedal.This can cause the transaxle matic transaxle) or in first or to overheat. Always use the brake reverse gear (manual transaxle). If pedal or parking brake. your vehicle is facing downhill, turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling. If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling, block the wheels. • Under some conditions your park- ing brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most like- ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

5 44 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 45

Driving your vehicle

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB)/ FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW) (IF EQUIPPED) The AEB system is to reduce or to ✽ NOTICE System setting and activation avoid accident risk. It recognizes the Take the following precautions when System setting distance from the vehicle ahead or using the Autonomous Emergency the pedestrian through the sensors The driver can activate the AEB by Braking (AEB): placing the ignition switch to the ON (i.e. radar and camera), and, if nec- • This system is only a supplemental essary, warns the driver of accident position and by selecting 'User system and it is not intended to, Settings', 'Driving Assist', and risk with the warning message or the nor does it replace the need for warning alarms. 'Autonomous Braking System'. The extreme care and attention of the AEB deactivates, when the driver driver. The sensing range and cancels the system setting. WARNING objects detectable by the sensors - Autonomous Emergency are limited. Pay attention to the Braking (AEB) Limitations road conditions at all times. The AEB system is a supple- • NEVER drive too fast in accor- mental system and is not a sub- dance with the road conditions or stitute for safe driving prac- while cornering. tices. It is the responsibility of • Always drive cautiously to prevent the driver to always check the unexpected and sudden situations speed and distance to the vehi- from occurring. AEB does not stop cle ahead to ensure it is safety the vehicle completely and does to use the AEB system. not avoid collisions.

545 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 46

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is Prerequisite for activation nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial The AEB will activate activated when when you cancel the AEB Forward Collision Warning the AEB is selected on the LCD dis- system. The driver can is activated earlier than play, and when the following prereq- monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi- uisites are satisfied: the LCD display. When the warning mizes the amount of dis- light remains ON with the AEB acti- tance between the vehicle - The ESC (Electronic Stability vated, we recommend you to have or pedestrian ahead before Control) is activated. the system checked by an authorized the initial warning occurs. - The driving speed is over 6 mph. Kia dealer. • NORMAL - When this condition is (The AEB only works within a cer- selected, the initial tain range of vehicle speeds) The driver can select the initial warn- Forward Collision - When the AEB recognizes a vehi- ing activation time in the User Warning is activated nor- cle or the pedestrian in front. (The Settings in the instrument cluster mally. This setting allows AEB may not recognize every LCD display. The options for the ini- for a nominal amount of obstacle or provide warnings and tial Forward Collision Warning distance between the braking in every situation, so do include the following: vehicle or pedestrian not rely on the AEB to stop the ahead before the initial vehicle in instances where the driv- warning occurs. er sees an obstacle and has the • LATE - When this condition is ability to apply the brakes) selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activat- ed later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs.

5 46 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 47

Driving your vehicle

AEB warning message and Forward Warning (1st warning) WARNING system control Set or cancel AEB with control- The AEB produces warning mes- ling switches on steering wheel sages, warning alarms, and emer- after stopping the vehicle in the gency braking based on the level of safe place for your safety. risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, when there is no following dis- • The AEB automatically activates tance from the vehicle in front, or when you turn the vehicle on. when it detects a collision with a The driver can deactivate the AEB pedestrian is imminent. by canceling the in the system set- ting on the LCD display. OYDM056090 • The AEB automatically deactivates The warning message appears on when canceling the ESC. When the the LCD display with the warning ESC is canceled, the AEB cannot alarms. be activated on the LCD display.

547 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 48

Driving your vehicle

Collision Warning (2nd warning) Emergency braking (3rd warning) Brake operation • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the dri- ver’s depressing the brake pedal. • The AEB provides additional brak- ing power for optimum braking per- formance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatical- ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the brake pedal, OYDM056091 OYDM056092 or when the driver abruptly turns • The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on the steering wheel. the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning • The braking control is automatical- alarms. alarms. ly canceled, when risk factors dis- • The AEB applies the brakes within • The AEB controls the brakes with- appear. certain limit to reduce the impact in certain limit to release shock from a collision. from the collision. The driver should always exercise The AEB controls the maximum caution when operating the vehicle, brakes just before the collision. even though there is no warning message or warning alarm.

5 48 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 49

Driving your vehicle

Sensor to detect the distance Warning message and warning WARNING from the vehicle in front light (front radar) The AEB cannot avoid all colli- When the sensor is covered or the sions. The AEB might not com- sensor lens is dirty with foreign sub- pletely stop the vehicle before stances, such as snow or rain, the collision, due to ambient weath- AEB operation may temporarily stop. er and road conditions. The In this case, a warning message driver has the responsibility to (“Auto Emergency Braking disabled drive safely and control the temporarily”) will appear to notify the vehicle. driver.

✽ NOTICE This is not a malfunction with the The AEB operates in accordance AEB. To operate the AEB again, with the risk levels, such as the dis- remove the foreign substances. tance from the vehicle/passer-by in OYDM046400 front, the speed of the vehicle/pass- The sensor is to maintain a certain er-by in front, and the driver's vehi- distance from the vehicle in front. cle operation. However, the smudged sensor lens with foreign substances, such as snow and rain, adversely affects the sensing performance. It may even temporarily cancel the AEB. Always keep the sensor lens clean.

549 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 50

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE System malfunction • Do not install any accessories, such • When the AEB is not working prop- WARNING as a license plate bracket or erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will The AEB is only a supplemental bumper sticker near the sensor illuminate and the warning mes- system for the driver’s conven- area. Do not replace the bumper sage (“Check AEB system”) will ience. by yourself. Doing so may adverse- appear for a few seconds. After the The driver still maintains ly affect the sensing performance. message disappears, the master responsibility to control the • Always keep the sensor/bumper warning light ( ) will illuminate. In vehicle. Do not solely depend area clean. this case, we recommend you to on the AEB system. Rather, • Use only a soft cloth to wash the have the vehicle inspected by an maintain a safe braking dis- vehicle. Also, do not spray highly authorized Kia dealer. tance, and, if necessary, pressurized water on the sensor • The AEB warning message may depress the brake pedal to installed on the bumper. appear along with the illumination lower the driving speed. • Be careful not to apply unneces- of the ESC warning light. sary force on the frontal sensor area. When the sensor moves out of the correct position due to external force, the system may not operate correctly even without the warning light or message. In this case, we recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. • Use only the genuine Kia sensor cover. Do not arbitrarily apply paint on the sensor cover.

5 50 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 51

Driving your vehicle

• The AEB may unnecessarily pro- Limitation of the system Recognizing vehicles duce warning messages and warn- The AEB is an assistant system for a - The radar or the camera is con- ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim- driver in a certain risky driving condi- taminated with foreign substances. itation, the AEB may not produce tion and it does not take every - It heavily rains or snows. warning messages or warning responsibility for all risks from driving alarm at all. - There is electromagnetic interfer- condition. ence. • When there is a malfunction with The AEB monitors the driving situa- the AEB, the braking control does - Something in the path of travel tions through the radar and the cam- deflects the radar waves. not operate upon detecting a colli- era sensor. For any vehicle activity sion risk even with other braking occurring outside the sensor range, - The vehicle in front has a narrow systems normally operating. the AEB may not function. The driver body. (i.e. motorcycles and bicycles) • The AEB operates only for the should exercise caution in the follow- - The driver’s view is degraded by vehicle / pedestrian in front, while ing situations, as the AEB operation driving towards sunlight, reflected driving forward. It does not operate may be limited: light, or darkness. for any animals or vehicles in the - The camera cannot see the full opposite direction. profile of the vehicle in front. • The AEB can not recognize cross- - The vehicle in front is a special traffic or parked vehicles present- vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded ing a side-profile. truck or a trailer.

551 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 52

Driving your vehicle

The vehicle in front does not turn ON the rear lights, does not have rear lights, has asymmetric rear lights, or has rear lights out of angle. - The outside brightness is greatly changed, such as entering/exiting the tunnel. - The vehicle driving is unstable. - The radar/camera sensor recogni- tion is limited.

OJF055025 OJF055026 - Driving on a curve While driving on a curve, the AEB The AEB performance decreases may recognize the vehicle in front in while driving on a curve. The AEB the next lane. Exercise caution, and, if may not recognize the vehicle in front necessary, depress the brake pedal. even in the same lane. It may unnec- Or, depress the accelerator pedal to essarily produce the warning mes- maintain the driving speed. Always, sage and the warning alarm, or it take a look around the vehicle for may not produce the warning mes- your safety. sage and the warning alarm at all. While driving on a curve, exercise caution, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal.

5 52 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 53

Driving your vehicle

OJF055027 OJF055028 OJF055029 - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes When the stopped vehicle in front The AEB performance decreases Even though the vehicle in the next gets out of the lane, it may not be while driving upward or downward on lane enters into your lane, it may not recognized by your AEB. Always be a slope, not recognizing the vehicle be recognized by the AEB, until it attentive to driving conditions. in front in the same lane. It may enters the AEB sensing range. unnecessarily produce the warning Especially when the vehicle in the message and the warning alarm, or it next lane abruptly enters into your may not produce the warning mes- lane, it is more likely not be recog- sage and the warning alarm at all. nized. Always be attentive to driving When the AEB suddenly recognizes conditions. the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal.

553 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 54

Driving your vehicle

Recognizing pedestrians Testing the - The pedestrian is not fully captured WARNING - by the camera sensor, or the AEB pedestrian does not walk in the The AEB does not operate in upright position. certain situations. Thus, never - The pedestrian moves very fast. test-operate the AEB against a person or an object. It may - The pedestrian abruptly appears in cause a severe injury or even front. death. - The pedestrian wears clothes sim- ilar in color to the background. OJF055030 - Conditions outside are too bright or WARNING - AEB and - Recognizing the vehicle too dark. Towing When the vehicle in front has heavy - The vehicle drives at night or in the Cancel the AEB in the User loading extended rearward, or when darkness. Settings on the LCD display, the vehicle in front has higher ground - There is an item similar in shape a before towing another vehicle. clearance, it may induce a haz- person’s body structure. While towing, the brake applica- ardous situation. - The pedestrian is small. tion may adversely affect your vehicle safety. - The pedestrian has impaired mobility. - The pedestrian blends in with their ✽ NOTICE surroundings. The system may temporarily cancel - Sensor recognition is limited by due to the strong electric waves. rain, snow, fog, etc. - There is a group of pedestrians.

5 54 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:16 PM Page 55

Driving your vehicle

• Pay great caution to the vehicle in front, when it has heavy loading extended rearward, or when it has higher ground clearance. • The sensor only detects pedestri- an, not carts, bicycles, motorcy- cles, luggage bags, or strollers.

555 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 56

Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE Cruise control switch to program the vehicle to maintain a • During normal cruise control constant speed without depressing operation, when the SET switch is the accelerator pedal. activated or reactivated after This system is designed to function applying the brakes, the cruise above approximately 25 mph (40 control will energize after approx- km/h). imately 3 seconds. This delay is If the cruise control is left on, normal. (CRUISE indicator light in the instru- • To activate cruise control, depress ment cluster illuminated) the cruise the brake pedal at least once after control can be switched on acciden- turning the ignition switch to the tally. Keep the cruise control system ON position or starting the engine. off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) This is to check if the brake switch OYDDDR3027 when the cruise control is not in use, which is important part to cancel to avoid inadvertently setting a cruise control is in normal condi- CRUISE :Turns cruise control sys- speed. tion. tem on or off. Use the cruise control system only CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation. when traveling on open highways in WARNING - Misuse of good weather. Cruise Control RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. Do not use the cruise control when Do not use cruise control if the driving in heavy or varying traffic, or traffic situation does not allow SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- you to drive safely at a constant trol speed. ered) or winding roads or over 6% speed and with sufficient dis- up-hill or down-hill roads. tance to the vehicle in front.

5 56 YDM USA 5.QXP 2016-05-02 14:03 Page 57

Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed: ✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxle For manual transaxle vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.

OYDDDR3023

OYDEDR3022 3.Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The 1.Press the CRUISE button on the SET indicator light in the instru- steering wheel to turn the system ment cluster will illuminate. on. The CRUISE indicator light in Release the accelerator pedal at the instrument cluster will illumi- the same time. The desired speed nate. will automatically be maintained. 2.Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may which must be more than 20 mph slow down or speed up slightly while (30 km/h). going uphill or downhill.

557 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 58

Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with speed: speed: the cruise control on: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

OYDDDR3024 OYDDDR3023 Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the want. speed you want to maintain. • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and release it immediately. release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease 1 mph (or 2km/h) each time you by 1 mph (2 km/h) each time you move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in manner. this manner.

5 58 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 59

Driving your vehicle

To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET more than approximately 25 indicator light in the instrument clus- mph (40 km/h): ter will go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, move up the lever (to RES+) located on your steering wheel.You will return to your previously preset speed.

OYDDDR3025 • Depress the brake pedal. OYDDDR3024 • Depress the clutch pedal with a If any method other than the manual transaxle. CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still • Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto- activated, the most recent set speed matic transaxle. will automatically resume when you • Press the CANCEL button. move the lever up (to RES+). • Decrease the vehicle speed lower It will not resume, however, if the than the memory speed by 9 mph vehicle speed has dropped below (15 km/h). approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

559 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 60

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE To turn cruise control off, do Always check the road conditions one of the following: when you move the lever up (to RES+) to resume the speed.

OYDDDR3022 • Press the CRUISE button (the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off). • Turn the ignition off. Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation. If you want to resume cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To set cruise control speed” on the previous page.

5 60 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 61

Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE mode The mode changes whenever the ECO mode (Active ECO) DRIVE MODE button is pressed. Active ECO helps improve ECO fuel efficiency by control- NORMAL ling certain engine and transaxle system operat- SPORT ECO ing parameters. Fuel effi- ciency depends on the ❈ When normal mode is selected, it driver's driving habit and is not displayed on the cluster. road condition. • When the DRIVE MODE button is pressed and the ECO mode is select- ed, the ECO indicator OYD056039L (green) will illuminate to The drive mode may be selected show that the Active according to the driver’s preference ECO is operating. or road condition. • When the Active ECO is activated, it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again. To turn off the system, press the DRIVE MODE button again.

561 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 62

Driving your vehicle

When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO opera- SPORT mode • The acceleration may slightly be tion: SPORT mode focuses on reduced even though you depress If the following conditions occur while SPORT dynamic driving by auto- the accelerator fully. Active ECO is operating, the system matically adjusting the • The air conditioner performance operation is limited even though steering wheel, engine may be limited there is no change in the ECO indi- and transaxle system. cator. • The shift pattern of the automatic • When the DRIVE MODE transaxle may change. • When the coolant temperature is button is pressed and low: the SPORT mode is • The engine noise may get louder. The system will be limited until selected, the SPORT engine performance becomes nor- indicator (yellow) will illu- The above situations are normal mal. minate. conditions when the Active Eco • When driving up a hill: • When the SPORT mode System is activated to improve fuel is activated, and the efficiency. The system will be limited to gain engine start/stop button power when driving uphill because is turned off and on it will the engine torque is restricted. change to NORMAL • When using manual mode: mode. To turn on the The system will be limited accord- SPORT mode press ing to the shift location. DRIVE MODE button • When the accelerator pedal is again. deeply depressed for a few sec- onds: The system will be limited, judging that the driver wants to speed up.

5 62 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 63

Driving your vehicle

• If the system is activat- ed: - While holding vehicle speed, it maintains the gear and RPM for some time even though the accelerator pedal is not depressed. - Up-shifting is delayed.

✽ NOTICE In Sport drive mode, the fuel effi- ciency may decrease.

563 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 64

Driving your vehicle

LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED) When the system detects the vehicle • The steering wheel is not continu- straying from its lane, it alerts the ously controlled so if the vehicle driver with a visual and audible warn- speed is very fast when leaving a ing, while applying a slight counter- lane the vehicle may not be con- steering torque, trying to prevent the trolled by the system. vehicle from moving out of its lane. • It is the responsibility of the driver to drive safely. WARNING - LKAS • Do not steer the steering wheel Limitations suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. OYDM056083 The LKAS is a supplemental system and should not be solely • LKAS prevents the driver from relied upon by the driver. Do not moving out of the lane unintention- attempt sudden steering maneu- ally by assisting the driver's steer- vers while the LKAS is activated. ing. However, the driver should not If the vehicle is driven at high solely rely on the system but speeds, the LKAS may not always pay attention on the steer- adjust the steering wheel. It is ing wheel to stay in the lane. the driver's responsibility to • Always check the road condition always pay attention to the road and surroundings and be cautious when the system cancels, does not OYDM056082 and maintain control over the steering wheel while driving. operate or malfunctions. The Lane Keeping Assist System • Do not place any accessories, detects lane markers on the road, stickers or tint the windshield near and assists the driver’s steering to the rearview mirror. help keep the vehicle between lanes.

5 64 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 65

Driving your vehicle

• The system detects lane markers LKAS operation • LKAS indicator and controls the steering wheel by - green : LKAS a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the - white : LDWS or System Ready system may not work properly. - yellow : FAIL Please refer to "Driver's Attention". • Do not remove any LKAS parts or apply impact. • Do not place objects on the dash- board that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys- tem may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected. OYDM056081N • Loud audio sounds may interfere with the passenger from hearing • To turn on the LKAS, push the but- warning chimes. ton with the ignition switch in the ON position. • Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKAS sys- • The LKAS indicator (green) will illu- tem is activated. If you continue to minate. drive with your hands off the steering • To turn off the system, press the wheel after the "Hand on" warning, button again. The indicator turns off. the system will not control steering automatically. When system does not control steering automatically, if you hold steering wheel, system will control steering automatically • If you drive very fast, the vehicle may stray out of the lane. Always be cautious when using the system.

565 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 66

Driving your vehicle

LKAS activation • If the system detects a lane, the WARNING color changes from black to white. The Lane Keeping Assist • If the system detects the left lane, System is a supplemental sys- the left lane color will change from tem to prevent the driver from black to white. leaving the lane. However, the • If the system detects the right lane, driver should not solely rely on the right lane color will change the system but always check the from black to white. road conditions when driving. • Both lanes must be detected for the system to fully activate. • If only one of the lane is detected, the system will warn (warning beep OYDM056084 and blinking yellow lane) the driver • The LKAS screen will appear on when the driver crosses the detect- the LCD display if the system is ed lane. activated. • When both lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKAS are satisfied, the steering wheel will be controlled (green steering wheel indicator will illumi- nate).

5 66 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 67

Driving your vehicle

Warning ■ Left lane ■ Right lane

■ Left lane ■ Right lane

OYDM056086/OYDM056085 OQLE045243

OYDM056088/OYDM056087 • If all the conditions to activate • If the driver takes one’s hands off LKAS are not satisfied, the system the steering wheel while the LKAS • If you cross a lane, the lane you will convert to LDWS and warn the is activated, the system will warn cross will blink (yellow) and symbol driver only when the driver crosses the driver after several seconds will blink green on LCD with an the lane markers. with a visual and audible warning. audible warning during max 3 sec- onds. ✽ • If the steering wheel appears, the NOTICE system will control the vehicle’s The warning message may appear steering to prevent the vehicle from late according to road conditions. crossing the lane. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

567 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 68

Driving your vehicle

If the driver still does not have one’s ✽ NOTICE The system will be cancelled when: hand on the steering wheel after sev- • Even though the steering is assist- • Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (56 eral seconds, LKAS does not acti- ed by the system, the driver may km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h). vate. control the steering. • Only one lane is detected. While LKAS deactivation, if the driv- • The steering wheel may feel heav- • Always turn on the turn signal to er have one’s hand on the steering ier when the steering wheel is change lanes. If you change lanes wheel, LKAS activate again. assisted by the system than when it without the turn signal on, the is not. steering wheel might be controlled. ✽ NOTICE • The hazard warning light is on. • The driver is responsible for accu- • The width of the lane is below 2.6 m rate steering. and over 4.5 m. • Turn off the system and drive the • ESC(Electronic Stability Control) vehicle personally in below situa- and VSM(Vehicle stability manage- tions. ment) are activated. - In bad weather - In bad road condition • When the system is on or after - When the steering wheel needs to changing a lane, drive in the mid- be controlled by the driver fre- dle of the lane. If not, the system quently. will not provide the steering assist function. • The steering will not be assisted when you drive fast on a sharp curve. • The steering will not be assisted when you change lanes fast. • The steering will not be assisted when you brake suddenly.

5 68 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 69

Driving your vehicle

DRIVER'S ATTENTION (Continued) (Continued) The driver must be cautious in the • The lane is very wide or narrow. • MDPS (motor driven power steer- below situations for the system may • The lane marker is damaged or ing) is not operational. not assist the driver and may not indistinct. • Some objects are attached in steer- work properly. • The shadow is on the lane marker ing wheel. • The lane is not visible due to snow, by a median strip. • The windshield is fogged by rain, stain, a puddle or many other • There is a mark similar to a lane humid air in the vehicle. things. marker. • The distance from the vehicle • The brightness of the outside • There is a boundary structure. ahead is very short or the vehicle changes suddenly such as passing • The distance from vehicle ahead is ahead drives covering the lane line. through a tunnel. very short or the vehicle ahead • The lane line is merged or divided. • Not turning on the headlight or drives hiding the lane marker. • Driving through a toll plaza or toll the light is weak even at night or in • The vehicle shakes heavily. gate. a tunnel. • The lane number increases or • Difficult to distinguish the color of decreases or the lane marker are the lane marker from the road. crossing complicatedly. • Driving on a steep grade or a curve. • Placing something on the dash- • Light reflects from the water on the board. road such as sunlight, streetlight or • Driving with the sun in front of the light of oncoming vehicles. you. • The lens or windshield is stained • Driving in areas under construction. with foreign matter. • The lane marker is more than two. • The sensor cannot detect the lane • The lane marker in a tunnel is hard because of fog, heavy rain or to distinguish due to dust or grease. heavy snow. • The lane marker is hard to distin- • The surrounding of the inside rear guish after raining at night. view mirror temperature is high • The lane marker is hard to distin- due to direct light. guish due to dust. (Continued) (Continued)

569 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 70

Driving your vehicle

LKAS malfunction LKAS fail indicator When there is a problem with the sys- tem do one of the following: • Turn the system on after turning the engine off and on again. • Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position. • Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) • Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens

OYDM056089 OYDM056089 If the problem is not solved, we rec- • If there is a problem with the sys- The LKAS fail indicator (yellow) will ommend that the system be checked tem a message will appear. If the by an authorized Kia dealer. problem continues the LKAS fail illuminate with an audible warning if indicator will illuminate. the LKAS is not working properly.We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer.

5 70 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:17 PM Page 71

Driving your vehicle

LKAS function change Lane Departure Warning (LDWS) Active LKA The driver can change LKAS to Lane • The system can be converted to • LKAS operates for a vehicle to Departure Warning System (LDWS) LKA to LDW at the User setting keep the region of lane center or change the LKAS mode between mode. more efficiently. Standard LKA and Active LKA by • Refer to User setting in section 4. • The steering assistance is activat- selecting 'User Settings', 'Driving • LDWS alerts the driver with a visu- ed more frequently and earlier than Assist', and ‘Lane Keeping Assist al and audible warning when the standard LKA. System’ on the LCD display.The sys- system detects the vehicle straying • LDW is generated when the vehi- tem is automatically set to Standard from its lane. cle is about to cross the line. LKA. • If the LDWS is operating the indi- cator green/white will illuminate. • The steering wheel will not be con- trolled.

Standard LKA • LKAS only starts intervention when the vehicle is predicted to cross the line. • It's useful to a driver who dislikes frequent intervention by LKAS • LDW is generated when the vehi- cle is about to cross the line.

571 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 72

Driving your vehicle

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED) (1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection) The warning range depends on WARNING - BSD your vehicle speed. However, if Limitations your vehicle is about 6 mph (10 • The Blind Spot Detection km/h) faster than the other vehi- System (BSD) is a supplemen- cle, the system will not warn you. tal system. Do not solely rely (2) LCA (Lane Change Assist) on the system and always pay attention to drive safely. When a vehicle approaches you at high speed, the system will • The Blind Spot Detection warn you. System may not detect every object alongside the vehicle (3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) and is not a substitute for prop- When your vehicle moves rear- er and safe lane changing pro- ward, and the sensor detects an cedures. Always drive safely approaching vehicle in the left or and use caution when chang- OUM054176L right side, the system will warn ing lanes. The Blind Spot Detection System you. (BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert the driver. It senses toward the rear sides of the vehicle and provides and early warn- ing to the driver.

5 72 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 73

Driving your vehicle

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / When the system is not used turn the Warning type LCA (Lane Change Assist) system off by turning off the switch. The system will activate when: Operating conditions When the system is turned on the 1. The system is on. warning light will illuminate for 3 sec- onds on the outside rearview mirror. 2. Vehicle speed is above 18.6 mph (30 km/h). 3. Other vehicles are detected in the rear side.

WARNING The Blind Spot Detection System with Lane Change Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert is not a substitute for OYD056040L proper and safe lane changing procedures. Always drive safely The indicator on the switch will illumi- and use caution when changing nate when the Blind Spot Detection lanes. The Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) switch is pressed with System may not detect every the Engine Start/Stop Button ON. object alongside the vehicle. If vehicle speed exceeds 18.6 mph (30 km/h), the system will activate. If you press the switch again, the switch indicator and system will be turned off. If the vehicle is turned off, the system will remember the last settings upon restart.

573 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 74

Driving your vehicle

1st stage 2nd stage - The second stage alarm may be deactivated. • To activate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Sound and select "BSD" on the LCD display. • To deactivate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Sound and deselect "BSD" on the LCD display. OUM054028 OUM054029 If a vehicle is detected within the The second stage alarm will activate ✽ NOTICE boundary of the system, a warning when: The alarm function helps alert the light will illuminate on the outside 1.The first stage alert is on driver. Deactivate this function only rearview mirror. 2.The turn signal is on to change a when it is necessary If the detected vehicle is not in lane detecting range, the warning will turn off. When the second stage alert is acti- vated, a warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror and an alarm will sound. If you move the turn signal switch to the original position, the second stage alert will be deactivated.

5 74 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 75

Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor Warning message If the system does not work properly, The message (“Blind Spot Detection a warning message (“Check BSD disabled. Radar blocked”) will appear System”) will appear and the light on to notify the driver if there are foreign the switch will turn off. The system substances on the surface or inside will turn off automatically. the rear bumper or it is hot near the rear bumper. The light on the switch Have your vehicle inspected by an and the system will turn off automat- authorized Kia dealer. ically. Remove the foreign substance on the rear bumper. After the foreign substance is OYDM056065 removed, if you drive for approxi- The sensors are located inside of the mately 10 minutes, the system will rear bumper. work normally. Always keep the rear bumper clean If the system does not work normally for the system to work properly. even though the foreign substance is removed, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

575 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 76

Driving your vehicle

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) Operating conditions Warning type • Select RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) in "User Settings" under "Driving Assist" on the instrument cluster. The system will turn on and standby to activate. • Select RCTA again, to turn the sys- tem off. • If the vehicle is turned off, the RCTA system will remember the last set- OJF055196L tings upon restart. Always turn the RCTA system off when not in use. OYD056047L • The system operates when the When your vehicle moves backwards vehicle speed is below 6.2 mph (10 from a parking position, the sensor km/h) with the shift lever in R detects approaching vehicles to the (Reverse). left or right side direction and gives • The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic information to the driver. Alert) detecting range is 1.6 feet ~ 65 feet based on the side direction. OJF055105L If the approaching vehicle speed is 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36 km/h) within sensing range, it is detected. However, the system sensing range can vary based on conditions. Always pay attention to your surroundings.

OJF055106L

5 76 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 77

Driving your vehicle

• If the vehicle detected by sensors Limitations condition approaches your vehicle, the warn- WARNING Driver's Attention ing chime will sound and the warn- The Blind Spot Detection ing light will blink on the outside System with Lane Change The driver must be cautious in the rearview mirror. Assist and Rear Cross Traffic below situations for the system may not assist the driver and may not • If the detected object is not in your Alert is not a substitute for work properly. way, move the vehicle away from proper and safe lane changing the detected object slowly; and the procedures. Always drive safely warning will cancel once the object and use caution when changing - Curved roads, tollgates, etc. has been safely cleared. lanes. The Blind Spot Detection - The surrounding of the sensor cover • The system may not operate prop- System may not detect every is dirty with rain, snow, mud, etc. object alongside the vehicle. erly due to other factors or circum- - The rear bumper near the sensor is stances. Always pay attention to covered or obstructed with foreign your surroundings. ✽ NOTICE matter such as a sticker, bumper ❈ If your vehicle's left or right side guard, bicycle racks, etc. bumper is blinded by a barrier or • The system may not work proper- ly if the bumper has been replaced - The rear bumper is damaged or the vehicles, the system sensing abili- sensor is out of place. ty may be deteriorated. or if repair work has been done near the sensor. - The height of the vehicle has signif- • The detection area differs accord- icantly changed such as when the ing to the road's width. If the road trunk is loaded with heavy objects, is narrow the system may detect abnormal tire pressure etc. other vehicles in the next lane. - Due to bad weather such as heavy • If the road is very wide the system rain or snow. may not detect other vehicles. • The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic interfer- ence.

577 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 78

Driving your vehicle

- A fixed object is near such as a - When the temperature of rear Outside rearview mirror may not guardrail, etc. bumper is high. alert the driver when: - A substantial amount of metallic - When bike racks, etc. cover the - The outside rearview mirror hous- objects such as a construction sensor. ing is very dirty. area. - When reversing from a parking - The window is very dirty. - A large vehicle is nearby such as a space with pillars or metal struc- - The windows are tinted very dark. bus or truck. tures. - When driving through a narrow - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. - When you are reversing and if the road with many trees or bushes. - A flat trailer is near. detected vehicle is simultaneously reversing. - If two vehicles near each other accelerate together. - If there are small objects like shop- ping carts and baby carriages. - When another vehicle passes by at a high rate of speed. - If there is a vehicle with decreased ride height (lowered). - When changing lanes. - When the vehicle is close to anoth- - When going down or up a steep er vehicle. road where the height of the lane is different. - When another vehicle drives very close the back bumper/trunk. - When a trailer or carrier is installed.

5 78 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 79

Driving your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harm- ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including inter- ference that may cause undesired operation.

579 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 80

Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec- gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

5 80 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 81

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power up period. • Fuel economy is reduced by cross- steering and power brakes will • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. winds and headwinds. To help off- not function properly without Lugging is driving too slowly in a set some of this loss, slow down the engine running. In addition, very high gear resulting in engine when driving in these conditions. turning off the ignition while bucking. If this happens, shift to a driving could engage the steer- lower gear. Over-revving is racing ing wheel lock resulting in loss the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating of vehicle steering. Keep the This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- engine on and downshift to an the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an appropriate gear for engine authorized Kia dealer perform braking effect. scheduled inspections and mainte- nance.

581 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 82

Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions Do not pump the brake pedal on a Rocking the vehicle When hazardous driving conditions vehicle equipped with ABS. If it is necessary to rock the vehicle are encountered such as water, • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, to free it from snow, sand, or mud, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- use second gear. Accelerate slow- first turn the steering wheel right and ards, follow these suggestions: ly to avoid spinning the drive left to clear the area around your • Drive cautiously and allow extra wheels. front wheels. Then, shift back and distance for braking. • Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or forth between 1st (First) and R (Reverse) in vehicles equipped with • Avoid sudden braking or steering. other non-slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction a manual transaxle or R (Reverse) • When braking with non-ABS when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. and any forward gear in vehicles brakes pump the brake pedal with equipped with an automatic a light up-and-down motion until transaxle. Do not race the engine, the vehicle is stopped. WARNING - Downshifting and spin the wheels as little as pos- Do not downshift with an auto- sible. If you are still stuck after a few matic transaxle while driving on tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a slippery surfaces. The sudden tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat- change in tire speed could ing and possible damage to the cause the tires to skid and transaxle. result in an accident. The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

CAUTION - Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating, transaxle damage or failure, and tire dam- age.

5 82 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 83

Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering Driving at night CAUTION - Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, espe- cially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage.

WARNING - Sudden vehicle movement OBH058035L OMC035004 Do not attempt to rock the vehi- Avoid braking or gear changing in Because night driving presents more cle if people or objects are near- corners, especially when roads are hazards than driving in the daylight, by. The vehicle may suddenly wet. Ideally, corners should always here are some important tips to move forward or backwards as be taken under gentle acceleration. If remember: it becomes unstuck. you follow these suggestions, tire • Slow down and keep more dis- wear will be held to a minimum. tance between you and other vehi- cles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

583 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 84

Driving your vehicle

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain • If your tires are not in good condi- glare from other driver's head- tion, making a quick stop on wet lights. pavement can cause a skid and • Keep your headlights clean and possibly lead to an accident. Be properly aimed on vehicles not sure your tires are in good shape. equipped with the automatic head- • Turn on your headlights to make it light aiming feature. Dirty or easier for others to see you. improperly aimed headlights will • Driving too fast through large pud- make it much more difficult to see dles can affect your brakes. If you at night. must go through puddles, try to • Avoid staring directly at the head- drive through them slowly. lights of oncoming vehicles. You • If you believe you may have gotten could be temporarily blinded, and it 1JBB3303 your brakes wet, apply them lightly will take several seconds for your while driving until normal braking eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving operation returns. dangerous, especially if you’re not prepared for the slick pavement. Here are a few things to consider Driving in flooded areas when driving in the rain: Avoid driving through flooded areas • A heavy rainfall will make it harder unless you are sure the water is no to see and will increase the dis- higher than the bottom of the wheel tance needed to stop your vehicle, hub. Drive through any water slowly. so slow down. Allow adequate stopping distance • Keep your windshield wiping because brake performance may be equipment in good shape. Replace affected. your windshield wiper blades when After driving through water, dry the they show signs of streaking or brakes by gently applying them sev- missing areas on the windshield. eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

5 84 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 85

Driving your vehicle

Driving off-road Fuel, engine coolant and engine - Tire tread Drive carefully off-road because your WARNING oil vehicle may be damaged by rocks or Always check the tire tread High speed travel consumes more roots of trees. Become familiar with before driving your vehicle. fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- the off-road conditions where you Worn-out tires can result in loss get to check both the engine coolant are going to drive before you begin of vehicle control. Worn-out and engine oil. driving. tires should be replaced as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, Drive belt Highway driving refer to "Tires and wheels" in A loose or damaged drive belt may Tires section 7. overheat the engine. Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification. Low tire inflation pres- sures will result in overheating and WARNING - Under/Over possible failure of the tires. Inflated Tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires Always check the tires for prop- which may result in reduced traction er inflation before driving. or tire failure. Underinflated or overinflated Never exceed the maximum tire tires can cause poor handling, inflation pressure shown on the tires. loss of vehicle control, and sud- den tire failure leading to acci- dents, injuries, and even death.

585 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 86

Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snowy or Icy conditions Snow tires To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions. tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid- affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may car. Furthermore, speeding, rapid not be as high as your vehicle's orig- acceleration, sudden brake applica- inal equipment tires.You should drive 1JBB3305 tions, and sharp turns are potentially cautiously even when the roads are Severe weather conditions in the very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids. You need to ipal regulations for possible restric- keep sufficient distance between the tions against their use. vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. WARNING - Snow tire size It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide greater Snow tires should be equivalent driving force, but will not prevent side in size and type to the vehicle's skids. standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehi- Tire chains are not legal in all states. cle may be adversely affected. Check state laws before installing tire chains.

5 86 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 87

Driving your vehicle

Tire chains Chain installation CAUTION - Snow chains When installing chains, follow the • Make sure the snow chains are manufacturer's instructions and the correct size and type for mount them as tightly as you can. your tires. Incorrect snow Drive slowly with chains installed. If chains can cause damage to you hear the chains contacting the the vehicle body and suspen- body or chassis, stop and tighten sion and may not be covered them. If they still make contact, slow by your vehicle manufacturer's down until it stops. Remove the warranty. chains as soon as you begin driving • Tire Chains for use on snow on cleared roads. and ice may not be installed on When mounting snow chains, park P225/40R18 All Season tires. the vehicle on level ground away OED050200 Use of chains with that tire size from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Since the sidewalls of radial tires are will damage your vehicle. Hazard Warning flashers and place a thinner, they can be damaged by triangular emergency warning device mounting some types of snow chains behind the vehicle if available. on them. Therefore, the use of snow The snow chain connecting hooks tires is recommended instead of may be damaged from contacting snow chains. Do not mount tire vehicle components causing the chains on vehicles equipped with snow chains to come loose from the aluminum wheels; snow chains may tire. Make sure the snow chains are cause damage to the wheels. If snow SAE class “S” certified. chains must be used, use wire-type Always check chain installation for chains with a thickness of less than proper mounting after driving 0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to vehicle caused by improper snow 1 km) to ensure safe mounting. chain use is not covered by your Retighten or remount the chains if vehicle manufacturers warranty. they are loose. Install tire chains only on the front tires. 587 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 88

Driving your vehicle

• The use of chains may adversely Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil affect vehicle handling. col coolant if necessary • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended or the chain manufacturer’s recom- quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" mended speed limit, whichever is cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lower. coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you holes, sharp turns, and other road ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized hazards, which may cause the pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. vehicle to bounce. to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel Check spark plugs and igni- braking. schedule in section 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure tion system that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as CAUTION - Snow chains the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace • Chains that are the wrong size the winter. them if necessary. Also check all or improperly installed can ignition wiring and components to be damage your vehicle's brake Check battery and cables sure they are not cracked, worn or lines, suspension, body and damaged in any way. wheels. Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect • Stop driving and retighten the the battery and cables as described chains any time you hear them in section 7. The level of charge in hitting the vehicle. your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station.

5 88 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:18 PM Page 89

Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing Don't let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment To keep the locks from freezing, freeze Depending on the severity of the squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking weather you should carry appropri- glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of lock is covered with ice, squirt it with position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry an approved de-icing fluid to remove pen when there is an accumulation include tire chains, tow straps or the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, of snow or ice around or near the chains, flashlight, emergency flares, you may be able to thaw it out by rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a win- using a heated key. Handle the heat- If there is a risk the parking brake dow scraper, gloves, ground cloth, ed key with care to avoid injury. may freeze, apply it only temporarily coveralls, a blanket, etc. while you put the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or TRAILER TOWING Use approved window washer reverse gear (manual transaxle) and anti-freeze in system We do not recommend using this block the rear wheels so the vehicle vehicle for trailer towing. To keep the water in the window cannot roll. Then release the parking washer system from freezing, add an brake. approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instruc- tions on the container. Window wash- Don't let ice and snow accu- er anti-freeze is available from an mulate underneath authorized Kia dealer and most auto Under some conditions, snow and parts outlets. Do not use engine ice can build up under the fenders coolant or other types of anti-freeze and interfere with the steering. When as these may damage the paint fin- driving in severe winter conditions ish. where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering com- ponents is not obstructed.

589 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:20 PM Page 90

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label

OYDM066018 OYDNEM4010N OYDNEM4012C

OYDM066019 OYDM066020 OYDNEM4010A The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

OYDNEM4012 OYDM066021

5 90 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:20 PM Page 91

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Towing capacity: 4.The resulting figure equals the 849 lbs. (385 kg) We do not recommend using this available amount of cargo and lug- vehicle for trailer towing. gage load capacity. For example, if Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. mum combined weight of occupants Cargo capacity: and there will be five 150 lbs. pas- and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped sengers in your vehicle, the with a trailer, the combined weight The cargo capacity of your vehicle amount of available cargo and lug- includes the tongue load. will increase or decrease depending gage load capacity is 650 lbs. on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Seating capacity: your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. 5.Determine the combined weight of Total : 5 persons luggage and cargo being loaded (Front seat : 2 persons, on the vehicle. That weight may not Rear seat : 3 persons) Steps For Determining Correct safely exceed the available cargo Seating capacity is the maximum Load Limit - and luggage load capacity calcu- number of occupants including a 1.Locate the statement "The com- lated in Step 4. driver, your vehicle may carry. bined weight of occupants and 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail- However, the seating capacity may cargo should never exceed XXX kg er, load from your trailer will be be reduced based upon the weight of or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- transferred to your vehicle. Consult all of the occupants, and the weight ard. this manual to determine how this of the cargo being carried or towed. 2.Determine the combined weight of reduces the available cargo and Do not overload the vehicle as there the driver and passengers that will luggage load capacity of your vehi- is a limit to the total weight, or load be riding in your vehicle. cle. limit including occupants and cargo, 3.Subtract the combined weight of the vehicle can carry. the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

591 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:20 PM Page 92

Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A A A Weight (385 kg) Weight (385 kg) Weight (385 kg) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 300 lbs 750 lbs 805 lbs B Weight B Weight B Weight (136 kg) (340 kg) (365 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 161 lbs (73 kg) × 5 Available Cargo and 549 lbs Available Cargo and 99 lbs Available Cargo and 44 lbs C C C Luggage weight (249 kg) Luggage weight (45 kg) Luggage weight (20 kg)

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

5 92 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:20 PM Page 93

Driving your vehicle

Certification label To find out the actual loads on your The label will help you decide how front and rear axles, you need to go much cargo and installed equipment to a weigh station and weigh your your vehicle can carry. vehicle.Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center- If you carry items inside your vehicle line. - like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else - they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, WARNING - Over the items will keep going and can loading cause an injury if they strike the driv- Never exceed the GVWR for er or a passenger. OEN056020 your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and The certification label is located on vehicle capacity weight. the driver's door sill at the center pil- Exceeding these ratings can lar. affect your vehicle’s handling This label shows the maximum and braking ability. allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maxi- mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

593 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:20 PM Page 94

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Over WARNING - Loose cargo loading Do not travel with unsecured Do not overload your vehicle. blunt objects in the passenger Overloading your vehicle can compartment of your vehicle cause heat buildup in your vehi- (e.g. suit cases or unsecured cle's tires and possible tire fail- child seats). These items may ure, increased stopping dis- strike occupant during a sud- tances and poor vehicle han- den stop or crash. dling--all of which may result in a crash.

✽ NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be cov- ered by your warranty. Do not over- load your vehicle.

5 94 YDM USA 5.QXP 5/1/2016 1:20 PM Page 95

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating) trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle bility, with or without a trailer. (including all options, equipment, Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR provide maximum return of the vehi- GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload. ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the compliance GAWR label: (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers This is the weight of the vehicle are shown on the compliance label. including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR. al equipment. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen- when you picked it up from your deal- gers. er plus any aftermarket equipment.

595 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 1

What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 • Checking the tire inflation pressure ...... 6-16 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 • Technical Data ...... 6-17 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 If you have a flat tire ...... 6-18 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • Jack and tools ...... 6-18 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-3 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-19 • If engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 • Changing tires ...... 6-19 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 • Jack label ...... 6-26 • If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly. . 6-4 Towing ...... 6-27 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 • Towing service ...... 6-27 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Removable towing hook (front) ...... 6-28 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Emergency towing...... 6-28 If the engine overheats...... 6-6 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-7 • Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-8 • TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator ...... 6-9 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-10 6 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. . 6-11 If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) . . . 6-12 • Introduction ...... 6-12 • Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-13 • Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-14 • Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-15 • Distributing the sealant...... 6-16 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 2

What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer- gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper- ates whether your vehicle is run- OYDEEM2001CN ning or not. The hazard warning flasher serves • The turn signals do not work when as a warning to other drivers to exer- the hazard flasher is on. cise extreme caution when • Care must be taken when using approaching, overtaking, or passing the hazard warning flasher while your vehicle. the vehicle is being towed.

26 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 3

What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING In an emergency situation while the If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn vehicle is in motion, you are able to road or crossing on your emergency hazard flash- turn the engine off and to the ACC ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or position by pressing the ENGINE the transaxle in P (Automatic crossing, set the shift lever in the N START/STOP button for more than 2 transaxle / Dual Clutch Transaxle) (Neutral) position and then push the seconds or 3 times successively or reverse (manual transaxle). vehicle to a safe place. within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still 3.Have all passengers get out of the moving, you can restart the engine vehicle. Be sure they all get out on without depressing the brake pedal If you have a flat tire while the side of the vehicle that is away by pressing the ENGINE driving from traffic. START/STOP button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 4.When changing a flat tire, follow (if smart key equipped). ing: the instruction provided later in this 1.Take your foot off the accelerator section. pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. If engine stalls while driving Do not apply the brakes immedi- ately or attempt to pull off the road 1.Reduce your speed gradually, as this may cause a loss of control. keeping a straight line. Move cau- When the vehicle has slowed down tiously off the road to a safe place. to such a speed that it is safe to do 2.Turn on your emergency flashers. so, brake carefully and pull off the 3.Try to start the engine again. If your road. Drive off the road as far as vehicle will not start, contact an possible and park on a firm level authorized Kia dealer or seek other ground. If you are on a divided qualified assistance. highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

63 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 4

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn't turn over If engine turns over normally or turns over slowly WARNING - Push/ but does not start pull start 1.If your vehicle has an Automatic 1.Check fuel level. Do not push or pull the vehicle transaxle/ Dual Clutch Transaxle, 2.With the ignition switch in the to start it. Push or pull starting be sure the shift lever is in N LOCK position, check all connec- may cause the catalytic con- (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer- tors at the ignition coil and spark verter to overload and create a gency brake is set. plugs. Reconnect any that may be fire hazard. 2.Check the battery connections to disconnected or loose. be sure they are clean and tight. 3.Check the fuel line in the engine 3.Turn on the interior light. If the light compartment. dims or goes out when you operate 4.If the engine still does not start, call the starter, the battery is dis- an authorized Kia dealer or seek charged. other qualified assistance. 4.Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tight- ened. 5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

46 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 5

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jumper Cables CAUTION - 12 volt WARNING - Battery battery Keep all flames or sparks away Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- from the battery. The battery tem. You can damage a 12-volt produces hydrogen gas which starting motor, ignition system, (-) will explode if exposed to flame (+) and other electrical parts or sparks. (-) Discharged battery beyond repair by use of a 24- volt power supply (either two (+) 12-volt batteries in series or a 24-volt motor generator set). WARNING - Sulfuric Booster battery acid risk 1VQA4001 When jump starting your vehi- Connect cables in numerical order cle be careful not to get acid on and disconnect in reverse order. WARNING - Battery yourself, your clothing or on the Never attempt to check the elec- vehicle. Automobile batteries Jump starting trolyte level of the battery as contain sulfuric acid. This is Jump starting can be dangerous if this may cause the battery to poisonous and highly corro- done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid rupture or explode. sive. harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery, follow these jump starting procedures. If in doubt, we WARNING - Frozen strongly recommend that you have a batteries competent technician or towing serv- ice jump start your vehicle. Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode.

65 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 6

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you will experience a drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING - Radiator loss of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is cap knocking, the engine is probably too tight. If the drive belt seems to be Do not remove the radiator cap hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- when the engine is hot.This can ing from the radiator, hoses or allow coolant to be blown out of under the vehicle. (If the air condi- 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon the opening and cause serious tioning had been in use, it is nor- burns. as it is safe to do so. mal for cold water to be draining 2.Place the shift lever in P from it when you stop). (Automatic transaxle/ Dual Clutch 6.If you cannot find the cause of the Transaxle) or neutral (manual overheating, wait until the engine transaxle) and set the parking WARNING - Under the temperature has returned to nor- brake. If the air conditioning is on, hood mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, turn it off. While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser- 3.If engine coolant is running out keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the under the vehicle or steam is com- away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark. ing out from underneath the hood, as the fan and drive belts. 7.Proceed with caution, keeping stop the engine. Do not open the alert for further signs of overheat- hood until the coolant has stopped 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- ing. If overheating happens again, running or the steaming has ken or engine coolant leaks, stop call an authorized Kia dealer for stopped. If there is no visible loss the engine immediately and call assistance. of engine coolant and no steam, the nearest authorized Kia dealer Serious loss of coolant indicates leave the engine running and for assistance. check to be sure the engine cool- there is a leak in the cooling system ing fan is operating. If the fan is not and this should be checked as soon running, turn the engine off. as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

66 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 7

What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not oper- that illuminates a low tire pressure ating properly.The TPMS malfunction telltale when one or more of your indicator is combined with the low tire tires is significantly under-inflated. pressure telltale. When the system Accordingly, when the low tire pres- detects a malfunction, the telltale will sure telltale illuminates, you should flash for approximately one minute stop and check your tires as soon as and then remain continuously illumi- possible, and inflate them to the nated. This sequence will continue proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as OYDDEM2002 cantly under-inflated tire causes the long as the malfunction exists. When tire to overheat and can lead to tire the malfunction indicator is illuminat- (1) Low tire pressure telltale / failure. Under-inflation also reduces ed, the system may not be able to TPMS malfunction indicator fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and detect or signal low tire pressure as Each tire, including the spare (if pro- may affect the vehicle’s handling and intended. TPMS malfunctions may vided), should be checked monthly stopping ability. occur for a variety of reasons, includ- when cold and inflated to the inflation ing the installation of replacement or pressure recommended by the vehi- alternate tires or wheels on the vehi- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- Please note that the TPMS is not a cle that prevent the TPMS from func- ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If substitute for proper tire mainte- tioning properly. Always check the your vehicle has tires of a different nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- TPMS malfunction telltale after size than the size indicated on the bility to maintain correct tire pres- replacing one or more tires or wheels vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- sure, even if under-inflation has not on your vehicle to ensure that the sure label, you should determine the reached the level to trigger illumina- replacement or alternate tires and proper tire inflation pressure for tion of the TPMS low tire pressure wheels allow the TPMS to continue to those tires.) telltale. function properly.

67 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 8

What to do in an emergency

If the TPMS indicator does not illumi- Low tire pressure In winter or cold weather, the low tire nate for 3 seconds when the ignition telltale pressure telltale may be illuminated if switch is turned to the ON position or the tire pressure was adjusted to the engine is running, or if it comes on recommended tire inflation pressure after blinking for approximately one When the tire pressure monitoring in warm weather. It does not mean minute, take your car to your nearest system warning indicator is illuminat- your TPMS is malfunctioning authorized Kia dealer and have the ed, one or more of your tires is sig- because the decreased temperature system checked. nificantly under-inflated. leads to a proportional lowering of If the telltale illuminates, immediately tire pressure. reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- When you drive your vehicle from a nering and anticipate increased stop- warm area to a cold area or from a ping distances. You should stop and cold area to a warm area, or the out- check your tires as soon as possible. side temperature is greatly higher or Inflate the tires to the proper pres- lower, you should check the tire infla- sure as indicated on the vehicle’s tion pressure and adjust the tires to placard or tire inflation pressure label the recommended tire inflation pres- located on the driver’s side center pil- sure. lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire. Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

86 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 9

What to do in an emergency

TPMS (Tire Pressure The TPMS malfunction indicator may WARNING - Low Monitoring System) illuminate if snow chains or some pressure malfunction indicator separately purchased devices such damage as notebook computers, mobile Do not drive on low pressure charger, remote starter, navigation The TPMS malfunction indicator will tires. Significantly low tire pres- etc. are used in the vehicle. This can illuminate after it blinks for approxi- sure can cause the tires to over- interfere with normal operation of the mately one minute when there is a heat and fail making the vehicle Tire Pressure Monitoring System problem with the Tire Pressure unstable resulting in increased (TPMS). Monitoring System. If the system is braking distances and a loss of able to correctly detect an under vehicle control. inflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator. Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem. The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as at police stations, government and pub- lic offices, broadcasting stations, mil- itary installations, airports, or trans- mitting towers, etc. This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).

69 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 10

What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure If an original mounted tire is replaced If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor Pressure will come on. Have the flat Pressure telltale will blink or remain on the replaced spare wheel should tire repaired by an authorized Kia on until the low pressure tire is be initiated and the TPMS sensor on dealer as soon as possible or replace repaired and placed on the vehicle. the original mounted wheel should the flat tire with the spare tire. After you replace the low pressure be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor tire with the TPMS spare tire, the on the original mounted wheel locat- Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink ed in the spare tire carrier still acti- CAUTION - Repair Agents or illuminate after a few minutes vates, the tire pressure monitoring Never use a puncture-repairing because the TPMS sensor mounted system may not operate properly. agent not approved by Kia to on the spare wheel is not initiated. Have the tire with TPMS serviced or repair and/or inflate a low pres- Once the low pressure tire is reinflat- replaced by an authorized Kia deal- sure tire. The tire sealant not ed to the recommended pressure er. approved by Kia may damage and installed on the vehicle or the the tire pressure sensor. TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by Each wheel is equipped with a tire an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS pressure sensor mounted inside the malfunction indicator and the low tire tire behind the valve stem. You must pressure telltale will extinguish within use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- a few minutes of driving. ommended that you always have If the indicator is not extinguished your tires serviced by an authorized after a few minutes of driving, please Kia dealer. visit an authorized Kia dealer.

6 10 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 11

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low ✽ NOTICE This device complies with Part tire by simply looking at it. Always Tampering with, modifying, or dis- 15 of the FCC rules. use a good quality tire pressure abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring Operation is subject to the following gauge to measure the tire's inflation System (TPMS) components may two conditions: pressure. Please note that a tire that interfere with the system's ability to is hot (from being driven) will have a 1.This device may not cause harmful warn the driver of low tire pressure interference, and higher pressure measurement than a conditions and/or TPMS malfunc- tire that is cold. tions. Tampering with, modifying, 2.This device must accept any inter- A cold tire means the vehicle has or disabling the Tire Pressure ference received, including inter- been sitting for 3 hours and driven for Monitoring System (TPMS) compo- ference that may cause undesired less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 nents may void the warranty for operation. hour period. that portion of the vehicle. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris. If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradu- ally and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

611 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 12

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) ✽ NOTICE Introduction The Tire Mobility Kit sealing com- pound in the bottle is to be used for one tire only. See your Kia dealer- ship for additional replacement sealant bottles.

WARNING - Tire wall Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire OYDNEM2013 walls. This can result in an acci- dent due to tire failure. For safe operation, carefully read OEL069019 and follow the instructions in this manual before use. With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay Have your tire repaired as soon as (1) Compressor mobile even after experiencing a tire possible. The tire may loose air pres- puncture. (2) Sealant bottle sure at any time after inflating with The system of compressor and seal- The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary the Tire Mobility Kit. ing compound effectively and com- fix to the tire and the tire should be fortably seals most punctures in a inspected by an authorized Kia deal- passenger car tire caused by nails er as soon as possible. or similar objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau- tiously on the tire (up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire repaired or replaced. 6 12 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 13

What to do in an emergency

It is possible that some tires, espe- Notes on the safe use of the • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a cially with larger punctures or dam- Tire Mobility Kit tire is severely damaged by driving age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed run flat or with insufficient air pres- • Park your car at the side of the completely. sure. road so that you can work with the Air pressure loss in the tire may Tire Mobility Kit away from moving • Do not remove any foreign objects adversely affect tire performance. traffic. such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire. For this reason, you should avoid • To be sure your vehicle will not abrupt steering or other driving move, even when you're on fairly • Provided the car is outdoors, leave maneuvers, especially if the vehicle level ground, always set your park- the engine running. Otherwise is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in ing brake. operating the compressor may use. eventually drain the car battery. • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed sealing/inflation passenger car • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit or intended as a permanent tire tires. Only punctured areas located unattended while it is being used. repair method and is to be used for within the tread region of the tire • Do not leave the compressor run- one tire only. can be sealed using the tire mobil- ning for more than 10 min. at a time This instruction shows you step by ity kit. or it may overheat. step procedure to temporarily seal • Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the puncture. cles or any other type of tires. the ambient temperature is below - Read the section "Notes on the safe • When the tire and wheel are dam- 22°F (-30°C). use of the Tire Mobility Kit". aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety. • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm). Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

613 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 14

What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 9. Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

WARNING - Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after expiration date noted on the sealant bottle.This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING - Sealant • Keep out of reach of children. • Avoid contact with eyes. • Do not swallow. OEL069020 0. Speed restriction label 4. Holder for the sealant bottle Strictly follow the specified 1. Sealant bottle and label with 5. Compressor sequence, otherwise the sealant speed restriction 6. On/off switch may escape under high pressure. 2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7. Pressure gauge for displaying the wheel tire inflation pressure 3. Connectors and cable for the 8. Button for reducing tire inflation power outlet direct connection pressure

6 14 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 15

What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit - Tire pressure 1.Detach the speed restriction label WARNING (0) from the sealant bottle (1), and Do not attempt to drive your place it in a highly visible place vehicle if the tire pressure is inside the vehicle such as on the below 29 PSI(200kpa). This steering wheel to remind the driver could result in an accident due not to drive too fast. to sudden tire failure. 2.Screw connection hose (9) onto the connector of the sealant bottle. 9.Switch off the compressor. 3.Ensure that button (8) on the com- pressor is not pressed. 10. Detach the hoses from the OEL069019 sealant bottle connector and 4.Unscrew the valve cap from the 6.Ensure that the compressor is from the tire valve. valve of the defective wheel and switched off, position 0. screw filling hose (2) of the sealant Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- bottle onto the valve. 7.Connect between compressor and age location in the vehicle. the vehicle power outlet using the 5.Insert the sealant bottle into the cable and connectors. housing of the compressor (4)so WARNING - Carbon 8.With the engine start/stop button that the bottle is upright. monoxide position on or ignition switch posi- tion on, switch on the compressor Do not leave your vehicle run- ✽ NOTICE and let it run for approximately 5~7 ning in a poorly ventilated area If a foreign object is seen that has minutes to fill the sealant up to for extended periods of time. punctured the tire, do not remove it proper pressure. (refer to the Tire Carbon monoxide poisoning before using Tire Mobility Kit. and Wheels, chapter 8). The infla- and suffocation can occur. tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it. 615 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 16

What to do in an emergency

Distributing the sealant Checking the tire inflation ✽ NOTICE 11. Immediately drive approximately pressure The pressure gauge may show high- 4~6miles (7~10km or, about 1.After driving approximately 4 ~ 6 er than actual reading when the 10min) to evenly distribute the miles (7 ~ 10 km or about 10 min), compressor is running. To get an sealant in the tire. stop at a safe location. accurate tire reading, the compres- Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 2.Connect connection hose (9) of the sor needs to be turned off. (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall compressor directly to the tire below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). valve. - To reduce the inflation pres- While driving, if you experience any 3.Plug the compressor power cord sure: Press the button 8 on the unusual vibration, ride disturbance or into the vehicle power outlet. compressor. noise, reduce your speed and drive 4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to with caution until you can safely pull the recomended tire inflation. off of the side of the road. With the ignition switch on, pro- Call for road side service or towing. ceed as follows. When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, - To increase the inflation pres- the tire pressure sensors and wheel sure : Switch on the compressor, may be stained by sealant. position I. To check the current Therefore, remove the tire pressure inflation pressure setting, briefly sensors and wheel stained by switch off the compressor. sealant and we recommend that inspect at an authorized Kia dealer.

6 16 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 17

What to do in an emergency

Technical Data CAUTION - Tire pressure sensor System voltage : DC 12 V When you use the Tire Mobility Working voltage : DC 10 - 15 V Kit including sealant not Amperage rating : max. 15 A approved by Kia, the tire pres- Suitable for use at temperatures : sure sensors may be damaged -22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C) by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel Max. working pressure : should be removed when you 87 psi (6 bar) replace the tire with a new one Size and inspect the tire pressure Compressor : 6.6 x 5.9 x 2.7 in. sensors at an authorized dealer. (168 x 150 x 68 mm) Sealant bottle : 4.1 x ø 3.3 in. (104 x ø 85 mm) Compressor weight : 2.31 lbs (1.05 kg) Sealant volume : 18.3 cu. in. (300 ml) Sealant warranty : 5 years (sealant.)

617 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 18

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (IF EQUIPPED) Jack and tools Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency WARNING - Tire Jack tire changing only. Do not place any portion of your To prevent the jack from “rattling” body under a vehicle that is only while the vehicle is in motion, store it supported by a jack since the properly. vehicle can easily roll off the jack. Use vehicle support stands. Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury. Do not allow anyone to remain in the WARNING - Changing vehicle while it is on the jack. tires Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road Never attempt vehicle repairs in OTF060002 and from the vehicle to be raised with the traffic lanes of a public road the jack. The spare tire, jack, jack handle and or highway. wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment. WARNING -Running vehi- Remove the luggage under tray out cle on jack of the way to reach the equipment. Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder Do not start or run the engine of (1) Jack handle before trying to change a tire. The the vehicle while the vehicle is (2) Jack jack should be used on firm level on the jack as this may cause (3) Wheel lug nut wrench ground. If you cannot find a firm level the vehicle to fall off the jack. place off the road, call a towing serv- ice company for assistance. Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

6 18 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 19

What to do in an emergency

Removing and storing the Changing tires spare tire

1JBA6504

OED066033 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire ONF068004 1.Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. 5.Block both the front and rear of the counterclockwise. 2.Shift the shift lever into R wheel that is diagonally opposite Store the tire in the reverse order of (Reverse) for manual transaxle or the jack position. removal. P (Park) for Automatic transaxle/ To prevent the spare tire and tools Dual Clutch Transaxle. from “rattling” while the vehicle is in 3.Activate the hazard warning flash- motion, store them properly. ers.

619 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 20

What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed.

• We recommend that the OYDM066001 wheels of the vehicle be chocked, and that no person OYDDEM2004 remain in a vehicle that is 6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- being jacked. clockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground.

OYDM066002 7.Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack.

6 20 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 21

What to do in an emergency

9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove WARNING - Jack location them with your fingers. Slide the To reduce the possibility of wheel off the studs and lay it flat so injury, be sure to use only the it cannot roll away.To put the wheel jack provided with the vehicle in on the hub, pick up the spare tire, the correct jack position; never line up the holes with the studs and use any other part of the vehicle slide the wheel onto them. If this is for jack support. difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud.Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the OYDDEM2005 wheel can be slid over the other studs. 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the Wheels and wheel covers may have vehicle until the tire just clears the sharp edges. Handle them carefully ground. This measurement is to avoid possible injury. Before put- approximately 1 in (30 mm). Before ting the wheel into place, be sure removing the wheel lug nuts, make that there is nothing on the hub or sure the vehicle is stable and that wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) there is no chance for movement that prevents the wheel from fitting or slippage. solidly against the hub.

621 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 22

What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the WARNING - Installing a valve cap and check the air pressure. wheel If the pressure is lower than recom- Make sure the wheel makes mended, drive slowly to the nearest good contact with the hub when service station and inflate to the cor- installed. If the contact of the rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust mounting surface between the it until it is correct. Always reinstall wheel and hub is not good, the the valve cap after checking or wheel nuts could come loose adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap and cause the loss of a wheel. is not replaced, air may leak from the Loss of a wheel may result in tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy loss of control of the vehicle. OTF060007 another and install it as soon as pos- sible. Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel After you have changed wheels, 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the nuts. Be sure the socket is seated always secure the flat tire in its place studs, put the wheel nuts on the completely over the nut. Do not stand and return the jack and tools to their studs and tighten them finger on the wrench handle or use an exten- proper storage locations. tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is sion pipe over the wrench handle. completely seated, then tighten the nuts as much as possible Go around the wheel tightening every with your fingers again. nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight. 11. Lower the vehicle to the ground Then double-check each nut for tight- by turning the wheel nut wrench ness. After changing the wheels, have counterclockwise. an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. Wheel nut tightening torque: Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel: 65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)

6 22 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 23

What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare CAUTION - Replacing WARNING - Wheel studs tire (if equipped) lug nuts Do not drive your vehicle with Your vehicle is equipped with a com- Make certain during wheel damaged wheel studs. If the pact spare tire. This compact spare removal that the same nuts that studs are damaged, they may tire takes up less space than a regu- were removed are reinstalled - lose their ability to retain the lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a or, if replaced, that nuts with wheel. This could lead to the conventional tire and is designed for metric threads and the same loss of the wheel and a collision. temporary use only. chamfer configuration are used. You should drive carefully when the Your vehicle has metric threads To prevent the jack, jack handle, compact spare is in use. The com- on the wheel studs and nuts. pact spare should be replaced by the Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in proper conventional tire and rim at thread nut on a metric stud will the first opportunity. not secure the wheel to the hub motion, store them properly. properly and will damage the Check the inflation pressures as The operation of this vehicle is not stud so that it must be replaced. soon as possible after installing the recommended with more than one spare tire. Adjust it to the specified compact spare tire in use at the pressure, if necessary. Refer to same time. Note that most lug nuts do not have “Tires and wheels” in section 8. metric threads. Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

623 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 24

What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The WARNING - Spare tire observe the following precautions: compact spare tire diameter is Do not operate your vehicle on • Under no circumstances should you smaller than the diameter of a con- this compact spare at speeds exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher ventional tire and reduces the over 50 mph (80 km/h). The speed could damage the tire. ground clearance approximately compact spare tire is for emer- 1 inch (25 mm), which could result • Ensure that you drive slowly enough in damage to the vehicle. gency use only. The original tire for the road conditions to avoid all should be repaired or replaced hazards. Any road hazard, such as a • Do not take this vehicle through an as soon as possible to avoid pothole or debris, could seriously automatic car wash while the com- failure of the spare. damage the compact spare. pact spare tire is installed. • Any continuous road use of this tire • Do not use tire chains on the com- could result in tire failure, loss of pact spare tire. Because of the The compact spare should be inflat- smaller size, a tire chain will not fit ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). vehicle control, and possible per- sonal injury. properly. This could damage the Check the inflation pressure after vehicle and result in loss of the installing the spare tire. Adjust it to • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- chain. the specified pressure, as necessary. mum load rating or the load-carry- ing capacity shown on the sidewall • The compact spare tire should not of the compact spare tire. be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice.

6 24 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:21 PM Page 25

What to do in an emergency

• Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle. • The compact spare tire’s tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com- pact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel. • The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel. If such use is attempted, damage to these items or other car compo- nents may occur. • Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time. • Do not tow a trailer while the com- pact spare tire is installed.

625 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:22 PM Page 26

What to do in an emergency

Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load • Type A 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under OHYK064001 the frame • Type B 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with Automatic transaxle/ OHYK064005 Dual Clutch Transaxle. • Type C 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. 10. Jack manufacturer 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address

OHYK064002 ❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

6 26 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:22 PM Page 27

What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground A (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or sus- pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a B towing dolly under the front wheels. HXD02 When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not dolly used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.

WARNING - Side and curtain air bag OMC045012 If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the HXD03 If emergency towing is necessary, ignition switch to LOCK or ACC we recommend having it done by an position when the vehicle is CAUTION - Towing authorized Kia dealer or a commer- being towed. The side and cur- • Do not tow the vehicle back- cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting tain air bag may deploy when wards with the front wheels on and towing procedures are neces- the ignition is ON, and the the ground as this may cause sary to prevent damage to the vehi- rollover sensor detects the situ- damage to the vehicle. cle. The use of wheel dollies or ation as a rollover. flatbed is recommended. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

627 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:22 PM Page 28

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook (front) Emergency towing emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) • Front 1.Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral). 3.Release the parking brake.

CAUTION - Towing gear OYDM066004 position • Rear (4 Door) Always place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) when towing your vehicle. Failure to place the OYDM066003 transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal 1.Remove the towing hook from the damage to the transaxle. tool case. 2.Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper. OYDM066014 3.Install the towing hook by turning it • Rear (5 Door) clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4.Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

OYD066013

6 28 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:22 PM Page 29

What to do in an emergency

If towing is necessary, we recom- • Attach a towing strap to the towing mend you have it done by an hook. authorized Kia dealer or a com- • Using a portion of the vehicle other mercial tow truck service. than the tow hooks for towing may If towing service is not available in an damage the body of your vehicle. emergency, your vehicle may be • Use only a cable or chain specifi- temporarily towed using a cable or cally intended for use in towing chain secured to the emergency tow- vehicles. Securely fasten the cable ing hook under the front (or rear) of or chain to the towing hook provid- the vehicle. Use extreme caution ed. when towing the vehicle. A driver • Before emergency towing, check must be in the vehicle to steer it and OYF062017 operate the brakes. that the hook is not broken or dam- aged. • Use a towing strap less than 16 Towing in this manner may be done feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or only on hard-surfaced roads for a • Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm) short distance and at low speeds. wide) in the middle of the strap for Also, the wheels, axles, power train, • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it easy visibility. steadily with even force. steering and brakes must all be in • Drive carefully so that the towing good condition. • To avoid damaging the hook, do strap is not loosened during tow- • Do not use the towing hooks to pull not pull from the side or at a verti- ing. a vehicle out of mud, sand or other cal angle. Always pull straight conditions from which the vehicle ahead. cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. • The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre- quently.

629 YDM USA 6.QXP 5/1/2016 1:22 PM Page 30

What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions If the car is being towed with all four • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so wheels on the ground, it can be the steering wheel isn’t locked. towed only from the front. Be sure that the transmission is in neutral. Be • Place the transaxle shift lever in N sure the steering is unlocked by plac- (Neutral). ing the ignition switch in the ACC • Release the parking brake. position. A driver must be in the • Press the brake pedal with more towed vehicle to operate the steering force than normal since you will and brakes. have reduced brake performance. • More steering effort will be CAUTION - Automatic required because the power steer- transaxle/ Dual Clutch ing system will be disabled. Transaxle • If you are driving down a long hill, • To avoid serious damage to the brakes may overheat and brake the Automatic transaxle/ Dual performance will be reduced. Stop Clutch Transaxle, limit the often and let the brakes cool off. vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing. • Before towing, check for an Automatic transaxle/ Dual Clutch Transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle. If the Automatic transaxle/ Dual Clutch Transaxle fluid is leak- ing, a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used.

6 30 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 1

Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 • Brake/clutch fluid ...... 7-28 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 • Parking brake ...... 7-28 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 • Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors...... 7-28 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-6 • Exhaust pipe and muffler...... 7-29 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 • Suspension mounting bolts...... 7-29 • Owner maintenance schedule ...... 7-7 • Dual clutch transmission Fluid ...... 7-29 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-9 • Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint ...... 7-29 • Normal maintenance schedule ...... 7-10 • Drive shafts and boots...... 7-29 • Maintenance under severe usage conditions ...... 7-24 • Air conditioning refrigerant ...... 7-29 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-26 Engine oil...... 7-30 • Engine oil and filter...... 7-26 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-30 • Drive belts ...... 7-26 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-31 • Fuel filter ...... 7-26 • Fuel filter (for gasoline) ...... 7-26 Engine coolant ...... 7-32 • Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ...... 7-26 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-32 • Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ...... 7-26 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-34 • Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ...... 7-27 Brake/clutch fluid...... 7-35 • Air cleaner filter ...... 7-27 • Checking the brake/clutch* fluid level ...... 7-35 • Spark plugs ...... 7-27 Washer fluid ...... 7-36 • Cooling system...... 7-27 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-36 7 • Coolant ...... 7-27 Parking brake...... 7-36 • Manual transaxle fluid ...... 7-27 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-36 • Valve clearance ...... 7-27 Air cleaner...... 7-37 • Automatic transaxle fluid ...... 7-28 • Filter replacement ...... 7-37 • Brake hoses and lines ...... 7-28 YDM USA 7.QXP 2016-05-02 14:04 Page 2

Climate control air filter ...... 7-39 • Radial-ply tires ...... 7-59 • Filter inspection ...... 7-39 • Low aspect ratio tire(if equipped) ...... 7-60 • Filter replacement ...... 7-39 Fuses ...... 7-61 Wiper blades ...... 7-41 • Instrument panel fuse replacement ...... 7-62 • Blade inspection...... 7-41 • Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 7-64 • Blade replacement ...... 7-41 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-66 Battery...... 7-44 • Engine compartment fuse panel ...... 7-67 • For best battery service ...... 7-44 • Engine room (Battery terminal cover) ...... 7-68 • Battery recharging ...... 7-46 Light bulbs ...... 7-77 • Reset items ...... 7-46 • Front lights replacement...... 7-77 Tires and wheels ...... 7-47 • Outside Mirrors with Turn Signal Indicators . . . . . 7-81 • Tire care ...... 7-47 • Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-47 • High mounted stop lamp replacement ...... 7-86 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-48 • License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-88 • Tire rotation ...... 7-49 • Interior lamp bulb replacement...... 7-89 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-50 Appearance care...... 7-90 • Tire replacement ...... 7-51 • Exterior care ...... 7-90 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-52 • Interior care ...... 7-95 • Tire traction ...... 7-52 Emission control system ...... 7-97 7 • Tire maintenance...... 7-52 • 1. Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-97 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-52 • 2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: • All season tires ...... 7-58 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 7-97 • Summer tires ...... 7-58 • 3. Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-98 • Snow tires ...... 7-59 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-100 • Tire chains ...... 7-59 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Nu 2.0 MPI Engine

1. Engine oil dipstick 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Engine coolant reservoir 4. Radiator cap 5. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir ■ Gasoline Nu 2.0 GDI Engine 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7. Air cleaner 8. Positive battery terminal 9. Negative battery terminal 10. Fuse box

* : if equipped

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OYDM076017/OYDM076078

73 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 4

Maintenance

■ Gasoline Gamma 1.6T-GDI Engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OJFA075002

47 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 5

Maintenance Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Repairs and adjustments required as to prevent damage to your vehicle a result of improper maintenance or and injury to yourself whenever per- a lack of required maintenance are forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE not covered. tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record We recommend you have your vehi- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- cle maintained and repaired by an cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. authorized Kia dealer. An authorized your vehicle, we strongly recom- You should retain documents that Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service mend that you have an authorized show proper maintenance has been quality standards and receives tech- Kia dealer perform this work. performed on your vehicle in accor- nical support from Kia in order to pro- An authorized Kia dealer has factory- dance with the scheduled mainte- vide you with a high level of service trained technicians and genuine Kia nance service charts shown on the satisfaction. parts to service your vehicle proper- following pages. You need this infor- ly. For expert advice and quality serv- mation to establish your compliance ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war- Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- ranties. cient servicing may result in opera- Detailed warranty information is tional problems with your vehicle that provided in your Warranty & could lead to vehicle damage, an Consumer Information manual. accident, or personal injury.

75 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 6

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precau- tions WARNING - Maintenance work Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives Do not wear jewelry or loose instructions only for the maintenance clothing while working under items that are easy to perform. the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These can As explained earlier in this section, become entangled in moving several procedures can be done only parts, if you must run the by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- engine while working under the cial tools. hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially ✽ NOTICE rings, bracelets, watches, and Improper owner maintenance dur- necklaces) and all neckties, ing the warranty period may affect scarves, and similar loose warranty coverage. For details, read clothing before getting near the the separate Warranty & Consumer engine or cooling fans. Information manual provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce- dure, have it done by an authorized Kia dealer.

67 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 7

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in coolant • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side are generally not covered by war- WARNING - Hot coolant when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road. labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check engine is hot. Scalding hot for unusual sounds, pulling to one coolant and steam may blow side, increased brake pedal travel out under pressure. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs, check the transaxle fluid level. • Check the automatic transaxle P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

77 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 8

Maintenance

At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year : • Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall) : • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes. • Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. check the hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windshield washer • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean and latches. the wiper blades with clean cloth • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- dampened with washer fluid. tires including the spare. strips. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the air conditioning system. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, • Check the power steering fluid shields and clamps. level. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for • Inspect and lubricate automatic wear and function. transaxle linkage and controls. • Check for worn tires and loose • Clean the battery and terminals. wheel lug nuts. • Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

87 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 9

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance • Towing a trailer or using a camper, If your vehicle is operated under the Schedule if the vehicle is usually or roof rack above conditions, you should operated where none of the following • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other inspect, replace or refill more fre- conditions apply. If any of the following commercial use of vehicle towing quently than the following Normal conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Schedule. After 120 Maintenance Under Severe Usage • Driving over 106mi/h (170km/h) months or 150,000 miles continue to Conditions. • Frequently driving in stop-and-go follow the prescribed maintenance • Repeated driving short distance of condition intervals. less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km(10 miles) in freezing temperature • Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust condition • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

79 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 10

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. *1 : Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched- ule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *4 : Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500miles (10,000km) or 6 months *5 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.

7 10 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) replace. ❑ Replace climate control air filter *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) (for evaporator and blower unit) or 6 months ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 - MPI/GDI Engine : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 6 months 711 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 12

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect battery condition joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❑ Inspect vacuum hose - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Replace climate control air filter replace. (for evaporator and blower unit) *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter or 6 months ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 - MPI/GDI Engine 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots replace. ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors or 6 months (Continued)

7 12 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 13

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months (Continued) ❑ ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ ❑ Inspect battery condition Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ ❑ Inspect dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ ❑ Inspect vacuum hose Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) Inspect vacuum hose ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - MPI/GDI Engine - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ : : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Replace climate control air filter ❑ Add fuel additive *2 (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) - Turbo GDI replace. ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) - MPI/GDI Engine or 6 months : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months ❈ ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant replace. ❑ Inspect battery condition *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 6 months (Continued)

713 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 14

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors : : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Add fuel additive *2 joint, upper arm ball joint (Every 7,500miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections replace. ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake or 6 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect valve clearance (if equipped) *5 (Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) (Continued)

7 14 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 15

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) (Continued) 67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❑ Inspect battery condition - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect vacuum hose : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Add fuel additive *2 - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ 4 ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or Replace engine oil and filter * replace. - MPI/GDI Engine : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Add fuel additive *2 or 6 months (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 6 months

715 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 16

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines replace. ❑ Inspect dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 or 6 months months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect battery condition joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Replace climate control air filter : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake (Every 7,500 miles (12,000km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or - MPI/GDI Engine replace. : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) (Continued) or 6 months

7 16 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 17

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) - Turbo GDI ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 : Every 7,500miles (12,000 km) or 12 months months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (Every7,500miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❈ ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball replace. joint, upper arm ball joint *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts or 6 months ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter (Continued)

717 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 18

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months (Continued) ❑ ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ ❑ Inspect battery condition Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ ❑ Inspect vacuum hose Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 Inspect vacuum hose ❑ - MPI/GDI Engine Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ ❑ Add fuel additive *2 Replace climate control air filter (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) replace. ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) - MPI/GDI Engine 4 * Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 or 6 months - MPI/GDI Engine : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months ❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect battery condition ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant replace. ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 or 6 months months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) (Continued)

7 18 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 19

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 - MPI/GDI Engine : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 6 months

719 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 20

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months (Continued) ❑ ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect battery condition (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines Replace air cleaner filter ❑ 4 ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 Replace engine oil and filter * months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Replace coolant ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ 2 joint, upper arm ball joint Add fuel additive * ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections replace. ❑ 1 Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) * *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake or 6 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect valve clearance (if equipped) *5 (Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) (Continued)

7 20 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 21

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 102 months (Continued) ❑ ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ ❑ Inspect battery condition Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ ❑ Inspect vacuum hose Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 Inspect vacuum hose ❑ - MPI/GDI Engine Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ ❑ Add fuel additive *2 Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake replace. ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) - Turbo GDI *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 or 6 months - MPI/GDI Engine : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Add fuel additive *2 135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months (Every7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❈ ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. ❑ Inspect battery condition 4 ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines * Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000k m) or 72 or 6 months months after every 15,000 miles (24,000km) or 24 months) (Continued)

721 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 22

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 114 months 150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 120 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose ❑ Inspect dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect drive belt *3 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots - MPI/GDI Engine ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Add fuel additive *2 ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid replace. ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections 4 * Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 or 6 months ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Rotate tires (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) (Continued)

7 22 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 23

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) (Continued) No check, No service required ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *4 - MPI/GDI Engine : Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. *4 Engine oil (1.6 TGDI) Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 6 months

723 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 24

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) A, B, C, D, E, F, ENGINE OIL AND FILTER (MPI/GDI) R OR 6 MONTHS G, H, I, J, K EVERY 3,000 MILES (5,000 KM) A, B, C, D, E, F, ENGINE OIL AND FILTER (Turbo GDI) R OR 6 MONTHS G, H, I, J, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B, H

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I A, C, E, F, DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) G, H, I, J

(Continued)

7 24 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 25

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H AND ROTORS REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H BRAKE STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I ARM BALL JOINT EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J MONTHS CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A- Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) F - Driving in heavy traffic area in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez- G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road ing temperature H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack B- Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle tances towing C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) spread roads K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E- Driving in heavy dust condition

725 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 26

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the car damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam- is being driven in severe conditions, cause multiple issues such as hard age. Have an authorized Kia dealer more frequent oil and filter changes starting. If an excessive amount of replace any damaged or leaking are required. foreign matter accumulates in the parts immediately. fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently. Drive belts Vapor hose and fuel filler cap After installing a new filter, run the Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. Fuel filters should be installed by an vals specified in the maintenance Drive belts should be checked peri- authorized Kia dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced. Fuel filter (for gasoline) Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a lifetime fuel filter that integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed but depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, fuel filter inspection or replace is needed. The fuel filter be Inspected or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 26 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 27

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Coolant hoses A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is The coolant should be changed at Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is the intervals specified in the mainte- dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. nance schedule. damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and Spark plugs Manual transaxle fluid excessive swelling indicate deterio- (if equipped) ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Inspect the manual transaxle fluid nearest to high heat sources, such according to the maintenance sched- ule. as the exhaust manifold. Cooling system Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in con- Check cooling system components, Valve clearance (if equipped) tact with any heat source, sharp such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage Inspect excessive valve noise and/or edges or moving component which engine vibration and adjust if neces- might cause heat damage or and damage. Replace any damaged parts. sary. An authorized Kia dealer mechanical wear. Inspect all hose should perform the operation. connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are pres- ent. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

727 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 28

Maintenance

Automatic transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines Parking brake (if equipped) Visually check for proper installation, Inspect the parking brake system Automatic transaxle fluid should not chafing, cracks, deterioration and including the parking brake pedal be checked under normal usage any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- and cables. conditions. ed or damaged parts immediately. But in severe conditions, the fluid Brake discs, pads, calipers should be changed at an authorized Brake/clutch fluid and rotors Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin- Check brake fluid level in the brake Check the pads for excessive wear, ning of this chapter. fluid reservoir. The level should be discs for run out and wear, and between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on calipers for fluid leakage. ✽ the side of the reservoir. Use only NOTICE hydraulic brake fluid conforming to Automatic transaxle fluid color is DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. basically red. As the vehicle is driven, the auto- matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker. It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.

7 28 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 29

Maintenance

Exhaust pipe and muffler Steering gear box, linkage & Air conditioning refrigerant Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, boots/lower arm ball joint Check the air conditioning lines and muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- With the vehicle stopped and engine connections for leakage and dam- rioration, or damage. Start the off, check for excessive free-play in age. engine and listen carefully for any the steering wheel. exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- Check the linkage for bends or dam- nections or replace parts as neces- age. Check the dust boots and ball sary. joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged Suspension mounting bolts parts. Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten Drive shafts and boots to the specified torque. Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or Dual clutch transmission Fluid damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the Inspect the dual clutch transmission grease. fluid according to the maintenance schedule.

729 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 30

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level WARNING - Radiator CAUTION - Replace hose engine oil Be very careful not to touch the Do not overfill with engine oil. radiator hose when checking or Engine damage may result. adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L. OYD076013L 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating tempera- ture. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.

7 30 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 31

Maintenance

Use only the specified engine oil. Changing the engine oil and (Refer to “Recommended lubricants filter and capacities” in section 8.) Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING - California proposition 65 Engine oil contains chemicals OYDM076084 known to the State of California If it is near or at L, add enough oil to to cause cancer, birth defects bring the level to F. Do not overfill. and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in Use a funnel to help prevent oil contact with the skin for pro- from being spilled on engine com- longed periods of time. Always ponents. protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

731 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 32

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level Recommended engine coolant has a reservoir filled with year-round • When adding coolant, use only antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is deionized water or soft water for filled at the factory. your vehicle and never mix hard Check the antifreeze protection and water in the coolant filled at the fac- coolant level at least once a year, at tory. An improper coolant mixture the beginning of the winter season, can result in serious malfunction or and before traveling to a colder cli- engine damage. mate. • The engine in your vehicle has alu- minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol WARNING - Cooling fan with phosphate based coolant to Use caution when OYDEMC2055 prevent corrosion and freezing. working near the • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol blade of the cooling Check the condition and connections coolant or mix them with the spec- fan. The electric of all cooling system hoses and ified coolant. motor (cooling fan) is heater hoses. Replace any swollen controlled by engine coolant • Do not use a solution that contains or deteriorated hoses. more than 60% antifreeze or less temperature, refrigerant pres- The coolant level should be filled sure and vehicle speed. It may than 35% antifreeze, which would between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks reduce the effectiveness of the sometimes operate even when on the side of the coolant reservoir solution. the engine is not running. when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant or distilled (deion- ized) water to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F (MAX), but do not over- fill. If frequent coolant addition is required, see an authorized Kia deal- er for a cooling system inspection.

7 32 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 33

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the following table. CAUTION - Removing radiator cap Never attempt to Mixture Percentage (volume) Ambient remove the radiator Temperature cap while the engine is operating or hot. Water Antifreeze Doing so might lead 5°F (-15°C) 35 65 to cooling system and engine damage. -13°F (-25°C) 40 60 -31°F (-35°C) 50 50 OYD076028L -49°F (-45°C) 60 40 WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure.

733 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 34

Maintenance

Turn the engine off and wait until it Changing the coolant cools down. Use care when remov- Have the coolant changed by an ing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick authorized Kia dealer according to towel around it, and turn it counter- the Maintenance Schedule at the clockwise slowly to the first stop. beginning of this section. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and con- tinue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

7 34 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 35

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID Checking the brake/clutch* In the event the brake/clutch* system fluid level CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake/clutch fluid in the vehicle should be inspected by brake/clutch system. Small an authorized Kia dealer. amounts of improper fluids When changing and adding (such as engine oil) can cause brake/clutch* fluid, handle it carefully. damage to the brake/clutch sys- Do not let it come in contact with tem. your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a If the level is low, add fluid to the large quantity of fresh tap water. MAX level. The level will fall with Have your eyes examined by a doc- accumulated mileage. This is a nor- tor as soon as possible. mal condition associated with the OYD076024L wear of the brake linings and/or clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid CAUTION - Brake/clutch Check the fluid level in the reservoir level is excessively low, have the fluid periodically. The fluid level should be brake/clutch* system checked by an Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid between MAX and MIN marks on the authorized Kia dealer. to contact the vehicle's body side of the reservoir. paint, as paint damage will Before removing the reservoir cap result. and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean Use only the specified brake/clutch* the area around the reservoir cap fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch* cants and capacities” in chapter 8.) Brake/clutch* fluid, which has been fluid contamination. exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its Never mix different types of fluid. * if equipped quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

735 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:23 PM Page 36

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE Checking the washer fluid Checking the parking brake level WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control.

WARNING - Windshield fluid OYDDDR2105 OMD070007 Do not drink the windshield Check the stroke of the parking Check the fluid level in the washer washer fluid. The windshield brake by counting the number of fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- washer fluid is poisonous to “clicks’’ heard while fully applying it sary. Plain water may be used if humans and animals. from the released position. Also, the washer fluid is not available. parking brake alone should securely However, use washer solvent with hold the vehicle on a fairly steep antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- WARNING - Flammable grade. If the stroke is more or less mates to prevent freezing. fluid than specified, have the parking Do not allow the washer fluid to brake adjusted by an authorized Kia come in contact with open dealer. flames or sparks.The windshield washer fluid reservoir is flamma- Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 ble under certain circumstances. lbs (20 kg, 196 N). This can result in a fire.

7 36 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 37

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

OMD070011 OMD070012

OMD070010 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. attaching clips and open the cover. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. You can clean the filter when inspect- ing the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

737 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 38

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION - Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme- maintenance ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the • Do not drive with the air clean- element more often than the usual er removed; this will result in recommended intervals. (Refer to excessive engine wear. “Maintenance under severe usage • When removing the air cleaner conditions” in this chapter.) filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of nongenuine part could dam- age the air flow sensor.

7 38 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 39

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection Filter replacement The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the fol- lowing procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OYDDMC2005 OYDDMC2006 2. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides. 1. Open the glove box and pull the support strap (1).

739 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 40

Maintenance

OYDDMC2007 OMG079027 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air fil- ter case by pulling out both sides ter. of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

7 40 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 41

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt cial car washes. If the blades are not to move the wipers manually. wiping properly, clean both the win- The use of a non-specified wiper dow and the blades with a good blade could result in wiper malfunc- cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse tion and failure. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION - Wiper blades Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper automatic car washes have been blades, do not use gasoline, known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other cult to clean. solvents on or near them.

741 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 42

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

OHM078059 Type B 1. Raise the wiper arm.

1JBA7038 1LDA5023 2. Compress the clip (1) and slide Type A the blade assembly downward (2). 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the 3. Lift it off the arm. wiper blade assembly to expose 4. Install the blade assembly in the the plastic locking clip. reverse order of removal.

7 42 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 43

Maintenance

OHM078060 OHG070043 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then 3. Install the new blade assembly in pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal. remove it.

743 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 44

Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service WARNING - Risk of WARNING - Sulfuric acid explosion in batteries Keep lit cigarettes and Keep batteries out of the all other flames or reach of children sparks away from the because batteries con- battery. tain highly corrosive The battery contains SULFURIC ACID and hydrogen -- a highly electrolytes. Do not combustible gas which allow battery acid to will explode if it comes contact your skin, eyes, in contact with a flame or clothing or paint finish. OYDDMC2008 spark. Wear eye protection when charging or work- • Keep the battery securely mount- ing near a battery. ed. Always provide ventila- • Keep the battery top clean and dry. tion when working in an • Keep the terminals and connec- enclosed space. tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, discon- nect the battery cables.

7 44 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 45

Maintenance

Always read the following instructions carefully when WARNING - Recharging WARNING - Risk of elec- handling a battery. battery trocution If any electrolyte gets into Never attempt to recharge the Never touch the electrical igni- your eyes, flush your eyes battery when the battery cables tion system while the vehicle is with clean water for at least are connected. running. This system works 15 minutes and get immedi- with high voltage which can ate medical attention. "zap" you. When the vehicle remains unused for If electrolyte gets on your a long time while tempertures are skin, thoroughly wash the low, disconnect the battery and keep contacted area. If you feel it indasrs. pain or burning sensation, get medical attention imme- diately. WARNING - California An inappropriately disposed proposition 65 battery can be harmful to the Battery posts, terminals, and environment and human related accessories contain health. Dispose the battery lead and lead compounds, according to your local law(s) chemicals known to the State of or regulation. California to cause cancer, birth The battery contains lead. Do defects and reproductive harm. not dispose of it after use. Batteries also contain other Please return the battery to chemicals known to the State of an authorized Kia dealer to California to cause cancer. be recycled. Wash hands after handling.

745 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 46

Maintenance

Battery recharging When recharging the battery, Reset items Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, observe the following precautions: Items should be reset after the bat- calcium-based battery. • The battery must be removed from tery has been discharged or the bat- • If the battery becomes discharged the vehicle and placed in an area tery has been disconnected. in a short time (because, for exam- with good ventilation. • Auto down window (See chapter 4) ple, the headlights or interior lights • Watch the battery during charging, • Sunroof (See chapter 4) were left on while the vehicle was and stop or reduce the charging not in use), recharge it by slow rate if the battery cells begin • Trip computer (See chapter 4) charging (trickle) for 10 hours. gassing (boiling) violently or if the • Climate control system • If the battery gradually discharges temperature of the electrolyte of (See chapter 4) because of high electric load while any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C). • Clock (See chapter 4) the vehicle is being used, recharge • Wear eye protection when check- • Audio (See chapter 4) it at 20-30A for two hours. ing the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal. • Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the engine. • The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected.

7 46 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 47

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire underin- For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must flation always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tires consistent with inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe underinflation recommended for your vehicle. (10 psi (70 kPa) or more) can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separa- Recommended cold tire infla- tion and other tire failures that tion pressures can result in the loss of vehicle All tire pressures (including the OMD060012N control.This risk is much higher spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- on hot days and when driving tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label for long periods at high speeds. vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar. one mile (1.6 km). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehi- cle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

747 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 48

Maintenance

• Underinflation also results in Always observe the following: Checking tire inflation pres- excessive wear, poor handling and • Check tire pressure when the tires sure reduced fuel economy. Wheel are cold. (After vehicle has been Check your tires once a month or deformation also is possible. Keep parked for at least three hours or more. your tire pressures at the proper hasn't been driven more than one Also, check the tire pressure of the levels. If a tire frequently needs mile (1.6 km) since startup.) refilling, have it checked by an spare tire. authorized Kia dealer. • Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres- • Overinflation produces a harsh sure of other tires. How to check ride, excessive wear at the center Use a good quality gauge to check of the tire tread, and a greater pos- • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle tire pressure. You can not tell if your sibility of damage from road haz- tires are properly inflated simply by ards. luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. looking at them. Radial tires may • Warm tires normally exceed rec- look properly inflated even when ommended cold tire pressures by 4 they're underinflated. to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not WARNING - Tire Inflation Check the tire's inflation pressure release air from warm tires to Overinflation or underinflation when the tires are cold. - "Cold" adjust the pressure or the tires will can reduce tire life, adversely means your vehicle has been sitting be underinflated. affect vehicle handling, and for at least three hours or driven no • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation lead to sudden tire failure. This more than 1 mile (1.6 km). valve caps. Without the valve cap, could result in loss of vehicle dirt or moisture could get into the control and potential injury. valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

7 48 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 49

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for poor handling, loss of vehicle con- correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. sure to put the valve caps back on • Remember to check the pressure the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of of your spare tire. Kia recommends these conditions. Replace the tire if leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- that you check the spare every ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

749 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 50

Maintenance

Without a spare tire Rotate radial tires that have an direc- Wheel alignment and tire bal- tional tread pattern only from front to ance rear and not from right to left. The wheels on your vehicle were Do not use the compact spare tire for aligned and balanced carefully at the tire rotation. factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. WARNING - Mixing tire In most cases, you will not need to types have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire Do not mix bias ply and radial wear or your vehicle pulling one way S2BLA790A ply tires under any circum- Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may need stances. This may cause unusu- to be reset. al handling characteristics. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.

CAUTION - Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only Disc brake pads should be inspected approved wheel weights. for wear whenever tires are rotated.

7 50 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 51

Maintenance

Tire replacement The ABS works by comparing the Compact spare tire replacement speed of the wheels. Tire size can A compact spare tire has a shorter Tread wear indicator affect wheel speed. When replacing tread life than a regular size tire. tires, all 4 tires must use the same Replace it when you can see the size originally supplied with the vehi- tread wear indicator bars on the tire. cle. Using tires of a different size can The replacement compact spare tire cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake should be the same size and design System) and ESC (Electronic tire as the one provided with your Stability Control) (if equipped) to new vehicle and should be mounted work irregularly. on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not ✽ NOTICE designed to be mounted on a regular OEN076053 size wheel, and the compact spare We recommend replacing tires with tire wheel is not designed for mount- the same make and model originally ing a regular size tire. If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear supplied with the vehicle; not doing indicator will appear as a solid band so may affect driving performance. across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac- ing the tire.

751 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 52

Maintenance

Wheel replacement Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling

When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you 1 any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery 5,6 factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be 7 and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators A wheel that is not the correct size appear. Slow down whenever there 4 may adversely affect wheel and is rain, snow or ice on the road, to bearing life, braking and stopping reduce the possibility of losing con- 2 abilities, handling characteristics, trol of the vehicle. 3 ground clearance, body-to-tire clear- ance, snow chain clearance, Tire maintenance speedometer and odometer calibra- 1 I030B04JM tion, headlight aim and bumper In addition to proper inflation, correct height. wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac- teristics of the tire and also provides CAUTION - Wheel unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. the tire identification number (TIN) Wheels that do not meet Kia's for safety standard certification. The specifications may fit poorly When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in and result in damage to the case of a recall. vehicle or unusual handling and will increase vehicle ride comfort and poor vehicle control. tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.

7 52 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 53

Maintenance

2. Tire size designation 89 - Load Index, a numerical code Tire speed ratings A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum The chart below lists many of the dif- size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. ferent speed ratings currently being information when selecting replace- H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the used for passenger vehicles. The ment tires for your car. The following speed rating chart in this section speed rating is part of the tire size explains what the letters and num- for additional information. designation on the sidewall of the bers in the tire size designation tire. This symbol corresponds to that mean. tire's designed maximum safe oper- Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: ating speed. Wheels are also marked with impor- (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- Speed ever have to replace one. The follow- Rating Maximum Speed tor could vary depending on your ing explains what the letters and Symbol vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- P205/55R16 89H tion mean. S 112 mph (180 km/h) T 118 mph (190 km/h) P - Applicable vehicle type (tires H 130 mph (210 km/h) marked with the prefix “P’’ are Example wheel size designation: V 149 mph (240 km/h) intended for use on passenger 6.0JX16 vehicles or light trucks; however, Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) not all tires have this marking). 6.0 - Rim width in inches. 205 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its 16 - Rim diameter in inches. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches.

753 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 54

Maintenance

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 5. Maximum permissible inflation Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age pressure Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom- This number is the greatest amount based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to of air pressure that should be put in (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended the tire. Do not exceed the maximum replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure, permissible inflation pressure. Refer the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of to the Tire and Loading Information sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident. label for recommended inflation wheel), displaying the DOT Code. pressure. The DOT Code is a series of num- bers on a tire consisting of numbers 4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating and English letters. The manufactur- rial This number indicates the maximum ing date is designated by the last four The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that digits (characters) of the DOT code. ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, materials in the tire, which include DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO always use a tire that has the same steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The front part of the DOT means a load rating as the factory installed The letter "R" means radial ply con- plant code number, tire size and tire. tread pattern and the last four num- struction; the letter "D" means diago- bers indicate week and year manu- nal or bias ply construction; and the factured. letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- struction. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1616 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2016.

7 54 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 55

Maintenance

7. Uniform tire quality grading Tires degrade over time, even when Traction - AA, A, B & C Quality grades can be found where they are not being used. Regardless The traction grades, from highest to applicable on the tire sidewall of the remaining tread, we recom- lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those between tread shoulder and maxi- mend that tires be replaced after grades represent the tires ability to mum section width. approximately six (6) years of nor- stop on wet pavement as measured mal service. Heat caused by hot cli- For example: under controlled conditions on spec- mates or frequent high loading con- ified government test surfaces of TREADWEAR 440 ditions can accelerate the aging asphalt and concrete. A tire marked TRACTION A process. C may have poor traction perform- TEMPERATURE A These grades are molded on the ance. side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. The traction grade assigned to this The tires available as standard or Tread wear tire is based on straight-ahead brak- optional equipment on your vehicles ing traction tests, and does not The tread wear grade is a compara- may vary with respect to grade. include acceleration, cornering, tive rating based on the wear rate of hydroplaning, or peak traction char- the tire when tested under controlled acteristics. conditions on a specified govern- ment test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a- half times (1½) as well on the gov- ernment course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

755 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 56

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of The temperature grades are A (the Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in highest), B and C representing the inside the tire pressing outward on pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- tire’s resistance to the generation of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pascals (kPa) before a tire has built heat and its ability to dissipate heat pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- up heat from driving. when tested under controlled condi- pascal (kPa). Curb Weight: This means the weight tions on a specified indoor laboratory Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and test wheel. combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the Sustained high temperature can sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and cause the material of the tire to accessories are, automatic coolant, but without passengers and degenerate and reduce tire life, and transaxle, power seats, and air con- cargo. excessive temperature can lead to ditioning. DOT Markings: A code molded into sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a the sidewall of a tire signifying that responds to a level of performance tire's height to its width. the tire is in compliance with the U.S. which all passenger car tires must Department of Transportation motor meet under the Federal Motor Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords vehicle safety standards. The DOT Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. that is located between the plies and code includes the Tire Identification Grades B and A represent higher the tread. Cords may be made from Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- levels of performance on the labora- steel or other reinforcing materials. ignator which can also identify the tory test wheel than the minimum Bead: The tire bead contains steel tire manufacturer, production plant, required by law. wires wrapped by steel cords that brand and date of production. hold the tire onto the rim. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight which the plies are laid at alternate Rating for the Front Axle. angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.

7 56 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 57

Maintenance

Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: Pneumatic tire: A mechanical side of an asymmetrical tire, that The sum of curb weight; accessory device made of rubber, chemicals, must always face outward when weight; vehicle capacity weight; and fabric and steel or other materials, mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. that, when mounted on an automo- Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for Normal Occupant Weight: The tive wheel, provides the traction and air pressure. number of occupants a vehicle is contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load. Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designat- designed to seat multiplied by 150 ed by its manufacturer as primarily pounds (68 kg). Production options weight: The intended for use on lightweight trucks Occupant Distribution: Designated combined weight of installed regular or multipurpose passenger vehicles. seating positions. production options weighing over 5 lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard Load ratings: The maximum load Outward Facing Sidewall: The side items which they replace, not previ- that a tire is rated to carry for a given of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- ously considered in curb weight or inflation pressure. ticular side that faces outward when accessory weight, including heavy Load Index: An assigned number mounted on a vehicle. The outward duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- facing sidewall bears white lettering heavy duty battery, and special trim. or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or sponds to the load carrying capacity Recommended Inflation Pressure: of a tire. model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Maximum Inflation Pressure: The the inner facing sidewall. ed tire inflation pressure and shown maximum air pressure to which a on the tire placard. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used on passenger cars and some Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in mum air pressure is molded onto the which the ply cords that extend to the sidewall. light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the Maximum Load Rating: The load centerline of the tread. rating for a tire at the maximum per- Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords. Rim: A metal support for a tire and missible inflation pressure for that tire. upon which the tire beads are seated.

757 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 58

Maintenance

Sidewall: The portion of a tire Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- All season tires between the tread and the bead. ber of designated seating positions Kia specifies all season tires on Speed Rating: An alphanumeric multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the some models to provide good per- code assigned to a tire indicating the rated cargo and luggage load. formance for use all year round, maximum speed at which a tire can Vehicle Maximum Load on the including snowy and icy road condi- operate. Tire: Load on an individual tire due tions. All season tires are identified Traction: The friction between the to curb and accessory weight plus by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud tire and the road surface. The maximum occupant and cargo and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow amount of grip provided. weight. tires have better snow traction than Tread: The portion of a tire that Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: all season tires and may be more comes into contact with the road. Load on an individual tire that is appropriate in some areas. determined by distributing to each Treadwear Indicators: Narrow axle its share of the curb weight, bands, sometimes called "wear bars," accessory weight, and normal occu- Summer tires that show across the tread of a tire pant weight and driving by 2. when only 2/32 inch of tread remains. Kia specifies summer tires on some Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- models to provide superior perform- UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality ly attached to a vehicle showing the ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- Grading Standards, a tire information original equipment tire size and rec- formance is substantially reduced in system that provides consumers with ommended inflation pressure. snow and ice. Summer tires do not ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- have the tire traction rating M+S ture and treadwear. Ratings are (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. determined by tire manufacturers If you plan to operate your vehicle in using government testing proce- snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom- dures. The ratings are molded into mends the use of snow tires or all the sidewall of the tire. season tires on all four wheels.

7 58 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 59

Maintenance

Snow tires Tire chains Radial-ply tires If you equip your car with snow tires, Tire chains, if necessary, should be Radial-ply tires provide improved they should be the same size and installed on the front wheels. tread life, road hazard resistance and have the same load capacity as the Be sure that the chains are installed smoother high speed ride. The radi- original tires. Snow tires should be in accordance with the manufactur- al-ply tires used on this vehicle are installed on all four wheels; other- er's instructions. of belted construction and are select- wise, poor handling may result. ed to complement the ride and han- To minimize tire and chain wear, do dling characteristics of your vehicle. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 not continue to use tire chains when kPa) more air pressure than the they are no longer needed. Radial-ply tires have the same load pressure recommended for the stan- carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias dard tires on the tire label on the dri- • When driving on roads covered belted tires of the same size and use ver's side of the center pillar, or up to with snow or ice, drive at less than the same recommended inflation the maximum pressure shown on the 20 mph (30 km/h). pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires tire sidewall, whichever is less. • Use the SAE “S” class or wire with bias-ply or bias belted tires is Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 chains. not recommended. Any combina- km/h) when your vehicle is equipped • If you hear noise caused by chains tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias with snow tires. contacting the body, retighten the belted tires when used on the same chain to avoid contact with the vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle body. vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- • To prevent body damage, retighten low is: identical radial-ply tires should the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 always be used as a set of four. miles (0.5~1.0 km). • Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. In unavoidable circumstances, use a wire type chain. • Use wire chains less than 0.59 inches (15 mm) to prevent damage to the chain’s connection.

759 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 60

Maintenance

Longer wearing tires can be more ✽ NOTICE CAUTION susceptible to irregular tread wear. It • It is not easy to recognize the tire is very important to follow the tire Because the sidewall of the low damage with your own eyes. But if rotation interval shown in this section aspect ratio tire is shorter than there is the slightest hint of tire to achieve the tread life potential of the normal, the wheel and tire of damage, even though you cannot these tires. Cuts and punctures in the low aspect ratio tire is easi- see the tire damage with your own radial-ply tires are repairable only in er to be damaged. So, follow the eyes have the tire checked or the tread area, because of sidewall instructions below. replaced because the tire damage flexing. Consult your tire dealer for - When driving on a rough road may cause air leakage from the radial-ply tire repairs. or off road, drive cautiously tire. because tires and wheels may • If the tire is damaged by driving Low aspect ratio tire be damaged. And after driving, on a rough road, off road, pothole, (if equipped) inspect tires and wheels. manhole, or curb stone, it will not Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect - When passing over a pothole, be covered by the warranty. ratio is lower than 50, are provided speed bump, manhole, or curb • You can find out the tire informa- for sporty looks. stone, drive slowly so that the tion on the tire sidewall. tires and wheels are not dam- Because the low aspect ratio tires aged. are optimized for handling and brak- ing, it may be more uncomfortable to - If the tire is impacted, we rec- ride in and there is more noise com- ommend that you inspect the pare with normal tires. tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. - To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.

7 60 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 61

Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle's electrical system is protect- ed from electrical overload damage by WARNING - Fuse replace- fuses. ment This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one • Never replace a fuse with any- located in the driver's side panel bol- Normal Blown thing but another fuse of the ster, others in the engine compart- same rating. ■ Cartridge type ment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle's lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse • Never install a wire or aluminum will be melted. foil instead of the proper fuse - Normal Blown even as a temporary repair. It ■ Multi fuse If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. Before replacing a blown fuse, move CAUTION - Fuse replace- to safe place, turn off the engine and ment Normal Blown all electric devices, and disconnect the negative battery cable. Do not use a screwdriver or any If the replacement fuse blows, this other metal object to remove indicates an electrical problem. Avoid fuses because it may cause a using the system involved and we rec- short circuit and damage the ommend that you consult an author- system. ized Kia dealer.

Normal Blown Four kinds of fuses are used: blade Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on type for lower amperage rating, car- electric wiring to the vehicle. OXM073122 tridge type, battery fuse terminal and multi fuse type for higher amperage ratings.

761 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 62

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Instrument panel fuse replace- The actual fuse/relay panel label WARNING - Electrical Fire ment may differ depending on equip- • Always ensure replacements ment/options. fuses and relays are securely fastened when installed. Failure to do so can result in a CAUTION - Fuse replace- vehicle fire. ment • We recommend that you do not Do not input any other objects remove fuses, relays and termi- except fuses or relays into nals that are fastened with fuse/relay terminals such as a bolts or nuts. If they are not driver or wiring. It may cause completely re-installed, such contact failure and system mal- looseness may cause electrical function. arcing and a possible fire. If fuses, relays and terminals fas- OYDDMC2009 tened with bolts or nuts need 1. Turn the ignition switch and all replacement, consult with an other switches off. authorized Kia dealer. 2. Open the fuse panel cover.

7 62 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 63

Maintenance

If the headlights or other electrical Fuse switch components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

OYDDMC2010 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight OYDDMC2040 out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a fuse panel. switch to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it operated for prolonged periods. if it is blown. Use the following procedures before 5. Push in a new fuse of the same parking the vehicle for prolonged rating, and make sure it fits tightly periods. in the clips. 1. Turn off the engine. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer. 2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights. If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit 3. Open the driver’s side panel cover you may not need for operating the and move the fuse switch up to the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter OFF position. fuse.

763 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 64

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it • If the fuse switch is in the OFF replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert position, the warning chime, the fuse, use the fuse puller in the audio, clock and interior lamps, engine compartment fuse panel. etc., will not operate. Some items 4. Push in a new fuse of the same must be reset after replacement. rating, and make sure it fits tightly Refer to “Battery” in this chapter. in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult • Even when the fuse switch is in the an authorized Kia dealer. OFF position, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the CAUTION - Fuse panel headlights or other electrical covers devices. After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, OYDDMC2011 securely install the fuse panel cover. If not, electrical failures 1.Turn the ignition switch and all may occur from water contact. other switches off. 2.Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up. When the blade type fuse is dis- connected, remove it by using the clip designed for changing fuses located in the engine room fuse box. Upon removal, securely insert reserve fuse of equal quantity.

7 64 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 65

Maintenance

Main fuse Multi fuse CAUTION Visually inspect the battery cap to ensure it is securely closed. If the battery cap is not securely closed, moisture may enter the system and damage the electri- cal components.

OMD070021 OMD070022 If the main fuse is blown, it must be If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 1. Remove the fuse panel in the 2. Disconnect the negative battery engine compartment. cable. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. ture above. 3. Replace the fuse with a new one 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. of the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. removal.

765 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:24 PM Page 66

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description

OYDDMC2012 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer OYDNMC5014 to the fuse panel label. ✽ NOTICE The actual fuse/relay panel label may differ depending on equip- ment/options. 7 66 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 67

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OYDDMC2013 ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. OYDM076074

767 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 68

Maintenance

Engine room (Battery terminal cover)

OYDNMC2059 ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. OYDM076075

7 68 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 69

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver IMS Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch SPARE 4 25A - P/WDW RH 25A Smart Junction Block (Power Window RH Relay), Passenger Safety Power Window Module TRUNK 10A Smart Junction Box (Trunk Relay) P/WDW LH 25A Smart Junction Block (Power Window LH Relay), Driver Safety Power Window Module DR LOCK 20A Smart Junction Block (Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay), ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay) SPARE 3 20A - POWER OUTLET 1 20A Cigarette Lighter & Power Outlet (Cigarette Lighter) S/HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH MODULE 8 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module SPARE 2 7.5A - MODULE 9 15A Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Handle Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Digital Clock, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside MODULE 1 10A Mirror Switch A/CON 7.5A A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay, GSL PTC Heater Relay) Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver Passenger Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear MODULE 5 7.5A Seat Warmer LH/RH, Sunroof HTD MIRR 10A ECM/PCM, A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror Trunk Room Lamp, Glove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, INTERIOR LAMP 7.5A Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Luggage Lamp MODULE 6 7.5A Key Solenoid PDM 2 7.5A [With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module [W/O Smart Key] Immobilizer Module SUNROOF 20A Sunroof

769 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 70

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Electro Chromic Mirror, Multipurpose Check Connector, A/C Control Module, Driver CCS Switch, Driver/Passenger Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver MODULE 2 10A IMS Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, ATM Lever Indicator, Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH, Rear Power Window Switch LH/RH, Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH, Audio, Dynamic Bending Light Module, Console Switch LH/RH HTD STRG 15A Steering Wheel Heater IG 1 20A W/O Smart Key : E/R Junction Block (Fuse - TCU1, ECU 3, ABS 3) WIPER FRT 25A Wiper Motor, E/R Junction Block (Wiper Relay), Multifunction Switch (Wiper) MULTIMEDIA 2 7.5A - Driver IMS Module, BCM, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Instrument MEMORY 7.5A Cluster, Data Link Connector, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, MODULE 7 10A ICM Relay Box (Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay, Folding Relay, Unfolding Relay) PDM 3 7.5A [With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module [W/O Smart Key] Immobilizer Module MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit MODULE 3 7.5A Instrument Cluster [With Burglar Alarm & W/O Smart Key & W/O IMMO.] ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay) START 7.5A [W/O Burglar Alarm or With Smart Key or With IMMO.] Transaxle Range Switch, Ignition Lock Switch MULTIMEDIA 1 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module PDM 1 20A Smart Key Control Module POWER OUTLET FRT 20A Cigarette Lighter & Power Outlet (Power Outlet) A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.) Crash Pad Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Stop Lamp Switch, Digital Clock, BCM, Blind Spot MODULE 4 10A Detection Radar LH/RH, MDPS Unit, AEB Module, Sport Mode Switch, AEB Radar A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Weight Classification Module

7 70 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 71

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MDPS 80A MDPS Unit Smart Junction Block (ARISU-LT IPS 1 (4CH), Fuse - MODULE6, MODULE7, MODULE9, B+1 60A P/WDW LH, P/WDW RH, TRUNK) ABS 1 40A ESC Module C/FAN 40A C/Fan Relay MULTI FUSE RR HTD 40A RR HTD Relay BLOWER 40A Blower Relay GSL PTC HEATER 60A GSL PTC Heater Relay Smart Junction Block (ARISU-LT IPS 3 (4CH), ARISU-LT IPS 4 (4CH), IPS 5 (2CH), Fuse - B+2 60A PDM 1, P/SEAT DRV BRAKE SWITCH, S/HEATER RR) A/T,DCT : Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Combination B/UP LAMP 10A Lamp (In) LH/RH M/T : Back-Up Lamp Switch TCU 1 15A A/T : Transaxle Range Switch, DCT : Transaxle Range Switch, TCM ABS 3 10A ESC Module ECU 3 10A ECM/PCM, Vacuum Pump A/CON SWITCH 10A A/C Control Module, Blower Motor, Blower Relay, ECM/PCM, Blower Resistor FUSE WIPER FRT 10A ECM/PCM, Wiper Motor, E/R Junction Block (Wiper FRT Relay) B+3 50A Smart Junction Block (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse - PDM 2, DR LOCK, SUNROOF) ECU 6 40A EMS Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse - ECU 4, A/CON, F/PUMP) GSL PTC HEATER 50A GSL PTC HEATER RELAY DEICER 15A ICM Relay Box (Front Deicer Relay) STOP LAMP 10A Stop Signal Electronic Module

771 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 72

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected S/HEATER FRT 20A Driver/Passenger Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module HORN 15A Horn Relay, ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay) ECU 5 15A ECM/PCM W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch, Start 1 Relay, With Smart Key : PDM 4 (IG2) Relay, Start 1 IG 2 40A Relay ABS 2 40A ESC Module FUSE IG 1 40A W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch, With Smart Key : PDM 3 (IG1) Relay, PDM 2 (ACC) Relay Multifunction Switch, Rear Wiper Motor, ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Ignition Switch, WIPER RR 15A PDM 4 (IG2) Relay TCU 3 40A TCM TCU 2 20A TCM TCU 4 40A TCM

7 72 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 73

Maintenance

Fuse & Relay Box( NU 2.0L MPI/ NU 2.0 GDI) Relay NO. Relay Name Type E41 RR HTD RELAY PLUG MICRO E42 WIPER RELAY PLUG MICRO E43 GSL PTC RELAY PLUG MICRO E44 PDM 2 (ACC) RELAY PLUG MICRO E45 START 1 RELAY PLUG MICRO E46 PDM 3 (IG1) RELAY PLUG MICRO E47 C/FAN RELAY PLUG MINI E48 HORN RELAY PLUG MICRO E49 PDM 4 (IG2) RELAY PLUG MICRO E50 BLOWER RELAY PLUG MICRO E52 C/FAN 2 RELAY PLUG MICRO

Junction Block (GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI) Relay NO. Relay Name Type E41 RR HTD RELAY PLUG MICRO E42 WIPER RELAY PLUG MICRO E43 GSL PTC RELAY PLUG MICRO E44 PDM 2 (ACC) RELAY PLUG MICRO E45 START 1 RELAY PLUG MICRO E46 PDM 3 (IG1) RELAY PLUG MICRO E47 C/FAN RELAY PLUG MINI E48 HORN RELAY PLUG MICRO E49 PDM 4 (IG2) RELAY PLUG MICRO E50 BLOWER RELAY PLUG MICRO E52 C/FAN 2 RELAY PLUG MICRO

773 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 74

Maintenance

EMS Block (NU 2.0L MPI) Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected F/PUMP 20A F/Pump Relay ECU 4 15A PCM A/CON 15A A/CON COMP Relay INJECTOR 10A EMS Block (F/Pump Relay) SPARE 10A - IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, EMS Block (F/PUMP Relay) ECU 1 20A ECM/PCM Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, EMS Block (A/CON SENSOR 2 10A COMP Relay) Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, E/R Junction Block (C/Fan 2 Relay) Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust), Oil Control Valve #3 (Signal), Electronic SENSOR 1 10A Thermostat SPARE 10A - SPARE 15A - SPARE 20A -

Relay Name Type ENGINE CONTROL RELAY PCB A/CON COMP RELAY PLUG MICRO F/PUMP RELAY PLUG MICRO

7 74 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 75

Maintenance

EMS Block (NU 2.0L GDI) Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected F/PUMP 20A F/Pump Relay ECU 4 15A PCM/ECM A/CON 15A A/CON COMP Relay INJECTOR 10A EMS Block (F/Pump Relay) ECU 2 10A PCM/ECM IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser ECU 1 20A PCM/ECM Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, EMS Block (A/CON COMP Relay) SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, E/R Junction Block (C/Fan 2 Relay)Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust) SPARE 10A - SPARE 10A - SPARE 15A - SPARE 20A -

Relay Name Type ENGINE CONTROL RELAY PCB A/CON COMP RELAY PCB F/PUMP RELAY PCB

775 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 76

Maintenance

EMS Block GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected F/PUMP 20A F/Pump Relay ECU 4 15A PCM/ECM A/CON 15A A/CON COMP Relay INJECTOR 10A EMS Block (F/Pump Relay) ECU 2 10A PCM/ECM IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser ECU 1 20A PCM/ECM Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, EMS Block (A/CON COMP Relay) SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, E/R Junction Block (C/Fan 2 Relay)Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust) SPARE 10A - SPARE 10A - SPARE 15A - SPARE 20A -

Relay Name Type ENGINE CONTROL RELAY PCB A/CON COMP RELAY PCB F/PUMP RELAY PCB

7 76 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 77

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS If you don’t have necessary tools, the Front lights replacement WARNING - Lights correct bulbs and the expertise, con- Prior to working on the light, sult an authorized Kia dealer. In firmly apply the parking brake, many cases, it is difficult to replace ensure that the ignition switch vehicle light bulbs because other is turned to the “LOCK” position parts of the vehicle must be removed and turn off the lights to avoid before you can get to the bulb. This is burning your fingers or receiv- especially true if you have to remove ing an electric shock. the headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in Use only the bulbs of the specified damage to the vehicle. wattage. OYDM076048

CAUTION - Light (1) Headlight (High) replacement (2) Headlight (Low) Be sure to replace the burned- (3) Front turn signal light out bulb with one of the same (4) Front fog light* wattage rating. Otherwise, it (5) Front position light* may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. (6) Side marker * : if equipped

777 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 78

Maintenance

Headlight bulb Always handle them carefully, and Headlight (bulb type) avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liq- uids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. Low Wear eye protection when changing HIgh OHD076046 a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down OYD076010L before handling it. 1. Turn off the engine. WARNING - Halogen bulbs 2. Open the hood. Handle halogen bulbs with care. 3. Remove the headlight bulb cover Halogen bulbs contain pressur- by turning it counterclockwise. ized gas that will produce flying 4. Disconnect the headlight bulb pieces of glass if broken. socket-connector. 5. Remove the bulb from the head- light assembly. 6. Install a new headlight bulb. 7. Connect the headlight bulb socket- connector. 8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

7 78 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 79

Maintenance

If the headlight aiming adjustment is Front side marker/Front turn sig- necessary after the headlight nal light assembly is reinstalled, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

OYDM076073 Front side marker

OYDDMC2043 5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket 1. Open the hood. counterclockwise until the tabs on 2. Disconnect the negative battery the socket align with the slots on cable. the assembly. 3. Loosen the retaining bolts and 6. Pull the bulb out of the socket. remove the headlamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. If you 7. Insert a new bulb. can reach to the bulb without 8. Install the socket in the assembly removing the headlamp assembly, by aligning the tabs on the socket you don’t need to do step 3. with the slots in the assembly. 4. Disconnect the power connec Push the socket into assembly tor(s) from the back of the head and turn the socket clockwise. lamp assembly. 9. Reinstall the headlamp assembly, bumper to the body of the vehicle.

779 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 80

Maintenance

8. Install the socket in the assembly Front fog light (if equipped) by aligning the tabs on the socket ■ 4 Door, 5 Door with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

OYD076085L OYD076012L ■ Front turn signal light 5 Door Turbo 5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the OYDM076083 socket. Pull the bulb out of the 1. Turn off the engine. socket. 2. Remove the under cover by rotat- 7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it ing the screws. into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 3. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper. 4. Disconnect the power connector.

7 80 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:25 PM Page 81

Maintenance

5.Remove the bulb-socket from the Outside Mirrors with Turn Rear combination lamp bulb housing by turning the socket Signal Indicators (if equipped) replacement counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on • 4 Door Type A the housing. 6.Install the new bulb-socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the hous- ing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise.

7.Connect the power connector. OYDM076079 8.Reinstall the front under cover. • 4 Door Type B OYDDMC2017 If the light (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer

OYDM076080 (1) Tail and Stop and Side marker lamp (2) Tail and Side marker lamp (3) Tail lamp (4) Stop lamp (5) Back up lamp (6) Rear turn signal lamp 781 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 82

Maintenance

• 5 Door Outside lamp • 5 Door Type A • 4 Door

OYDDMC3075 • 5 Door Type B OYDDMC3064

OYDDMC2029 • 5 Door • 4 Door 1. Turn off the engine. 1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Open the tailgate. 2. Remove the service cover by 3. Loosen the light assembly retain- pulling out the service cover. ing screws with a cross-tip screw- driver. OYDDMC3063 4. Remove the rear combination light (1) Stop and tail lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. (2) Tail lamp (3) Back-up lamp (4) Rear turn signal lamp (5) Tail stop lamp or stop lamp (LED) If the light (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer

7 82 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 83

Maintenance

• 5 Door 8. Install the socket in the assembly Stop/Tail lamp and turn signal by aligning the tabs on the socket lamp with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly • 4 Door Type A and turn the socket clockwise. 9. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

OYDDMC3068 5. Remove the socket from the OYDDMC2030 assembly by turning the socket • 4 Door counterclockwise until the tabs on Type B the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. OYDDMC2031 7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

783 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 84

Maintenance

• 5 Door 2. Remove the bulb from the socket Inside lamp Type A by pressing it in and rotating it • 4 Door counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

OYDDMC3068 4. Install the socket in the assembly • 5 Door by aligning the tabs on the socket OYDDMC2021 Type B with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 5. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole.

Stop and tail light (LED type) If the light does not operate, we rec- OYDDMC3067 ommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 1. Remove the socket from the OYDDMC2022CN assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on • 4 Door the socket align with the slots on 1. Open the trunk. the assembly. 2. Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk lid cover and then remove the cover.

7 84 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 85

Maintenance

3. Disconnect the connector and • 5 Door then remove the nuts by turning the nuts counter clockwise.

OYDDMC3065

OYDDMC2023 • 4 Door Back up lamp 1. Take the lamp assembly out. 2. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. OYDDMC3070 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it out. • 5 Door 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it 1. Turn off the engine. into the socket. 2. Open the tailgate. 5. Install the light assembly to the trunk. 3. Remove the service cover. 6. Reinstall the nuts and connector and then the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw.

785 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 86

Maintenance

4. Remove the socket from the High mounted stop lamp 3. Remove the bulb from the socket assembly by turning the socket replacement by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on • 4 Door the bulb align with the slots in the the assembly. socket. Pull the bulb out of the 5. Remove the bulb from the socket socket. by pressing it in and rotating it 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it counterclockwise until the tabs on into the socket and rotating it until the bulb align with the slots in the it locks into place. socket. Pull the bulb out of the 5. Install the socket in the assembly socket. by aligning the tabs on the socket 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it with the slots in the assembly. into the socket and rotating it until OYD046058 Push the socket into the assembly it locks into place. and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 8. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole.

Stop/tail light (LED type) OYDDMC2025 If the light does not operate, we rec- • 4 Door ommend that the system be checked 1. Open the trunk. by an authorized Kia dealer. 2. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots.

7 86 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 87

Maintenance

• 5 Door

A

B

OYDDMC3072

OYDDMC3073 OYDDMC3071 4. Loosen the retaining nuts and 5. Remove the high mounted stop remove the spoiler. lamp assembly (A) after loosening the nuts and washer nozzle (B). 6. Reinstall a new lamp assembly in the reverse order of removal.

OYDDMC3074 • 5 Door 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Gently remove the center cover of the rear tailgate trim. 3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

787 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 88

Maintenance

License plate lamp bulb Front map lamp Room lamp replacement

OJF075144L OMD070043 Vanity mirror lamp Luggage lamp (if equipped) • 4 Door

OYDDMC2032 1. Remove the cover by pressing it as direction of the arrows. 2. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise. OVG079040 OMD070045 Glove box lamp Luggage lamp (if equipped) 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it • 5 Door straight out. 4. Install a new bulb. 5. Reinstall the bulb assembly securely with the retaining screws.

OYDEMC2065 OYDDMC3076

7 88 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 89

Maintenance

Interior lamp bulb replacement 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, lamp housing notches and snap gently pry the lens from the interi- the lens into place. or light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it CAUTION - Interior lights straight out. Use care not to dirty or damage 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings. WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiv- ing an electric shock.

789 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 90

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each CAUTION Exterior general caution off-road trip. Pay special attention to • Do not use strong soap, chem- It is very important to follow the label the removal of any accumulation of ical detergents or hot water, directions when using any chemical salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate- and do not wash the vehicle in cleaner or polish. Read all warning rials. Make sure the drain holes in the direct sunlight or when the and caution statements that appear lower edges of the doors and rocker body of the vehicle is warm. on the label. panels are kept clear and clean. • Be careful when washing the Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, side windows of your vehicle. CAUTION - Headlight industrial pollution and similar Especially, with high-pressure Lens deposits can damage your vehicle’s water. Water may leak through To prevent damage, do not finish if not removed immediately. the windows and wet the inte- clean headlight lens with chem- Even prompt washing with plain water rior. ical solvents or strong deter- may not completely remove all these • To prevent damage to the gents. deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on plastic parts and lamps, do painted surfaces, may be used. not clean with chemical sol- After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- vents or strong detergents. oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Finish maintenance Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. Washing After washing the vehicle, test the To help protect your vehicle’s finish brakes while driving slowly to see if from rust and deterioration, wash it they have been affected by water. If thoroughly and frequently at least braking performance is impaired, dry once a month with lukewarm or cold the brakes by applying them lightly water. while maintaining a slow forward speed.

7 90 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 91

Maintenance

High-pressure washing Waxing • When using high-pressure wash- Wax the vehicle when water will no ers, make sure to maintain suffi- longer bead on the paint. cient distance from the vehicle. Always wash and dry the vehicle Insufficient clearance or excessive before waxing. Use a good quality pressure can lead to component liquid or paste wax, and follow the damage or water penetration. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main- • Do not spray the camera, sensors tain its luster. or its surrounding area directly with Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- a high pressure washer. Shock als with a spot remover will usually applied from high pressure water OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to may cause the device to not oper- re-wax these areas even if the rest of ate normally. the vehicle does not yet need waxing. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION - Wetting engine boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high CAUTION - Drying vehicle aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may • Wiping dust or dirt off the high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical body with a dry cloth will circuits located in the engine scratch the finish. compartment. • Do not use steel wool, abra- • Never allow water or other liq- sive cleaners, or strong deter- uids to come in contact with gents containing highly alka- electrical/electronic compo- line or caustic agents on nents inside the vehicle as chrome-plated or anodized this may damage them. aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protec- tive coating and cause discol- oration or paint deterioration.

791 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 92

Maintenance

Finish damage repair Underbody maintenance Aluminum wheel maintenance Deep scratches or stone chips in the Corrosive materials used for ice and The aluminum wheels are coated painted surface must be repaired snow removal and dust control may with a clear protective finish. promptly. Exposed metal will quickly collect on the underbody. If these • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, rust and may develop into a major materials are not removed, acceler- polishing compound, solvent, or repair expense. ated rusting can occur on underbody wire brushes on aluminum wheels. parts such as the fuel lines, frame, They may scratch or damage the ✽ floor pan and exhaust system, even finish. NOTICE though they have been treated with If your vehicle is damaged and rust protection. • Clean the wheel when it has cooled. requires any metal repair or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- replacement, be sure the body shop body and wheel openings with luke- • Use only a mild soap or neutral applies anti-corrosion materials to warm or cold water once a month, detergent, and rinse thoroughly the parts repaired or replaced. after off-road driving and at the end of with water. Also, be sure to clean each winter. Pay special attention to the wheels after driving on salted Bright-metal maintenance these areas because it is difficult to roads. This helps prevent corro- • To remove road tar and insects, see all the mud and dirt. It will do sion. use a tar remover, not a scraper or more harm than good to wet down the • Avoid washing the wheels with other sharp object. road grime without removing it. The high-speed car wash brushes. • To protect the surfaces of bright- lower edges of doors, rocker panels, • Do not use any alkaline or acid metal parts from corrosion, apply a and frame members have drain holes detergent. It may damage and cor- coating of wax or chrome preser- that should not be allowed to clog with rode the aluminum wheels coated vative and rub to a high luster. dirt; trapped water in these areas can with a clear protective finish. • During winter weather or in coastal cause rusting. areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

7 92 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 93

Maintenance

Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not sion cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these rea- By using the most advanced design materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to and construction practices to combat keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosion, we produce vehicles of common causes of accelerated cor- rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- the highest quality. However, this is rials. This applies not only to the vis- only part of the job. To achieve the chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the long-term corrosion resistance your underside of the vehicle. vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also Moisture breeds corrosion required. To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from Common causes of corrosion occur. For example, corrosion is getting started by observing the fol- lowing: The most common causes of corro- accelerated by high humidity, partic- sion on your vehicle are: ularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is the corrosive material is kept in con- allowed to accumulate underneath tact with the vehicle surfaces by the vehicle. moisture that is slow to evaporate. • Removal of paint or protective Mud is particularly corrosive coatings by stones, gravel, abra- because it dries slowly and holds sion or minor scrapes and dents moisture in contact with the vehicle. which leave unprotected metal Although the mud appears to be dry, exposed to corrosion. it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.

793 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 94

Maintenance

Keep your vehicle clean • When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good condi- The best way to prevent corrosion is rocker panels and frame mem- tion to keep your vehicle clean and free bers, be sure that drain holes are Scratches or chips in the finish of corrosive materials. Attention to kept open so that moisture can should be covered with "touch-up" the underside of the vehicle is partic- escape and not be trapped inside paint as soon as possible to reduce ularly important. to accelerate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the atten- Keep your garage dry tion of a qualified body and paint • If you live in a high-corrosion area shop is recommended. — where road salts are used, near Don't park your vehicle in a damp, the ocean, areas with industrial poorly ventilated garage. This cre- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you ates a favorable environment for cor- highly corrosive and may damage should take extra care to prevent rosion. This is particularly true if you painted surfaces in just a few hours. corrosion. In winter, hose off the wash your vehicle in the garage or Always remove bird droppings as underside of your vehicle at least drive it into the garage when it is still soon as possible. once a month and be sure to clean wet or covered with snow, ice or the underside thoroughly when mud. Even a heated garage can con- winter is over. tribute to corrosion unless it is well Don't neglect the interior • When cleaning underneath the ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Moisture can collect under the floor vehicle, give particular attention to mats and carpeting and cause corro- the components under the fenders sion. Check under the mats periodi- and other areas that are hidden cally to be sure the carpeting is dry. from view. Do a thorough job; just Use particular care if you carry fertil- dampening the accumulated mud izers, cleaning materials or chemi- rather than washing it away will cals in the car. accelerate corrosion rather than These should be carried only in prevent it. Water under high pres- proper containers and any spills or sure and steam are particularly leaks should be cleaned up, flushed effective in removing accumulated with clean water and thoroughly mud and corrosive materials. dried.

7 94 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 95

Maintenance

Interior care Cleaning the upholstery and inte- CAUTION - Leather Interior general precautions rior trim When cleaning leather products Vinyl Prevent chemicals such as perfume, (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Remove dust and loose dirt from cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- neutral detergents or low alco- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum er, and air freshener from contacting hol content solutions. If you use cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the interior parts because they may high alcohol content solutions vinyl cleaner. cause damage or discoloration. If or acid/alkaline detergents, the they do contact the interior parts, color of the leather may fade or wipe them off immediately. See the the surface may get stripped off. Fabric instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl. Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- CAUTION - Electrical tion recommended for upholstery or components carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- Never allow water or other liq- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If uids to come in contact with fresh spots do not receive immediate electrical/electronic compo- attention, the fabric can be stained nents inside the vehicle as this and its color can be affected. Also, its may damage them. fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper- ly maintained. Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire- resistant properties.

795 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 96

Maintenance

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing CAUTION - Rear windows Clean the belt webbing with any mild Do not scrape or scratch the soap solution recommended for inside of the rear window. This cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow may result in damage to the rear the instructions provided with the window defroster grid. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

7 96 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 97

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Consumer Information firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases manual in your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control sys- tem 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control of the emission control systems, it is System is designed to prevent fuel recommended that you have your vapors from escaping into the atmos- vehicle inspected and maintained by phere. an authorized Kia dealer in accor- (The ORVR system is designed to dance with the maintenance sched- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to ule in this manual. be loaded into a canister while refu- eling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

797 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 98

Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- tank through the purge control sole- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired noid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications your vehicle, drive it only with all Purge Control Solenoid Valve This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your (PCSV) Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or immediately. controlled by the Engine Control durability and may even violate gov- Module (ECM); when the engine ernmental safety and emissions reg- Exhaust coolant temperature is low during ulations. WARNING - idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain orated fuel is not taken into the problems resulting from any modifi- carbon monoxide (CO). Though engine. After the engine warms up cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is during ordinary driving, the PCSV warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions opens to introduce evaporated fuel to • If you use unauthorized electronic the engine. on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

7 98 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 99

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) gasoline engines. garages) any more than what is • Do not operate the vehicle when necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Fire there are signs of engine malfunc- out of the area. tion, such as misfire or a noticeable • When the vehicle is stopped in an • Do not park, idle or drive the loss of performance. open area for more than a short vehicle over or near flamma- ble objects, such as grass, • Do not misuse or abuse the time with the engine running, engine. Examples of misuse are adjust the ventilation system (as vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can coasting with the ignition off and needed) to draw outside air into the descending steep grades in gear vehicle. ignite flammable items under your vehicle. with the ignition off. • Never sit in a parked or stopped • Also, do not remove the heat • Do not operate the engine at high vehicle for any extended time with idle speed for extended periods (5 the engine running. sink around the exhaust sys- tem, do not seal the bottom of minutes or more). • When the engine stalls or fails to the vehicle or do not coat the • Do not modify or tamper with any start, excessive attempts to restart vehicle for corrosion control. part of the engine or emission con- the engine may cause damage to It may present a fire risk under trol system. All inspections and the emission control system. certain conditions. adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Catalytic Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- • Avoid driving with an extremely low converter alytic converter emission control fuel level. Running out of fuel could Keep away from the catalytic device. cause the engine to misfire, dam- converter and exhaust system Therefore, the following precautions aging the catalytic converter. while the vehicle is running or must be observed: Failure to observe these precautions immediately thereafter. The could result in damage to the catalyt- exhaust and catalytic systems ic converter and to your vehicle. are very hot and may burn you. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.

799 YDM USA 7.QXP 5/1/2016 1:26 PM Page 100

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material-special han- dling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/p erchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

7 100 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 1

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Engine ...... 8-2 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Tires and wheels ...... 8-5 Weight/volume ...... 8-6 Air conditioning system ...... 8-6 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 8-7 • Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-9 Vehicle certificationlabel ...... 8-10 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-10 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-11 Engine number ...... 8-11 Refrigerant label...... 8-11 Consumer assistance (U.S. only)...... 8-12 Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ...... 8-15 Reporting Safety Defects (u.s. only) ...... 8-16 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. Only) . 8-16

8 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 2

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

ENGINE Item 2.0 MPI 2.0 GDI 1.6 Turbo GDI Displacement [cu.in(cc)] 121.99 (1,999) 121.99 (1,999) 97.1 (1,591) Bore x Stroke [in(mm)] 3.19 x 3.82 (81 x 97) 3.19 x 3.82 (81 x 97) 3.03 x 3.36 (77 x 85.4) Firing order 1 → 3 → 4 → 21 → 3 → 4 → 21 → 3 → 4 → 2 No. of cylinders 4, In-line 4, In-line 4, In-line

DIMENSIONS Item in (mm) 4 Door 179.5 (4,560) Overall length 5 Door 171.3 (4,350) Overall width 70.1 (1,780) 4 Door 56.3 (1,430) Overall height 5 Door 57.1 (1,450) 195/65 R15 (Steel) 61.5 (1,563) 205/55 R16 (Steel) 61.1 (1,553) Front tread 205/55 R16 (Alloy) 61.2 (1,555) P215/45 R17 (Alloy) 61.3 (1,557) P225/40 R18 (Alloy) 60.8 (1,545) 195/65 R15 (Steel) 62.0 (1,576) 205/55 R16 (Steel) 61.6 (1,566) Rear tread 205/55 R16 (Alloy) 61.7 (1,568) P215/45 R17 (Alloy) 61.8 (1,570) P225/40 R18 (Alloy) 61.3 (1,558) Wheelbase 106.3 (2,700)

28 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 3

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlamps(Low) 55 H7 Headlamps(Low)- HID * 25 D5S Headlamps(High) 60 9005HL+ Front turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8W Front position lamps * 5 W5W Front Front position lamps (LED type)* LED LED Front fog lamps * 35 H8 Side Repeater lamps 5 WY5W Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror) * LED LED Daytime running lamps * LED LED Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 28 P28/8W Bulb type Rear tail lamps (Inside) 8 P28/8W Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) LED LED LED type Rear Stop/tail lamps (Inside) LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W Rear Back-up lamps 16 W16W Bulb type 21 P21W 4 Door* High mounted stop lamp * LED type LED LED 5 Door LED type LED LED License plate lamps 5 W5W (Continued) * : If equipped

83 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 4

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

(Continued) Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Map lamps * 8 FESTOON Room lamps 8 FESTOON Interior Vanity mirror lamps * 5 FESTOON 4 Door 5 FESTOON Luggage lamp * 5 Door 8 FESTOON * : If equipped

48 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 5

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure kPa (psi) Wheel lug nut torque Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load *1 Maximum load kgf•m (lbf•ft, N•m) Front Rear Front Rear 195/65R15 91T 6.0J X15 205/55R16 91H 6.5J X16 Full size tire 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) P215/45R17 87H 7.0J X17 11~13 P225/40R18 88V 7.5J X18 (79~94, 107~127) T125/80D15 95M 4.0T×15 Compact spare tire *2 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) T125/80D16 97M *3 4.0T×16

*1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons *2 : If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, it will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit *3 : Only for P225/40R18 Tire Size

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size may damage the related parts or cause them to operate improperly.

✽ NOTICE • We recommend replacing tires with the same make and model originally supplied with the vehicle; not doing so may affect driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km

85 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 6

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

WEIGHT/VOLUME 2.0 MPI 2.0 GDI 1.6 Turbo GDI Item 4 Door 4 Door 5 Door

Gross vehicle weight M/T 3,836 (1,740) 3,858 (1,750) 3,990 (1,810)

A/T 3,880 (1,760) 3,902 (1,770)

lbs. (kg) DCT 4,057 (1,840)

Luggage volume 14.9 (421) 14.9 (421) 23.2 (657) cu ft (l)

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Item Weight of volume Classification 530 ± 25g Refrigerant R-134a 18.70 ± 0.88 oz 110 ± 10g Compressor lubricant PAG (FD46XG) 3.87 ± 0.35 oz We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

68 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 7

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) API Service SM, 4.23 US qt. (4.0 l) Recommends MPI/GDI engine ILSAC GF-4 or above*3

Turbo GDI engine 4.8 US qt. (4.5 l) ACEA A5 or above

1.8 ~ 1.9 US qt. MPI engine (1.7 ~ 1.8 l) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85 or SAE 70W fill for-life or Manual transaxle fluid other brands meeting the GL-4 specification 1.8 ~ 1.9 US qt. Turbo GDI engine approved by Kia Motors Corp. (1.7 ~ 1.8 l) MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV NOCA ATF SP-IV, Kia genuine ATF SP-IV or other Automatic transaxle fluid 7.5 US qt. (7.1 l) brands meeting the above specification approved by Kia Motors Corp. SAE 70W, API GL-4 2.01 ~ 2.11 US qt. (Recommended SK HK DCTF 70W, Dual clutch transmission fluid (1.9 ~ 2.0 l) SHELL SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF, GS CALTEX GS DCTF HD 70W)

87 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 8

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Lubricant Volume Classification

MPI/GDI M/T 6.34 US qt. (6.0 l) engine A/T 6.23 US qt. (5.9 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water Coolant (Ethylene-glycol with phosphate Turbo GDI M/T 6.45 US qt. (6.1 l) based coolant for cooling device) engine DCT 7.1 US qt (6.7 l) 0.7~0.8 US qt. Brake/clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7~0.8 l) Fuel 13.2 US gal. (50 l) Unleaded gasoline

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ- omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

88 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 9

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature Always be sure to clean the area -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 around any filler plug, drain plug, or Engine Oil 10W-30 dipstick before checking or draining 1 1 any lubricant. This is especially (MPI/GDI) * 5W-20* , 5W-30 important in dusty or sandy areas 20W-50 and when the vehicle is used on Engine Oil 15W-40 unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug (Turbo GDI) *2 10W-30 and dipstick areas will prevent dirt 5W-30, 5W-40 and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be *1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine damaged. Engine oil viscosity (thick- oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). ness) has an effect on fuel economy However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select and cold weather operation (engine the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. start and engine oil flowability). *2. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine Lower viscosity engine oils can pro- oil of a viscosity grade 5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4 / ACEA vide better fuel economy and cold A5 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your weather performance, however, country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis- higher viscosity engine oils are cosity chart. required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscos- ity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the rec- ommended oil viscosity from the chart.

89 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 10

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION- Frame Number VIN Label LABEL

OFS080001 OBH088005N The vehicle identification number VIN label OFS080002 (VIN) is the number used in register- The VIN is also on a plate attached The vehicle certification label ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- to the top of the dashboard. The attatched on the driver’s side center ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. number on the plate can easily be pillar gives the vehicle identification seen through the windshield from number (VIN). outside.

8 10 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 11

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL ■ Gasoline 2.0 Engine

OJF085004 ■ Gasoline 1.6 T-GDI Engine OYDEMC2057 OMD0620012N The refrigerant label is located on The tires supplied on your new vehi- the underside of the hood. cle are chosen to provide the best The label contains the following infor- performance for normal driving. mation : The tire label located on the driver's • Type of refrigerant side center pillar gives the tire pres- • Amount of refrigerant sures recommended for your vehicle.

OQLE085010 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

811 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 12

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY) Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current Emergency roadside assistance model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv- Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in- hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time to your model year vehicle. of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri- KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur- benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, ance card. the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre- quency or type of occurrence.

Toll free consumer assistance Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). For more information regarding assistance available, please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer Information Manual.

8 12 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 13

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance Trip interruption providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some- than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse- with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental car expens- allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access es. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 per day to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. You you become locked out of your Kia. must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi- obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles, alternative service location. expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport other providers are not eligible for reimbursement. vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this service. Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy. ✽ NOTICE Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal- vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by a financial institution or insurance company.

813 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 14

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country 1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country, If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle other fuel-related parts which may not be covered in a foreign country, you may experience the following under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty. problems and should therefore consider the possibility of 2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave having to deal with them: the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg- istration, parts, servicing techniques and tools neces- sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable. Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause addi- tional problems. 3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons. Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob- lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States.

8 14 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 15

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY) Installation of a mobile two-way radio system The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per- If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, form under all reasonably expected operating conditions. or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other However,before any additional electrical equipment is electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war- concerning the proper equipment and installation. ranty. Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi- cle, includingsuch systems as the engine control system, the audio system and the electrical charging system and For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read thus potentially void all or part of your warranty. and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu- larly the information under the headings "NOTICE", We assume no responsibility for any expense you may "CAUTION" and "WARNING". incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installa- tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied, If, after reading this manual, you have any questions or recommended for installation by, Kia. regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America, Inc. P.O. Box 52410 Irvine, CA 92619-2410 1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

815 YDM USA 8.QXP 5/1/2016 1:28 PM Page 16

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY) (U.S. ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could The following publications are available on cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should www.KiaTechinfo.com immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc. Service manual: This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro- cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under- group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam- stand. paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi- vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors America, Inc. Electrical troubleshooting manual: This manual complements the Service Manual by provid- To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- circuit in your vehicle. 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., West Owner's manual: Building, Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from This manual describes the overall features and operating http://www.safercar.gov. procedures for the vehicle.

816 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 1

Index

I YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 2

Index

A Media Mode ...... 4-223 Phone Mode ...... 4-238 Air bag warning label ...... 3-57 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ...... 4-239 Air bag warning light ...... 3-38 Voice Recognition Mode ...... 4-246 Air bags ...... 3-34 Setup Mode...... 4-254 Operation ...... 3-35 Audio (Without Touch Screen) ...... 4-158 Air bag warning light ...... 3-38 Feature of Your Audio ...... 4-159 SRS components and functions ...... 3-38 Radio Mode ...... 4-172 Occupant Detection System ...... 3-41 SiriusXM Radio Mode ...... 4-174 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 3-46 Media Mode ...... 4-176 Side air bag ...... 3-49 Phone Mode ...... 4-182 Curtain air bag ...... 3-50 Voice Recognition Mode ...... 4-187 Inflation conditions...... 3-52 Setup Mode...... 4-196 Non-inflation conditions...... 3-53 Audio system ...... 4-143 SRS Care...... 3-56 Glass antenna ...... 4-143 Air bag warning label ...... 3-57 Steering wheel audio controls...... 4-144 Air cleaner...... 7-37 Aux, USB and iPod®* port...... 4-145 Filter replacement ...... 7-37 How vehicle audio works ...... 4-146 Air conditioning system lubricants ...... 8-6 Auto light position...... 4-92 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-35 Automatic climate control system...... 4-115 Appearance care ...... 7-90 Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-116 Exterior care ...... 7-90 Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-117 Interior care...... 7-95 System operation ...... 4-123 Armed stage...... 4-14 Automatic transaxle...... 5-17 Audio (With Touch Screen) ...... 4-206 Manual mode ...... 5-19 Feature of Your Audio ...... 4-207 Shift-lock override ...... 5-21 Radio Mode ...... 4-218 Paddle shifter ...... 5-20 SiriusXM Radio Mode ...... 4-221 Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)...... 5-45

I 2 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 3

Index

System setting and activation ...... 5-45 Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-41 AEB warning message and system control ...... 5-47 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-41 Brake operation...... 5-48 Brakes/Clutch fluid ...... 7-35 Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in Checking the Brake/Clutchfluid level ...... 7-35 front (front radar) ...... 5-49 Bulb replacement...... 7-77 System malfunction ...... 5-50 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Limitation of the system...... 5-51 Recognizing pedestrians ...... 5-54 C B California Perchlorate notice...... 7-100 Camera (Rear view) ...... 4-89 Battery ...... 7-44 Capacities (Lubricants) ...... 8-7 For best battery service...... 7-44 Care Recharging the battery ...... 7-46 Care of seat belts ...... 3-26 Reset items ...... 7-46 SRS Care...... 3-56 Battery saver function ...... 4-90 Tire care ...... 7-47 Before driving ...... 5-4 Exterior care ...... 7-90 Blind Spot Detection System(BSD) ...... 5-72 Interior care...... 7-95 BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / Care of seat belts ...... 3-26 LCA (Lane Change Assist)...... 5-73 Center console storage ...... 4-130 RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert)...... 5-76 Central door lock switch ...... 4-18 Limitations condition ...... 5-77 Chains - Tire ...... 5-87 Bonnet see the hood ...... 4-35 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-48 Brake system ...... 5-32 Child restraint system ...... 3-27 Power brakes...... 5-32 "Placing a passenger seat beltinto the auto Parking brake ...... 5-33 lock mode" ...... 3-29 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-35 "Securing a child restraint seatwith tether anchorage Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-37 system" ...... 3-31

I 3 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 4

Index

"Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower D anchor system" ...... 3-32 Child-protector rear door lock...... 4-20 Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel Clean air ...... 4-129 illumination ...... 4-55 Climate control air filter ...... 7-39 Dashboard, see instrument cluster ...... 4-54 Filter inspection ...... 7-39 Day/night rearview mirror...... 4-49 Climate control seat ...... 4-136 Declaration of Conformity ...... 4-262 Clothes hanger...... 4-139 FCC...... 4-262 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster...... 4-54 Defogging (Windshield) ...... 4-125 Consumer assistance ...... 8-12 Defroster (Rear window)...... 4-104 Coolant ...... 7-32 Defrosting (Windshield) ...... 4-125 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...... 7-32 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-97 Disarmed stage ...... 4-15 Cruise control system ...... 5-56 Display illumination, see instrument panel Cruise control switch ...... 5-56 illumination ...... 4-55 To set cruise control speed ...... 5-57 Displays, see instrument cluster ...... 4-54 To increase cruise control set speed ...... 5-58 Door locks ...... 4-17 To decrease the cruising speed ...... 5-58 from outside the vehicle ...... 4-17 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise from inside the vehicle ...... 4-17 control on ...... 5-58 Central door lock switch...... 4-18 To cancel cruise control ...... 5-59 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-20 To resume cruising speed at more than Drive mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . . 5-61 approximately 20 mph(30 km/h) ...... 5-59 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-61 To turn cruise control off ...... 5-60 Drive mode ...... 5-61 Cup holder...... 4-133 ECO mode ...... 5-61 Curtain air bag...... 3-50 SPORT mode ...... 5-62 Driver position memory system ...... 3-8

I 4 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 5

Index

"Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency Engine ...... 8-2 locking retractor"...... 3-18 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-46 Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Driving at night ...... 5-83 Engine coolant...... 7-32 Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-84 Checking the coolant level ...... 7-32 Driving in the rain...... 5-84 Changing the coolant ...... 7-34 Driving off-road ...... 5-85 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 4-57 Dual clutch transmission...... 5-23 Engine number ...... 8-11 Manual mode ...... 5-28 Engine oil ...... 7-30 Shift-lock override ...... 5-30 Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-30 Paddle shifter ...... 5-29 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-31 Engine overheats ...... 6-6 E Engine start/stop button...... 5-8 Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 5-8 ECO mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . 5-61 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-8 Economical operation ...... 5-80 Starting the engine ...... 5-12 Electric power steering ...... 4-44 Engine start/stop button illumination ...... 5-8 Electrical equipment ...... 8-15 Engine start/stop button position...... 5-8 Electrochromic mirror (ECM)...... 4-49 Engine will not start ...... 6-4 Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-37 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Emergency starting ...... 6-5 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system ...... 7-97 Jump starting...... 6-5 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-98 Emergency while driving ...... 6-3 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-26 Emission control system ...... 7-97 Engine oil and filter ...... 7-26 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-97 Drive belts...... 7-26 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Fuel filter ...... 7-26 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . 7-97 Fuel filter (for gasoline) ...... 7-26 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-98 Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ...... 7-26

I 5 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 6

Index

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap...... 7-26 Removing and storing the spare tire...... 6-19 Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ...... 7-27 Changing tires...... 6-19 Air cleaner filter ...... 7-27 Flex steer ...... 4-47 Spark plugs ...... 7-27 Floor mat anchor(s)...... 4-139 Cooling system ...... 7-27 Fluid Coolant ...... 7-27 Brake/Clutchfluid ...... 7-35 Manual transaxle fluid ...... 7-27 Washer fluid ...... 7-36 Valve clearance ...... 7-27 Folding key ...... 4-4 Automatic transaxle fluid ...... 7-27 Record your key number ...... 4-4 Brake/Clutchhoses and lines...... 7-27 Folding the outside rearview mirror ...... 4-52 Brake/clutch fluid ...... 7-28 Front fog light ...... 7-80 Parking Brake/Clutch ...... 7-28 Front lights replacement ...... 7-77 Brake/Clutchdiscs, pads, calipers and rotors ...... 7-28 Front seat adjustment (manual)...... 3-4 Exhaust pipe and muffler ...... 7-29 Front seat adjustment (power)...... 3-6 Suspension mounting bolts ...... 7-29 Front side marker/Front turn signal light ...... 7-79 Steering gear box, linkage & Fuel filler lid ...... 4-37 boots/lower arm ball joint...... 7-29 Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-37 Drive shafts and boots ...... 7-29 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-37 Air conditioning refrigerant ...... 7-29 Fuel Gauge ...... 4-58 Exterior care ...... 7-90 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 Exterior overview (Front) ...... 2-2 Fuses ...... 7-61 Exterior overview (Rear)...... 2-3 Inner panel fuse replacement ...... 7-62 Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 7-64 F Fuse/relay panel description ...... 7-66 Flat tire ...... 6-12 Tire Mobility Kit...... 6-12 Jack and tools ...... 6-18

I 6 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 7

Index

G I . . Gauges...... 4-56 Ignition switch illumination ...... 5-6 Glove box ...... 4-130 Ignition switch position...... 5-6 Glove box lamp...... 4-102 Indicator Lights ...... 4-85 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-6 Inside lamp replacement ...... 7-84 Inside rearview mirror...... 4-49 H Instrument cluster ...... 4-54 Instrument Cluster Control ...... 4-55 Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 LCD window Control ...... 4-56 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-82 Gauges ...... 4-56 Headlight (bulb type) ...... 7-78 Warning lights...... 4-76 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-90 Indicator Lights...... 4-85 Headlight position ...... 4-91 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Headrest (rear)...... 3-13 Interior care ...... 7-95 Headrest(front) ...... 3-9 Interior features ...... 4-132 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-46 Cigarette lighter ...... 4-132 High - beam operation...... 4-92 Ashtray ...... 4-132 High mounted stop lamp replacement ...... 7-86 Cup holder ...... 4-133 Highway driving ...... 5-85 Sliding armrest ...... 4-133 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-41 Seat warmer ...... 4-134 Hood ...... 4-35 Climate control seat ...... 4-136 Horn...... 4-49 LCD monitor (clock) ...... 4-138 How to use this manual...... 1-2 Sunvisor ...... 4-134 Power outlet ...... 4-137 Clothes hanger ...... 4-139 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-139 Luggage net (holder) ...... 4-140

I 7 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 8

Index

Covering shelf (5 Door) ...... 4-141 L Navigation system ...... 4-142 Interior lamp AUTO turn off function ...... 4-99 Label Interior lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-89 Air bag warning label ...... 3-57 Interior light...... 4-99 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-52 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-99 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-10 Map lamp ...... 4-99 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-11 Room lamp ...... 4-100 Refrigerant label ...... 8-11 Luggage room lamp ...... 4-101 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ...... 5-64 Glove box lamp ...... 4-102 LKAS operation ...... 5-65 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-102 LKAS malfunction ...... 5-70 Interior overview...... 2-4 LKAS function change ...... 5-71 LCD Modes ...... 4-65 J LCD windows ...... 4-60 Over view ...... 4-60 Jack and tools ...... 6-18 Trip information (Trip computer)...... 4-60 Jump starting ...... 6-5 LCD Modes ...... 4-65 User Settings Mode ...... 4-67 K Warning messages...... 4-71 License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-88 Key operations...... 4-4 Light bulbs...... 7-77 Key positions...... 5-6 Front lights replacement ...... 7-77 Illuminated ignition switch...... 5-6 Headlight (bulb type) ...... 7-78 Ignition switch position ...... 5-6 Front side marker/Front turn signal light ...... 7-79 Starting the engine ...... 5-11 Front fog light...... 7-80 Keys Outside Mirrors with Turn Signal Indicators ...... 7-81 Key operations ...... 4-4 Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 Outside lamp replacement ...... 7-82

I 8 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 9

Index

Stop/Tail lamp and turn signal lamp replacement . . 7-83 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 7-26 Inside lamp replacement...... 7-84 Tire maintenance...... 7-52 Stop/tail light (LED type) replacement ...... 7-86 Maintenance schedule ...... 7-9 High mounted stop lamp replacement ...... 7-86 Normal Maintenance Schedule...... 7-10 License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-88 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. . . . . 7-24 Interior lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-89 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 Lighting ...... 4-90 Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 Battery saver function...... 4-90 Owner maintenance precautions...... 7-6 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-90 Manual climate control system ...... 4-105 Parking light position ...... 4-91 Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-106 Auto light position ...... 4-92 System operation...... 4-111 Headlight position...... 4-91 Climate control air filter ...... 4-113 High - beam operation ...... 4-92 Air Conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-114 Turn signals...... 4-93 Manual mode - Automatic transaxle ...... 5-19 Front fog light...... 4-94 Manual mode - Dual clutch transmission ...... 5-28 AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ...... 4-95 Manual transaxle ...... 5-14 Lubricants and capacities ...... 8-7 Manual transaxle operation ...... 5-14 Luggage room lamp ...... 4-101 Good driving practices ...... 5-16 Luggage tray ...... 4-131 Map lamp...... 4-99 Luggage volume ...... 8-6 Mirrors...... 4-49 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-49 M Day/night rearview mirror ...... 4-49 Electrochromic mirror (ECM) ...... 4-49 Maintenance Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-50 Engine compartment...... 7-3 Remote control ...... 4-51 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 Folding the outside rearview mirror...... 4-52 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-9

I 9 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 10

Index

O Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-7 Recommended SAE viscosity number ...... 8-9 Occupant Detection System ...... 3-41 Record your key number ...... 4-4 Odometer...... 4-58 Refrigerant label ...... 8-11 Oil (Engine)...... 7-30 Remote control (outside rear view mirror) ...... 4-51 Online factory authorized manuals ...... 8-16 Remote keyless entry ...... 4-9 Outside lamp replacement...... 7-82 "Remote keyless entry systemoperations" ...... 4-9 Outside Mirrors with Turn Signal Indicators ...... 7-81 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-10 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-50 Battery replacement ...... 4-11 Overheats...... 6-6 Immobilizer system ...... 4-12 Owner maintenance...... 7-7 Reporting safety defects ...... 8-16 Owner maintenance schedule ...... 7-7 Resetting the sunroof...... 4-43 Road warning ...... 6-2 P Rocking the vehicle...... 5-82 Room lamp ...... 4-100 Parking Brake ...... 7-36 Rotation (Tire)...... 7-49 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-36 Parking light position ...... 4-91 S Power outlet...... 4-137 Power window lock button ...... 4-33 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-9 Precautions ...... 3-24 Normal Maintenance Schedule...... 7-10 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-21 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. . . . . 7-24 Seat belt restraint system...... 3-17 R Seat belt warning...... 3-18 Seat belts ...... 3-17 Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-17 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-13 Seat belt warning ...... 3-18 Rear view camera ...... 4-89

I 10 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 11

Index

"Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency Snow tires ...... 5-86 locking retractor" ...... 3-18 Spare tire Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-21 Removing and storing the spare tire...... 6-19 Precautions ...... 3-24 Changing tires...... 6-19 Care of seat belts ...... 3-26 Special driving conditions...... 5-82 Seat warmer...... 4-134 Hazardous driving conditions...... 5-82 Seatback pocket (front) ...... 3-12 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-82 Seats...... 3-2 Smooth cornering ...... 5-83 Front seat adjustment (manual) ...... 3-4 Driving at night...... 5-83 Front seat adjustment (power) ...... 3-6 Driving in the rain ...... 5-84 Driver position memory system ...... 3-8 Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-84 Headrest(front) ...... 3-9 Driving off-road ...... 5-85 Seatback pocket (front)...... 3-12 Highway driving ...... 5-85 Rear seat adjustment...... 3-13 Speedometer ...... 4-56 Headrest (rear) ...... 3-13 Sport mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . 5-62 "Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower SRS Care ...... 3-56 anchor system" ...... 3-32 SRS components and functions...... 3-38 "Securing a child restraint seatwith tether Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ...... 6-4 anchorage system"...... 3-31 Starting the engine - With a smart key ...... 5-12 Shift-lock override - Automatic transaxle...... 5-21 Starting the engine - With an ignition key ...... 5-11 Shift-lock override - Dual clutch transmission ...... 5-30 Steering wheel ...... 4-44 Side air bag ...... 3-49 Electric power steering ...... 4-44 Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-41 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-45 Smart key ...... 4-6 Heated steering wheel...... 4-46 Smart key function ...... 4-6 Horn ...... 4-49 Smart key precautions ...... 4-7 Flex steer...... 4-47 Smart trunk ...... 4-23 Stop/Tail lamp and turn signal lamp replacement. . . . . 7-83 Smooth cornering ...... 5-83 Stop/tail light (LED type) replacement...... 7-86

I 11 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 12

Index

Storage compartment...... 4-130 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-42 Center console storage ...... 4-130 Tire chains ...... 5-87 Glove box ...... 4-130 Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-12 Sunglass holder...... 4-131 Tire pressure monitoring system...... 6-7 Sunglass holder ...... 4-131 Tire replacement ...... 7-51 Sunroof ...... 4-40 Tire rotation...... 7-49 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-40 Tire specification and pressure label...... 8-11 Sunshade ...... 4-43 Tires and wheels Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-41 Tire care ...... 7-47 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-42 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-47 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-43 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-48 Sunroof open warning...... 4-40 Tire rotation ...... 7-49 Sunshade ...... 4-43 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-50 Sunvisor...... 4-134 Tire replacement ...... 7-51 Wheel replacement ...... 7-52 T Tire traction...... 7-52 Tire maintenance...... 7-52 Tachometer ...... 4-57 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-52 Tailgate ...... 4-27 Tire terminology and definitions ...... 7-56 Opening the tailgate ...... 4-27 All season tires ...... 7-58 Closing the tailgate ...... 4-27 Summer tires...... 7-58 Emergency tailgate safety release...... 4-28 Snow tires ...... 7-59 Theft-alarm stage...... 4-15 Tire chains...... 7-59 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-14 Radial-ply tires ...... 7-59 Armed stage ...... 4-14 Low aspect ratio tire ...... 7-60 Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-15 Towing...... 6-27 Disarmed stage ...... 4-15 Towing service ...... 6-27 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-45 Removable towing hook (front) ...... 6-28

I 12 YDM USA Index.qxp 5/1/2016 1:29 PM Page 13

Index

Emergency towing ...... 6-28 W Trailer Towing ...... 5-89 Transaxle - Automatic transaxle ...... 5-17 Warning and Indicator lights...... 4-76 Transaxle - Dual clutch transmission ...... 5-23 Warning lights ...... 4-76 Transaxle shift indicator ...... 4-59 Warning messages ...... 4-71 Trip information (Trip computer) ...... 4-60 Washer fluid ...... 7-36 Trunk ...... 4-21 Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-36 Opening trunk ...... 4-21 Welcome system ...... 4-103 Closing trunk ...... 4-22 Wheel alignment and tire balance...... 7-50 Emergency trunk safety release ...... 4-22 Wheel replacement ...... 7-52 Turn signals ...... 4-93 Windows ...... 4-30 Power window lock button...... 4-33 U Windshield defrosting and defogging ...... 4-125 Auto defogging system...... 4-128 User Settings Mode...... 4-67 Windshield washers ...... 4-97 Windshield wipers ...... 4-96 V Winter driving ...... 5-86 Snow tires ...... 5-86 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-102 Tire chains...... 5-87 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-5 Wiper blades ...... 7-41 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-10 Blade inspection ...... 7-41 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-6 Blade replacement ...... 7-41 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-10 Wipers and washers...... 4-96 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-90 Windshield wipers ...... 4-96 Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-41 Windshield washers ...... 4-97 Vehicle weight...... 5-95 Rear window wiper and washer switch (5 door) . . . 4-98

I 13